KVPY - SB Previous Year Question Paper 2009-2015

CONTENT
S.No
Pages
TEST PAPER
01.
KVPY-2009 ............................................................................ 1 14
02.
KVPY-2010 ............................................................................ 15 35
03.
KVPY-2011............................................................................. 36 52
04.
KVPY-2012 ............................................................................ 53 68
05.
KVPY-2013 ............................................................................ 69 86
06.
KVPY-2014 ............................................................................ 87 101
07.
KVPY-2015 ............................................................................ 102 118

HINTS & SOLUTION
08.
KVPY-2009 ............................................................................ 119 140
09.
KVPY-2010 ............................................................................ 141 163
10.
KVPY-2011............................................................................. 164 181
11.
KVPY-2012 ............................................................................ 182 198
12.
KVPY-2013 ............................................................................ 199 220
13.
KVPY-2014 ............................................................................ 221 235
14.
KVPY-2015 ............................................................................ 236 256
KVPY : Stream SB
KISHORE VAIGYANIK PROTSAHAN YOJANA - 2009

Duration : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 160
PART-I
One Mark Questions
MATHEMATICS
1.
Suppose the sequence a1, a2, a3 ...... is an arithmetic progression of distinct numbers such that the
sequence a1, a2, a4, a8...... is a geometric progression. The common ratio of the geometric progression is
:
(A) 2
(B) 4
(C) a1
(D) not determinable
2.
The positve integer k for which (101)k/2/k! is a maximum is :

(A) 9
(B) 10
(C) 11
(D) 101
3.
Let p(x) = a0 + a1x + .......+ anxn be a zero polynomial with integer coefficients. If p( 2 3 6 ) = 0,
the smallest possible value of n is :
(A) 8
(B) 6
(C) 4
(D) 2
4.
Three players play a total of 9 games. In each game, one person wins and the other two lose ; the winner
gets 2 points and the losers get 1 each. The number of ways in which they can play all the 9 games and
finish each with a zero score is :
(A) 84
(B) 1680
(C) 7056
(D) 0
5.
In a triangle, two vertices are (2, 3) and (4, 0), and its circumcentre is (2, z) for some real number z. The
circumradius is :
(A)
6.
6
2 13
(B)
(C) 2
(D)
13
6
Consider an ellipse with foci at (5, 15) and (21, 15). If the x-axis is a tangent to the ellipse, then the length
of its major axis equals :
(A) 17
(B) 34
(C) 13
(D)
416
7.
Let the line 2x + 3y = 18 intersect the y-axis at B. Suppose C ( B), with coordinates (a, b), is a point on
the line such that PB = PC, where P = (10, 10). Then 8a + 2b equals :
(A) 60
(B) 62
(C) 66
(D) 79
8.
If cosec2( + ) sin2( ) + sin2(2 ) = cos2( ), where , (0, /2) then sin( ) is equal to :
(A)
9.
1
2
If sinx + siny =
(A)
10.
7
25
(B)
1
2
3
2
(D)
3
2
(D)
24
25
7
1
and cos x + cosy = , the sin(x + y) equals :
5
5
(B)
24
25
The number of solutions to sin x =

(A) 1
(C)
(B) 6
(C)
7
25
6
with 0 x 12 is :
x
(C) 10
BANSAL CLASSES Private Ltd. Gaurav Tower, A-10, Road No.-1, I.P.I.A., Kota-05
(D) 12
Page # 1
11.
KVPY : Stream SB
Define a function f : R R given by :
sin x 2
,
for x 0
f(x) = 2 x
x ax b, for x 0
Suppose f(x) differentiable on R. Then,

(A) a =0, b = 0
(B) a = 1, b = 0
12.
(C) a = 0, b = 1
(D) a = 1, b = 1
The shortest distance from (0, 3) to the parabola y2 = 4x is :

(A) 2
(B)
(C) 5
(D)
13.
Ten trucks, numbered 1 to 10, are carrying packets of sugar. Each packet weighs either 999 gms or 1000
gms and each truck carries only the packets equal weights. The combined weight of 1 packet selected
from the first truck, 2 packets from the second, 4 packet from the third, and so on and 29 packets from the
tenth truck is1022870 gms. The trucks that have the lighter bags are :
(A) 1, 3, 5
(B) 2, 4, 5
(C) 1, 9
(D) 2, 8
14.
What is the value of

(A) 1
15.
The value of the limit lim
n 0
(B)
(C)
(D)
(D) 1
x10 sin(nx )dx equals :

1
10!
(C)
The area bounded by the parabolas y = x2 and y = 1 x2 equals :

(A)
17.
(B) 1
(A) 0
16.
cos( x ) cos([2x]) dx ? (Here | t | denotes the integral part of the real number t)
2
3
(B)
2 2
3
(C)
1
3
(D)
2
3
A vector which bisects the angle between a 3 i 4k and b = 5 j 12k is :
(A) 39 i 25 j 8k
5
(B) 3 i 5 j k
8
(C) 39 i 25 j 8k
5
(D) 3 i 5 j k
8
18.
An envelope has space for at most 3 stamps. If you are given three stamps of denomination 1, and three
stamps of denomination a (a > 1), the least positive integer for which there is no stamp value is :
(A) 7
(B) 8
(C) 9
(D) 10
19.
If m, n are positive integers such that m < n and
d = d (here d | k moeans d is a positive of k), then :

d/n
d/m
(A)
(C)
20.
d < d
d/m
d/n
d > d
d/m
d/n
(B)
d = d
d/m
d/n
(D) no relationship can be determined
The number of relation R from an m-element set A to an n-element set B satisfying the condition :
(a, b1) R, (a, b2) R b1 = b2 for a A, b1, b2 is :
(A) nm
(B) 2m + n 2m 2n
(C) mn
(D) (n + 1)m
Page # 2
KVPY : Stream SB
PHYSICS
21.
The relation Cp Cv = R(Cp, Cv : Molar specific heats at constant pressure, volume) is exactly true for :
(A) an ideal mono-atomic gas
(B) any ideal gas, whether mono-dia polyatomic
(C) any real gas above its critical temperature
(D) all real gases
22.
The molecules of air in the room that you are sitting are all experiencing the force of gravity tending to
bring them down. The molecules are also frequently and randomly undergoing collisions, which tend to
oppose the effect of fall under gravity. The density of air is nearly uniform throughout the room because
(A) the mass of the molecules is very small
(B) the gravitational potential energy mgh is such lesser than the average thermal energy kT.
(C) the gravitational potential enrgy mgh is mush greater the the average thermal energy kT.
(D) mgh is nearly of the same magnitude as kT, which results in the cancellation of the two opposing
factors.
A parallel plate capacitor is charged fully by using a battery. Then without disconnecting the battery, the
plates are moved further apart. Then,
(A) the charge on the capacitor increases
(B) the voltage difference between the plates decreases
(C) the capacitance increases
(D) the electrostatic energy stored in the capacitor decreases
23.
24.
The five sides of a regular pentagon are represented by vectors A 1 , A 2 , A 3 , A 4 and A 5 , in cyclic order

as shown. Corresponding vertices are represented by B1 , B 2 , B 3 , B 4 and B 5 drawn from the centre of
the pentagon.
A2
A1
B1
B5
B2
A5
B4
B3
A3
A4
Then B 2 + B 3 + B 4 + B 5 =
(A) A 1
(B) A 1
25.
(C) B1
(D) B1
Four metallic plates each of surface area (of one side) A, are placed at a distance d apart from each other.
The two outer plates are connected to a point P and the two inner plates to another point Q as shown in
figure.
Q
Then the capacitance of the system is

(A) 0
A
2d
(B) 0
A
d
(C) 2 0
A
d
(D) 3 0
A
d
26.
A progressive wave travelling in positive x-direction given by y = a cos (kx t) meets a denser surface at
x = 0, t = 0. The reflected wave is then given by
(A) y = a sin(kx ax) (B) y = a cos(kx + ax) (C) y = a sin (t kx) (D) y = a cos (kx t)
27.
A charge Q is spread non uniformly on the surface of a hollow sphere of radius R, such that the charge
density is given by = 0 (1 sin), where is the usual polar angle. The potential at the centre of the
sphere is
Q
(A) 2 R
0
Q
(B) R
0
Q
(C) 8 R
0
Q
(D) 4 R
0
Page # 3
KVPY : Stream SB
28.
An ideal diatomic gas is heated at constant pressure. The ratio of the work done to the heat supplied is
(A)
29.
2
5
(C)
2
7
(D)
4
7
5
27
(B)
5
48
(C)
27
5
(D)
1
3
Two identical conducting spheres carry identical charges. If the spheres are set at a certain distance
apart, they repel each other with a force F. A third conducting sphere, identical to the other two, but
initially uncharged, is then touched to one sphere, and then to the other before being removed. The forcebetween the original two spheres is now
(A)
31.
(B)
In the hydrogen spectrum, the ratio of the wavelengths for Lyman radiation to Balmer radiation is
(A)
30.
3
5
F
2
(B)
F
4
(C)
3F
4
(D)
3F
8
A small rectangular loop of wire in the plane of the paper is moved with uniform speed across a limited
region of uniform magnetic field perpendicular to the plane of the paper, as shown.
Initial
position
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Uniform magnetic field
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Final
position
Which graph would best represent the variation of the electric current, I, in the wire with time t ?
I
(A)
(B)
I
t
I
(C)
32.
(D)
I=0
The moment of inertia of a solid disc made of thin metal of radius R and mass M about one of its diameter
is given by
MR 2
. What will be the moment of inertia about this axis if the disc is folded in half about this
4
diameter ?
(A)
33.
MR 2
8
(B)
MR 2
2
(C)
MR 2
4
(D) MR2
A plane electromagnetic weve propagating in the direction of the unit vector n with a speed c is described
by electric and magnetic field vectors E and B , respectively. Which of the following relations ( in SI units)
s)
between E and B can be ruled out on dimensional grounds alone ?
n E
n B
(A) E =
(B) E cn B
(C)
(D) n E B 0
c
c
Page # 4
KVPY : Stream SB
34.
A point electric dipole placed at the origin has a potential given by V(r, ) =
p cos
4 0r 2
where is the angle
made by the position vector with the direction of the dipole. Then
(A) since the potential vanishes at =
, the electric field is zero everywhere on the =

plane
2
2
(B) the electric field everywhere on the =
plane is normal to the plane.

2
(C) the electric field everywhere on the =
plane is along the plane

2
(D) the electric field vanishes on the = 0

35.
A uniform non-deformable cylinder of mass m and radius R is rolling without slipping on a horizontal rough
surface. The force of friction is
(A) mg, where is the coefficient of sliding friction
(B) zero
(C) increases with time
(D) decreases with time
36.
Consider a one-dimensional potential V(x) as shown in the figure below. A classical particle of mass m
moves under its influence and has total energy E as shown.
V(x)
E
The motion is
(A) non-periodic
(C) periodic but not simple harmonic
(B) stationary
(D) simple harmonic
37.
A source of frequency f is emitting sound waves. If temperature of the medium increases, then
(A) wavelength of the sound wave increases
(B) speed of the sound wave decreases
(C) wavelength of the sound wave decreases
(D) amplitude of the sound wave increases
38.
A block of mass m is stationary on a rough plane of mass M inclined at an angle to the horizontal
while the whole set up is accelerating upwards at an acceleration a. If the coefficient of friction between
the block and the plane is , then the force that the plane exerts on the block is
(A) m (g + a) upwards
(B) mg cos normal to the plane
(C) resultant of mag cos normal to the plane and mg cos along the plane
(D) resultant of m (g + a) cos normal to the plane and mg cos along the plane.
Page # 5
KVPY : Stream SB
39.
A stream of charged particles enter into a region with crossed electric and magnetic fields as shown in
the figure. On the other side is a screen with a hole that is right on the original path of the particles
then,
E
B
Charged
Particles
(A) no particle can get through the hole

(B) all particles can get through the hole
(C) only positively charged particles with speed
(D) all particles with speed
40.
E
can get through the hole
B
E
can get through the hole.
B
A small body is released from a height H of an inclined plane. At the bottom of the plane is a loop of
radius R as shown.
O
R
x
Ignoring friction, the minimum H required for the body to just complete the loop ( that is, reach the
point O) is
(A) 2R
(B)
5R
2
(C) 3R
(D)
7R
2
CHEMISTRY
41.
The gas that has the slowest rate of diffusion among O2, H2, CO2 and CH4 is
(A) O2
(B) H2
(C) CO2
(D) CH4
42.
Assuming ideal behaviour the ratio of kinetic energies of 3 g of H2 and 4g of O2 at any temperature is
(A) 3 : 4
(B) 1 : 16
(C) 4 : 3
(D) 12 : 1
43.
The IUPAC name for the compound

O
Cl
is
Me
Me
44.
(A) 1-chloro - 3-methyl- 4-pentanone

(C) 5-chloro - 3 - methyl- 2-pentanone
(B) 1-chloro - 2-methyl- 4-pentanone

(D) 5-chloro - 2-methyl- 3-pentanone
The shape of the molecule CIF3 is

(A) triangular
(B) pyramidal
(C) T-shape
(D) linear
Page # 6
KVPY : Stream SB
45.
Among CO32, OH, NH3 and HCO3, the species that acts as a Bronsted acid as well as a Bronsted
base is
(A) Na2CO3
(B) NH3
(C) OH
(D) HCO3
46.
The ratio of the heat capacities Cp/Cv for one mole of a gas is 1.67. The gas is :
(A) He
(B) H2
(C) CO2
(D) CH4
47.
The ion that is isoelectronic with CO is

(A) O2+
(B) O2
48.
49.
(C) CN
(D) N2+
Among CH4, CO2, H2O and SO2, the bond angle is the highest in
(A) CH4
(B) CO2
(C) H2O
(D) SO2
The solvent of choice for carrying out a Grignard reaction is

(A) diethyl ether (B) chloroform
(C) ethyl acetate
(D) ethanol
50.
The reaction of butanal with n-propylmagnesium bromide gives a

(A) chiral secondary alcohol
(B) achiral secondary alcohol
(C) chiral tertiary alcohol
(D) achiral tertiary alcohol
51.
The hybridization of Ni centre in Ni[(PPh3)2Cl2] and [NiCl4]2 respectively are

(A) dsp2 and sp3
(B) dsp2 and sp2d
(C) sp3 and sp3
(D) sp3 and dsp2
52.
Oxalic acid when treated with potassium permanganate in the presence of an acid, produces
(A) O2
(B) C
(C) CO
(D) CO2
53.
The equilibrium constant for the reaction N2 + 3H2

2NH3 at 400 K is 41. The equilibrium constant
for the reaction 1/2N2 + 3/2H2
NH3 at the same temperature will be closest to
(A) 41
(B) 20.5
(C) 6.4
(D) 1681
54.
In a one component second order reaction, if the concentration of the reactant is reduced to half, the
rate
(A) increases two times
(B) increases four times
(C) decreases to one half
(D) decreases to one fourth
55.
The conjugate bases for HCO3 and NH3, respectively, are

(A) H2CO3 and NH4+
(B) CO32 and NH2
(C) H2CO3 and NH2
56.
(D) CO32 and NH4+
Among the following
S
CH2
I
II
the aromatic compounds are
(A) I & II
(B) I & III
57.
IV
III
(C) II & III
(D) II & IV
Among the compounds

O
N
H
I
the order of basicity is
(A) I > III > II > IV
N
H
N
H
II
III
IV
(B) II > IV > I > III
(C) III > I > IV > II
(D) II > I > III > IV
Page # 7
KVPY : Stream SB
58.
The Newman projection of Me

H
Me
H
H
is known as the
(A) eclipsed conformer
(B) staggered conformer (C) skewed conformer
(D) gauche conformer
59.
The half-life of a first order reaction is 30 min. The time required for 75% completion of the same reactionwill be
(A) 45 min
(B) 60 min
(C) 75 min
(D) 90 min
60.
The hydrogen ion concentration in a mixture of 10 ml of 0.1 M H2SO4 and 10 ml of 0.1 M KOH solution
in water, is
(A) 0.1 M
(B) 0.05 M
(C) 0.2 M
(D) 0.02 M
BIOLOGY
61.
62.
During photosynthesis the chemical conversion of water is termed :

(A) photolysis
(B) hydrolysis
(C) hydration
(D) condensation
In the organisms muscle, oxygen is carried by :

(A) albumin
(B) myosin
(C) myoglobin
(D) hemoglobin
63.
Enzymes do the following :

(A) make products and reactants of equal energy
(B) help the chemical processes by lowering the energy of products
(C) reduce the activation barrier and speed up chemical processes
(D) hydrolyze all the biopolymers indiscriminately
64.
Glycolysis is :
(A) biosynthesis of glucose
(C) degradation of glucose
65.
(B) biosynthesis of glycine

(D) reaction of glucose with proteins
Plants are attracted to light through the hormonal action of :

(A) Gibberelic acid
(B) Auxin
(C) Chlorophyll
(D) Thiamine
66.
During development, unspecified cells become cells having unique functions. This process is called :
(A) evolution
(B) differentiation
(C) translation
(D) replication
67.
The chromosomal attachment site of the spindle microtubule is :

(A) centrosome
(B) liposome
(C) centromere
(D) telomere
Which fo the following diseases is NOT sexually transmitted ?

(A) Syphilis
(B) Gonorrhoea
(C) AIDS
(D) Tuberculosis
68.
69.
This cell organelle consists of two granule-like centrioles and is found in animal cells only. It helps in
cell division. What is it called ?
(A) centrosome
(B) chromosome
(C) centromere
(D) chromatids
Page # 8
KVPY : Stream SB
70.
Nucleotides are monomers of DNA. What does each nucleotide consist of ?

(A) A nitrogenous base and a pentose sugar
(B) A nitrogenous base and a phosphate group
(C) A pentose sugar and a phosphate group
(D) A nitrogenous base, a pentose sugar and a phosphate group
71.
Fetilization in humans usually takes place in :

(A) Uterus
(B) Graafian follicle
(C) Ovary
(D) Fallopian tube
72.
ELISA, the standard screening test for HIV, detects which of the following ?
(A) HIV DNA
(B) HIV RNA
(C) HIV proteins
(D) Antibodies to HIV proteins
73.
Sickle cell anemia is caused by :

(A) complete absence of the haemoglobin gene
(C) increased affinity of haemoglobin for oxygen
(B) point mutation of the haemoglobin gene

(D) truncation of the haemoglobin protein
The natural source of Ti plasmid is :

(A) bacteria
(B) virus
(C) plants
74.
(D) animals
75.
Earthworms are bisexual but still cross-fertilization is common. This is because :

(A) spermatozoa of different earthworms are different
(B) spermatozoa and ova mature at different times in the same earthworm
(C) ova from other earthworms may be larger
(D) sperm and ova from the same earth worm cannot fertilize
76.
One difference between blood and lymph is that :

(A) blood contains WBC and lymph contains RBC
(B) blood contains RBC and WBC and lymph contains only WBC
(C) blood contains RBC and lymph contains WBC
(D) blood is liquid while lymph is solid
77.
The abnormal development of which of the following lymphoid organs would result in the most severe
immunodeficiency ?
(A) Spleen
(B) Thymus
(C) Tonsil
(D) Lymph node
78.
Mitochondria are associated with all of the following functions, EXCEPT :

(A) ATP synthesis
(B) DNA syntheis
(C) Protein synthesis
(D) Protein glycosylation
79.
The probability of having a girl child with blood group O when the parents have blood group A and B is :
(A) 0%
(B) at least 50%
(C) at most 25%
(D) exactly 75 %
80.
Wooden doors and windows swell up in the rainy season by :

(A) a special type of diffusion called imbibition
(B) evaporation of stored water wood
(C) conduction of water from walls
(D) transpiration
Page # 9
KVPY : Stream SB
PART-II
Two Marks Questions
MATHEMATICS
81.
Let p(x) = a0 + a1x + ........+ anxn. If p( 2) = 15, p( 1) = 1, p(0) = 7, p(1) = 9, p(2) = 13 and p(3) = 25,
then the smallest possible value of n is :
(A) 5
(B) 4
(C) 3
(D) 2
82.
Let a, b, c be the sides of triangle. If t denotes the expression (a2 + b2 + c2)/(ab + bc + ca), the set of all
possible values of t is :
(A) {x R| x > 1}
(B) {x R | 1 x < 2}
(C) {x R | 1 x < 2}
(D) {x R | 1 x 2}
83.
The area of the region bounded by y = | x 3 | 4 5 and the x-axis is

(A) 24.5
84.
1
( 6 2)
2
(B)
1
( 5 1)
2
Define a sequence {an}n 0 by an =

Then lim n 4n(1 an) equals
(A) 2
(B) 2/2
86.
87.
(C) 49
(D) 35 2
The lengths of the sides and the diagonal of an isosceles trapezium from a two-element set {a, b}. If
a > b, then a/b equals
(A)
85.
(B) 37
(C)
(D)
1 a n1
for n 1. a0 = cos1.
2
(C) /2
The range of the function f(x) = (sin x)sinx defined on (0, ) is

(A) (0.1)
(B) (e 1/e , 1)
(C) [e 1/e, 1)
(D)
(D) [e1/e , 1]
Let A denote the area bounded by the curve y = 1/x and the lines y = 0, x = 1, x = 10,
1
1
1
1
1
+ ....+ , and let C =
+
+ ......+
. Then
9
3
10
2
2
(A) C < B < A
(B) A < C < B
(C) C < A < B and A C < B A
(D) C < A < B and B A < A C
Let B = 1 +
88.
Two points are randomly choses on the circumference of a circle of radius r. The probability that the
distance between the two points is at least r is equal to
(A)
(B) sin r
(C)
(D)
2
3
89.
Consider al natural numbers whose decimal expansion has only then even digits 0, 2, 4, 6, 8. Suppose
these are arranged in increasing order. If an denotes the n-th number in this sequence, then
lim n log an /log n equals :
(A) 0
(B) log510
(C) log210
(D) 2
90.
The sum of all absolute values of the differences of the numbers 1, 2, 3......., n, taken two at a time,
i.e.
i j
equals :
jin
(A)

n 1
3
(B)
n
3
(C)

n 1
3
(D)

n2
3
Page # 10
KVPY : Stream SB
PHYSICS
91.
A spherical cavity of radius r is carved out of a uniform solid sphere of radius R as shown in the figure.
The distance of the center of mass of the resulting body from that of the solid sphere is given by
r3
Rr
Rr
(B)
(C) 0
(D) 2
2
2
R Rr r 2
A plano-convex lens made of material of refractive index with radius of curvature R is silvered on the
curved side. How far away from the lens-mirror must you place a point object so that the image coincides
with the object ?
(A)
92.
(A)
93.
(B) R
(C)
R
1
(D) R
n2a
n moles of a van der Waal gas obeying the equation of state P 2 (V nb) = nRT, where a and b are
V
gas dependent constants, is made to undergo a cyclic process that is depicted by a rectangle in the PV
diagram as shown in the figure. What is the heat absorbed by the gas in one cycle?
P
P1
P2
V1
94.
(A) n(P1 P2) (V2 V1)
(B) (P1 P2) (V2 V1)
2
2
P1 n a P2 n a
(C)
2
2 (V V2)
V1
V2 1
2
2
P1 n a P2 n a
(D)
2
2 (V V1)
V1
V2 2
For what value of the resistor X will the equivalent resistance of the two circuits shown be the same ?
R
6x
(A) R
95.
V2
6x
6x
(B) 6R
R
x
R
6x
6x
(C) 2R
6x
(D)
6x
R
x
5 1
R
2
2
MR2 rolls down a plane
5
inclined at an angle to the horizontal starting from rest. The coefficient of static friction between the
sphere and plane is . Then,
(A) the sphere will always roll without slipping
(B) the sphere will always slide
A solid uniform sphere having a mass M, radius R, and moment of inertia of
(C) the sphere will roll without slipping only if sin
7
2
(D) the sphere will roll without slipping only if tan1
7
2
Page # 11
KVPY : Stream SB
96.
A cubical box of side a sitting on a rough table-top is pushed horizontally with a gradually increasing force
until the box moves. If the force is applied at a height from the table top which is greater than a critical
height H, the box topples first. If it is appliced at a height less than H, the box starts sliding first. Then the
coefficient of friction between the box and the table top is :
(A)
97.
a
2H
2H
a
(C)
a
H
(D)
H
a
A vehicle is moving with speed v on a curved road of radius r. The coefficient of friction between the vehicle
and the road is . The angle of banking needed is given by
(A) tan =
98.
(B)
v2 r g
v2 r g
(B) tan =
v2 r g
v2 r g
(C) tan =
v2 r g
r g v2
Two small identical speakers are connected in phase to the

same source. The speakers are 3m apart and at ear level. An
observer stands at P, 4m in front of one speaker as shown. The
sound she hears is least intense when the wavelength is 1
and most intense when the wavelength is 2.
Then possible values of 1 and 2 are :
(A) 1 = 1m and 2 = 2m
(B) 1 = 4m and 2 = 3m
(C) 1 = 2m and 2 = 1m
(D) 1 = 0.5m and 2 = 0.25m
(D) tan =
r g v2
r g v2
4m
3m
99.
Two small blocks slide without losing contact with the surface along two frictionless tracks 1 and 2,
starting at the same time with same initial speed v. Track 1 is perfectly horizontal, while track 2 has a
dip in the middle, as shown.
Which block reaches the finish line first ?
V
1
(A) Block on track 1 reaches the finish line first
V
2
(B) Block on track 2 reaches the finish line first
Start
Finish
(C) Both blocks reach the finish line at the same time
(D) It depends on the length of the dip in the second track, relative to the total length of the tracks.
100.
Consider 1 kg of liquid water undergoing change in phase to water vapour at 100C. At 100C, the
vapour pressure 1.01 105 Nm2 and the latent heat of vaporization is 22.6 105 J kg1. The density of
liquid water is 103 kg m3 and that of vapour is
change is nearly.
(A) 1.8 105 J kg1
(B) 20.8 105 J kg1
1
kg m3. The change in internal energy in this phase
1 .8
(C) 22.6 105 J kg1
(D) 11.3 105 J kg1
CHEMISTRY
101.
If the pH of a mixture of 10 ml of 0.1 M NH4OH and 10 ml of 1 M NH4Cl solution is 8, the pKb value of
NH4OH is then closest to
(A) 3
(B) 5
(C) 7
(D) 9
102.
A cylinder of cooking gas in a household contains 11.6 kg of butane.The thermochemical reaction for
the combustion of butane is
2C4H10(g) + 13O2(g) 8CO2(g) + 10H2O(); H = 2658 KJ/mol. If the household needs15000 KJ
of energy per day, the cooking gas cylinder will last for about
(A) 64 days
(B) 45 days
(C) 20 days
(D) 35 days
103.
The addition of 0.643 g of a compound to 50 ml of benzene (density = 0.879 g ml1) lowers the freezing
point from 5.51C to 5.03C. If the freezing point constant, Kf for benzene is 5.12 K Kg mol 1, the molar
mass of the compound is approximately
(A) 156 g mol1
(B) 88 g mol1
(C) 60 g mol1
(D) 312 g mol1
Page # 12
KVPY : Stream SB
104.
Consider the following electrochemical cell :

Zn(s) + 2Ag+(0.04 M) Zn2+(0.28M)+ 2Ag(s). If Ecell = 2.57 V, then e.m.f. of the cell at 298 K, is
(A) 2.5 V
(B) 1.5 V
(C) 0.5 V
(D) 0.5 V
105.
When Co(II) chloride is dissolved in concentrated HCl a blue solution is obtained. Upon dilution with
water, the color changes to pink because
(A) CoCl64 is converted to CoCl63
(B) CoCl42 is converted to Co(OH2)62 +
2
+
3
+
(C) Co(OH2)6 is converted to Co(OH2)6
(D) CoCl42 is converted to Co(OH2)63 +
106.
The rate constant for the reaction COCl2(g) CO(g) + Cl2(g) is given by ln [k/(min1)] = 11067/T K +
31.33. The temperature at which the rate of this reaction will be doubled from that at 25C is
(A) 75C
(B) 100C
(C) 31C
(D) 50C
107.
Some reactions and their equilibrium constants given below

CuCl42 + Br
CuCl3Br2 + Cl
K1
2
CuCl3Br + Br
CuCl2Br22 + Cl
K2
CuCl2Br22 + Br
CuClBr32 + Cl
K3
CuClBr32 + Br
CuBr42 + Cl
K4
The equilibrium constant, K for the reaction
CuCl42 + 3Br
CuClBr32 + 3 Cl, is
(A) K1K2K3
(B) K1K2K3K4
(C) K1 + K2 + K3
(D) 1/(K1K2K3)
OH
Br2 in CS2
108.
NaOH
Me-I
In the above sequence of reactions, the major products X and Y are
OH
OMe
Br
(A) X =
OH
(C) X =
OH
Br
Y=
(D) X =
Br
109.
234Th gets
90
110.
In the following transformation
Y=
OH
Y=
Br
Br
(B) X =
OMe
OH
OH
OH
Y=
Br
OH
converted to 206Pb82 through a series of radioactive decay processes. The number of alpha
and beta particles lost in this transformation respectively, are
(A) 6 and 6
(B) 6 and 7
(C) 4 and 2
(D) 7 and 6
O
O
OH
Me
CO2H
Reagent 1
Reagent 2
OMe
reagents 1 and 2 are :

(A) H2SO4 ; alkaline KMnO4
(C) H3PO4 ; CHCl3/KOH
OMe
(B) AlCl3 ; l2 / NaOH

(D) KOH;CHCl3 / KOH
Page # 13
KVPY : Stream SB
BIOLOGY
111.
112.
113.
The mode of action of penicillin is as follows :

(A) It inhibits viral replication
(C) It inhibits bacterial cell wall synthesis
(B) It enhances immunity

(D) It inhibits transcription
Which of the following statements is true for meiosis ?

(A) One round of chromosome duplication and one round of cell division
(B) One round of chromosome duplication and two rounds of cell division
(C) Two rounds of chromosome duplication and one round of cell division
(D) Two rounds of chromosome duplication and two rounds of cell division
Instead of 3, if 2 bases code for an amino acid, the degeneracy of codons coding for the same amino acid
would have :
(A) increased
(B) decreased
(C) remained the same
(D) been uncertain
114.
Gregor Mendel showed that unit factors exist in pairs and exhibit as dominant-recessive relationship.
These unit factors, in modern terminology, are called :
(A) genes
(B) alleles
(C) Ioci
(D) determinants
115.
E.coli has optimal growh temperature of 37C. Which of the following in an INCORRECT explanation for
this ?
(A) The membrane is most permeable at this temperature
(B) DNA synthesis makes the least mistakes at this temperature
(C) Most enzymes in the cell have the highest activity at this temperature
(D) Protein synthesis is most efficient at this temperature
116.
Male offsprings of which of the following couples have the highest chance of haemophilia ?
(A) Haemophiliac father and normal, non-carrier mother
(B) Haemophiliac father and normal, carrier mother
(C) Normal father and normal, carrier mother
(D) Normal father and haemophiliac mother
117.
The effect of consumption of excess protein by normal individuals would result in :

(A) excretion of excess protein in urine
(B) increase in the amount of adipose tissue
(C) increase in the synthesis of muscle protein
(D) increase in the circulatory plasma proteins
118.
The condition varicose veins in swelling of veins, that occurs due to :

(A) loss of elasticity of the muscular layer
(B) condition of high blood pressure
(C) condition of low blood pressure
(D) condition of anoxia
119.
Greatest proportion of photosyntheis in the world is carried out by :

(A) trees in the rain forests of the world
(B) trees in the temperate forests of the world
(C) algae in oceans
(D) irrigated crop fields
120.
Energetically unfavourable reactions occur in human cells through :

(A) heat energy supplied by the body
(B) heat energy released through exercise
(C) coupling of energetically favourable reactions with unfavourable ones
(D) photosynthesis
Page # 14
KVPY : Stream SB

Duration : 3 Hours
PART-I
One Mark Questions
Max. Marks : 160
MATHEMATICS
1.
0 i
1 0
, where i2 = 1, and let I denote the identity matrix
. Then
Let denote the matrix
i 0
0 1
I + A + A2 + .............+ A2010 is
0 0
(A)
0 0
2.
0 i
(B)
i 0
1 i
(C)
i 1
1 0
(D)
0 1
Suppose the sides of a triangle from a geometric progression with common ratio r. Then r lies in the
interval
1 5
(A) 0,
2
1 5 2 5
(B) 2 , 2
1 5 1 5
(C)
2
2
2 5
(D) 2 ,
3.
The number of rectangles that can be obtained by joining four of the twelve vertices of a 12-sided regular
polygon is
(A) 66
(B) 30
(C) 24
(D) 15
4.
Let 1, and 2 be the cube roots of unity. The least possible degree of a polynomial, with real coefficients, having 22, 3 + 4, 3 + 42 and 5 2 as roots is
(A) 4
(B) 5
(C) 6
(D) 8
5.
A circle touches the parabola y2 = 4x at (1, 2) and also touches its directrix. the y-coordinate of the point
of contact of the circle and the directrix is
(A) 2
6.
(B) 2
(C) 2 2
(D) 4
Let ABC be an equilateral triangle; let KLMN be a rectangle with K, L on BC, M on AC and N on AB.
Suppose AN / NB = 2 and the area of triangle BKN is 6. The area of the triangle ABC is
7.
(A) 54
(B) 108
(C) 48
(D) not determinable with the above data
Let P be an arbitrary point on the ellipse
x2
a2
y2
b2
1 , a > b > = 0. Suppose F and F are the foci of the

1
2
ellipse. The locus of the centroid of the triangle PF1F2 as P moves on the ellipse is
(A) a circle
8.
(B) an ellipse
(C) a parabola
(D) a hyperbola
The number of roots of the equation cos7 sin6 = 1 that lie in the interval [0, 2] is
(A) 2
(B) 3
(C) 4
(D) 8
Page # 15
KVPY : Stream SB
9.
The product
(1 + tan 1) (1 + tan 2) (1 + tan 3) ... (1 + tan 45)
equals
(A) 221
10.
(B) 222
(C) 223
(D) 224
Let f : R R be a differentiable function such that f (a) = 0 = f (b) and f(a) f(b) > 0 for some a < b. Then
the minimum number of roots of f(x) = 0 in the interval (a, b) is
(A) 3
11.
(B) 2
(C) 1
(D) 0
The roots of (x 41)49 + (x 49)41 + (x 2009)2009 = 0 are

(A) all necessarily real
(B) non-real except one positive real root
(C) non-real except three positive real roots
(D) non-real except for three real roots of which exactly one is positive
12.
The figure shown below is the graph of the derivative of some function y = (x)
Then
(A) f has local minima at x = a, b and a local maximum at x = c
(B) f has local minima at x = b, c and a local maximum at x = a
(C) f has local minima at x = c, a and a local maximum at x = b
(D) the given figure is insufficient to conclude any thing about the local minima and local maxima of f
Page # 16
KVPY : Stream SB
13.
The following figure shows the graph of continuous function y = (x) on the interval [1, 3]. The points A,
B, C have coordinates (1, 1), (3, 2), (2, 3) respectively, and the lines 1 and 2 are parallel, with 1 being
tangent to the curve at C. If the area under the graph of y = (x) from x = 1 to x = 3 is 4 square units, then
the area of the shaded region is :
(A) 2
(B) 3
(C) 4
(D) 5
14.
n
Let n (log x ) dx, where n is a non-negative integer..
1
Then I2011 + 2011 I2010 is equal to
15.
(A) 1000 + 999 998
(B) 889 + 890 891
(C) 100 + 100 99
(D) 53 + 54 52
Consider the regions A = {(x, y) | x2 + y2 100} and B = {(x, y) | sin (x + y) > 0} in the plane. Then the area
of the region A B is
(A) 10
16.
(B) 100
(C) 100
(D) 50
Three vertices are chosen randomly from the seven vertices of a regular 7sided polygon. The probability
that they form the vertices of an isosceles triangle is
(A)
17.
(B)
1
3
(C)
3
7
(D)
3
5
Let u = 2i j + k , v = 3 j + 2 k be vectors in R3 and w be a unit vector in the xy-plane. Then the
maximum possible value of |( u v ) . w | is

(A)
18.
1
7
(B)
12
(C) 13
(D) 17
How many six-digit numbers are there in which no digit is repeated, even digits appear at even places,
odd digits appear at odd places and the number is divisible by 4?
(A) 3600
(B) 2700
(C) 2160
(D) 1440
Page # 17
KVPY : Stream SB
19.
The number of natural number n in the interval [1005, 2010] for which the polynomial
1 + x + x2 + x3 +.......+ xn1 divides the polynomial 1 + x2 + x4 + x6 + .........+ x2010 is
(A) 0
20.
(B) 100
(C) 503
(D) 1006
Let a0 = 0 and an = 3 an1 + 1 for n 1. Then the remainder obtained on dividing a2010 by 11 is
(A) 0
(B) 7
(C) 3
(D) 4
PHYSICS
21.
A pen of mass m is lying on a piece of paper of mass M placed on a rough table. If the coefficients of
friction between the pen and paper, and, the paper and the table are 1 and 2 respectively, then the
minimum horizontal force with which the paper has to be pulled for the pen to start slipping is given by :
22.
(A) (m + M) (1 + 2)g
(B) (m 1 + M 2)g
(C) (m 1 + (m + M)2)g
(D) m(1 + 2)g
Two masses m1 and m2 connected by a spring of spring constant k at rest on a frictionless surface. If the
masses are pulled apart and let go, the time period of oscillation is :
1 m1m 2
(A) T = 2 k m m
2
1
23.
m1 m 2
(B) T = 2 k m m
1 2
(C) T = 2 m1 (D) T = 2 m 2
k
k
A bead of mass m is attached to the midpoint of a taut, weightless string of length and placed on a
frictionless horizontal table.
Under a small transverse displacement x, as shown, if the tension in the string is T, then the frequency of
oscillation is :
(A)
24.
1 2T
2 m
(B)
1 4T
2 m
(C)
1 4T
2 m
(D)
1 2T
2 m
A comet (assumed to be in an elliptical orbit around the sun) is at a distance of 0.4 AU from the sun at the
perihelion. If the time period of the comet is 125 years, what is the aphelion distance ? AU : Astronomical
Unit.
(A) 50 AU
(B) 25 AU
(C) 49.6 AU
(D) 24.6 AU
Page # 18
KVPY : Stream SB
25.
The circuit shown consists of a switch (S), a battery (B) of emf E, a resistance R, and an inductor L.
The current in the circuit at the instant the switch is closed is :

(A) E/R
26.
(B) E/(R(1 e))
(C)
(D) 0
Consider a uniform spherical volume charge distribution of radius R. Which of the following graphs correctly
represents the magnitude of the electric field E at a distance r from the center of the sphere ?
(A)
27.
(B)
(C)
(D)
A charge +q is placed somewhere inside the cavity of a thick conducting spherical shell of inner radius R1
and outer radius R2. A charge +Q is placed at a distance r > R2 from the center of the shell. Then the
electric field in the hollow cavity.
28.
(A) depends on both +q and +Q
(B) is zero
(C) is only that due to +Q
(D) is only that due to +q
The following travelling electromagnetic wave

Ex = 0, Ey = E0sin(kx + t), Ez = 2E0sin(kx + t) is :
29.
(A) elliptically polarized
(B) linearly polarized
(C) circularly polarized
(D) unpolarized
A point source of light is placed at the bottom of a vessel which is filled with water of refractive index to
a height h. If a floating opaque disc has to be placed exactly above it so that the source is invisible from
above, the radius of the disc should be :
(A)
30.
h
1
(B)
(C)
h
2
(D)
2 1
Three transparent media of refractive indices 1,2, 3, respectively, are stacked as shown. A ray of light
follows the path shown. No light enters the third medium.
Then :
(A) 1 < 2 < 3
(B) 2 < 1 < 3
(C) 1 < 3 < 2
(D) 3 < 1 < 2
Page # 19
KVPY : Stream SB
31.
A nucleus has a halflife of 30 minutes. At 3PM its decay rate was measured as 120,000 counts/sec.
What will be the decay rate at 5 PM ?
32.
(A) 120,000 counts/sec.
(B) 60,000 counts/sec.
(C) 30,000 counts/sec.
(D) 7,500 counts/sec.
A block is resting on a shelf that is undergoing vertical simple harmonic oscillations with an amplitude of
2.5 cm. What is the minimum frequency of oscillation of the shelf for which the book will lose contact with
the shelf ? (Assume that g = 10 m/s2)
(A) 20 Hz
33.
(C) 125.6 Hz
(D) 10 Hz
P n a
A vander Waal's gas obeys the equation of state
(V nb) = nRT. Its internal energy is given by
V 2
U = CT
34.
(B) 3.18 Hz
n2a
. The equation of a quasistatic adiabat for this gas is given by :
V
(A) TC/nRV = constant
(B) T(C+nR)/nRV = constant
(C) TC/nR (V nb) = constant
(D) P(C+nR)/nR (V nb) = constant
An ideal gas is made to undergo a cycle depicted by the PV diagram alongside. The curved line from A to
B is an adiabat.
Then :
(A) The efficiency of this cycle is given by unity as no heat is released during the cycle
(B) Heat is absorbed in the upper part of the straight line path and released in the lower part
(C) If T1 and T2 are the maximum and minimum temperatures reached during the cycle, then the efficiency
T2
is given by 1 T
1
(D) The cycle can only be carried out in the reverse of the direction shown in the figure
35.
A bus driving along at 39.6 kmph is approaching a person who is standing at the bus stop, while honking
repeatedly at an interval of 30 seconds. If the speed of sound is 330 ms1, at what interval will the person
hear the horn.
(A) 31 sec.
(B) 29 sec.
(C) 30 sec.
(D) The interval will depend on the distance of the bus from the passenger
Page # 20
KVPY : Stream SB
36.
Velocity of sound measured at a given temperature in oxygen and hydrogen is in the ratio :
(A) 1 : 4
37.
(B) 4 : 1
(C) 1 : 1
(D) 32 : 1
In Young's double slit experiment, the distance between the two slits is 0.1 mm, the distance between
the slits and the screen is 1m and the wavelength of the light used is 600 nm. The intensity at a point on
the screen is 75% of the maximum intensity. What is the smallest distance of this point from the central
fringe?
(A) 1.0 mm
38.
(B) 2.0 mm
(C) 0.5 mm
(D) 1.5 mm
Two masses m1 and m2 are connected by a massless spring of spring constant k and unstretched length
. The masses are placed on a frictionless straight channel which we consider our x-axis. They are
initially at rest at x = 0 and x = , respectively. At t = 0, a velocity of v0 is suddenly imparted to the first
particle. At a later time t, the center of mass of the two masses is at :
39.
m2
(A) x = m m
1
2
m2 v 0 t
m1
(B) x = m m m m
1
2
1
2
m2 v 0 t
m2
(C) x = m m m m
1
2
1
2
m1v 0 t
m2
(D) x = m m m m
1
2
1
2
A charged particle of charge q and mass m, gets deflected through an angle upon passing through a
square region of side a which contains a uniform magnetic field B normal to its plane. Assuming that the
particle entered the square at right angles to one side, what is the speed of the particle ?
(A)
40.
qB
a cot
m
(B)
qB
a tan
m
(C)
qB
a cot 2
m
(D)
qB
a tan 2
m
A piece of hot copper at 100C is plunged into a pond at 30C. The copper cools down to 30C, while the
pond, being huge, stays at its initial temperature. Then :
(A) copper loses some entropy, the pond stays at the same entropy
(B) copper loses some entropy, and the pond gains exactly the same amount of entropy
(C) copper loses entropy, and the pond gains more than this amount of entropy
(D) both copper and the pond gain in entropy
CHEMISTRY
41.
The number of isomers of Co(diethylene triamine) Cl3 is.

(A) 2
42.
(C) 4
(D) 5
(B) NH3
(C) CN
(D) I
(B) 3
(C) 1.5
(D) 1
Among the following, the -acid ligand is :

(A) F
43.
(B) 3
The bond order in O22 is

(A) 2
Page # 21
KVPY : Stream SB
44.
The energy of a photon of wavelength = 1 meter is (Planck's constant = 6.626
1034
J.s, speed of light
= 3 108 ms1)
(A) 1.988 1025 J
45.
(B) 1.988 1030 J
(C) 1.988 1028 J
(D) 1.988 1031 J
The concentration of a substance undergoing a chemical reaction becomes one half of its original value
after time t, regardless of the initial concentration. The reaction is an example of a :
46.
(A) zero order reaction
(B) second order reaction
(C) first order reaction
(D) third order reaction
The shape of the molecule CIF3 is :

(A) trigonal planar
47.
48.
49.
(C) pyramidal
(D) Y-shaped
FriedalCrafts acylation is :
(A) -acylation of a carbonyl compound
(B) acylation of phenols to generate esters
(C) acylation of aliphatic olefins
(D) acylation of aromatic nucleus
The order of acidity of compounds IIV, is
II
III
IV
(A) I < III < II < IV
(B) III < I < II < IV
(C) IV < I < II < III
(D) II < IV < III < I
(C)
(D)
(C) 11H
(D) 12 H
The most stable conformation for n-butane is
(A)
50.
(B) T-shaped
(B)
In the nuclear reaction

234
90 Th
234
91
Pa + X
X is :
(A) 01e
51.
(B) 10 e
A concentrated solution of copper sulphate, which is dark blue in colour, is mixed at room temperature
with a dilute solution of copper sulphate, which is light blue. For this process
(A) Entropy change is positive, but enthalpy change is negative.
(B) Entropy and enthalpy changes are both positive.
(C) Entropy change is positive and enthalpy does not change.
(D) Entropy change is negative and enthalpy change is positive.
Page # 22
KVPY : Stream SB
52.
53.
Increasing the temperature increacses the rate of reaction but does not increase the :
(A) number of collisions
(B) activation energy
(C) average energy of collisions
(D) average velocity of the reactant molecules
In metallic solids, the number of atoms for the face centred and the body-centered cubic unit cells, are,
respectively.
(A) 2,4
54.
(B) 2,2
(C) 4,2
From equation 1 and 2

CO2
CO +
H2O
H2 +
1
O
2 2
1
O
2 2
[ K c = 9.1 1012 at 1000C]
(eq 1)
= 7.1 1012 at 1000C]
(eq 2)
[ Kc
find out Kc for the following equation CO2 + H2

(A) 0.78
55.
(B) 2.0
(C) 16.2
(D) 1.28
(B) [R0] (ekt)
(C) [R0e]kt
(D) [R0] (ekt)
(C)
(D)
The correct structure of PCl3F2 is
(A)
57.
CO + H2O
For a first order reaction R P, the rate constant is k. If the initial concentration of R is [R0], the
concentration of R at any time 't' is given by the expression.
(A) [R0] ekt
56.
(D) 4,4
(B)
The enantiomeric pair among the following four structures is
II
III
IV
(A) I & II
(B) I & IV
(C) II & III
(D) II & IV
Page # 23
KVPY : Stream SB
58.
59.
Consider the reaction : 2NO2 (g) 2NO (g) + O2(g). In the figure below, identify the curves X,Y and Z
associated with the three species in the reaction
(A) X = NO, Y = O2, Z = NO2
(B) X = O2, Y = NO, Z = NO2
(C) X = NO2, Y = NO , Z = O2
(D) X = O2, Y= NO2, Z = NO
The aromatic carbocation among the following is
(A)
60.
(B)
(C)
(D)
Cyclohexene is reacted with bromine in CCl4 in the dark. The product of the reaction is
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
Page # 24
KVPY : Stream SB
BIOLOGY
61.
Ribouncleic Acid (RNA) that catalyze enzymatic reactions are called ribozymes. Which one of the following acts as a ribozyme?
(A) Ribosome
62.
(B) Amylase
(C) tRNA
(D) Riboflavin
In 1670, Robert Boyle conducted an experiment wherein he placed a viper (a poisonous snake) in a
chamber and rapidly reduced the pressure in that chamber. Which of the following would be true?
(A) Gas bubble developed in the tissues of the snake
(B) The basal metabolic rate of the snake increased tremendously
(C) The venom of the snake was found to decrease in potency
(D) The venom of the snake was found to increase in potency
63.
Bacteria can survive by absorbing soluble nutrients via their outer body surface, but animals cannot,
because
(A) Bacteria cannot ingest particles but animals can
(B) Bacteria have cell walls and animals do not
(C) Animals have too small a surface area per unit volume as compared to bacteria
(D) Animals cannot metabolize soluble nutrients
64.
A horse has 64 chromosomes and a donkey has 62. Mules result from crossing a horse and donkey.
State which of the following is INCORRECT?
(A) Mules can have either 64, 63 or 62 chromosomes
(B) Mules are infertile
(C) Mules have well defined gender (male/female)
(D) Mules have 63 chromosomes
65.
If the total number of photons falling per unit area of a leaf per minute is kept constant, then which of the
following will result in maximum photosynthesis?
66.
67.
(A) Shining green light
(B) Shining sunlight
(C) Shining blue light
(D) Shining ultraviolet light
Path-finding by ants is by means of

(A) Visually observing landmarks
(B) Visually observing other ants
(C) Chemical signals between ants
(D) Using the earth's magnetic field
Sometimes urea is fed to ruminates to improve their health. It works by

(A) Helping growth of gut microbes that break down cellulose
(B) Killing harmful microorganisms in their gut
(C) Increasing salt content in the gut
(D) Directly stimulating blood cell proliferation
Page # 25
KVPY : Stream SB
68.
If you compare adults of two herbivore species of different sizes, but from the same geographical area, the
amount of faeces produced per kg body weight would be
(A) More in the smaller one than the larger one
(B) More in the larger one than the smaller one
(C) Roughly the same amount in both
(D) Not possible to predict which would be more
69.
Fruit wrapped in paper ripens faster than when kept in open air because
(A) Heat of respiration is retained better
(B) A chemical in the paper helps fruit ripening
(C) A volatile substance produced by the fruit is retained better and helps in ripening
(D) The fruit is cut off from the ambient oxygen which is an inhibitor to fruit ripening.
70.
When a person is suffering form high fever, it is sometimes observed that the skin has a reddish tinge.
Why does this happen?
(A) Red colour of the skin radiates more heat
(B) fever causes the release of a red pigment in the skin
(C) There is more blood circulation to the skin to keep the body warm
(D) There is more blood circulation to the skin to release heat from the body
71.
Bacteriochlorophylls are photosynthetic pigments found in phototrophic bacteria. Their function is distinct from the plant chlorophylls in that they
(A) do not produce oxygen
(B) do not conduct photosynthesis
(C) absorb only blue light
(D) function without a light source
72.
Athletes often experience muscle cramps. Which of the following statements is true about muscle cramps?
(A) Muscle cramp is caused due to conversion of pyruvic acid into lactic acid in the cytoplasm
(B) Muscle cramp is caused due to conversion of pyruvic acid into lactic acid in the mitochondria
(C) Muscle cramp is caused due to nonconversion of glucose to pyruvate in the cytoplasm
(D) Muscle cramp is caused due to conversion of pyruvic acid into ethanol in the cytoplasm
73.
A couple went to a doctor and reported that both of them are "carriers" for a particular disorder, their first
child is suffering from that disorder and that they are expecting their second child. What is the probability
that the new child would be affected by the same disorder?
(A) 100%
(B) 50%
(C) 25%
(D) 75%
74.
Of the following combinations of cell biological processes which one is associated with embryogenesis?
(A) Mitosis and Meiosis
(B) Mitosis and Differentiation
(C) Meiosis and Differentiation
(D) Differentiation and Reprogramming
75.
Conversion of the Bt toxin produced by Bacillus thuringienesis to its active form in the gut of the insects
is mediated by
(A) acidic pH of the gut
(B) alkaline pH of the gut
(C) lipid modification of the protein
(D) cleavage by chymotrypsin
Page # 26
KVPY : Stream SB
76.
If you dip a sack full of paddy seeds in water overnight and then keep it out for a couple of days, it feels
warm. What generates this heat?
(A) Imbibation
(B) Exothermic reaction between water and seed coats
(C) Friction among seeds due to swelling
(D) Respiration
77.
Restriction endonucleases are enzymes that cleave DNA molecules into smaller fragments. Which type
of bond do they act on?
(A) N-glycosidic Bond
(B) Phosphodiester bond
(C) Hydrogen bond
(D) Disulfide bond
78.
The fluid part of blood flows in and out of capillaries in tissues to exchange nutrients and waste materials.
Under which of the following conditions will fluid flow out from the capillaries into the surrounding tissue?
(A) When arterial blood pressure exceeds blood osmotic pressure
(B) When arterial blood pressure is less than blood osmotic pressure
(C) When arterial blood pressure is equal to blood osmotic pressure
(D) Arterial blood pressure and blood osmotic pressure have nothing to do with the outflow of fluid from
capillaries
79.
The distance between two consecutive DNA base pairs is 0.34 nm. If the length of a chromosome is 1 mm
the number of base pairs in the chromosome is approximately
(A) 3 million
(B) 1.5 million
(C) 30 million
(D) 6 million
80.
Estimate the order of the speed of propagation of an action potential or nerve impulse
(A) nm/s
(B) micron/s
(C) cm/s
(D) m/s
PART-II
Two Marks Questions
MATHEMATICS
n
81.
1
1/ 2
Arrange the expansion of x 1/ 4 in decreasing powers of x. Suppose the coefficients of the first
2x
three terms form an arithmetic progression. Then the number of terms in the expansion having integer
powers of x is
(A) 1
82.
(B) 2
(C) 3
(D) more than 3
Let r be a real number and n N be such that the polynomial 2x2 + 2x +1 divides the polynomial
(x + 1)nr. Then (n, r) can be
(A) (4000, 41000)
(B) 4000, 1000

4
1000 1
, 1000
(C) 4
4
(D) 4000,
4000
Page # 27
KVPY : Stream SB
83.
Suppose a, b are real numbers such that ab 0. Which of the following four figures represents the curve
(y ax b) (bx2 + ay2 ab) = 0 ?
(A) Fig.1
84.
(B) Fig.2
(C) Fig.3
(D) Fig.4
Among all cyclic quadrilaterals inscribed in a circle of radius R with one of its angles equal to 120,
consider the one with maximum possible area. Its area is
(A)
85.
2 R2
(B) 2 R2
(C)
3 R2
(D) 2 3 R 2
The following figure shows the graph of a differentiable function y = (x) on the interval [a, b] (not
containing 0).
Let g(x) = (x) / x. Which of the following is a possible graph of y = g (x)?
(A) Fig.1
(B) Fig.2
(C) Fig.3
(D) Fig.4
Page # 28
KVPY : Stream SB
86.
Let V1 be the volume of a given right circular cone with O as the centre of the base and A as its apex. Let
V2 be the maximum volume of the right circular cone inscribed in the given cone whose apex is O and
whose base is parallel to the base of the given cone. Then the ratio V2 / V1 is
(A)
3
25
(B)
4
9
(C)
4
27
(D)
8
27
87.
Let : R R be a continuous function satisfying ( x ) x ( t ) dt , for all x R. Then the number of

0
elements in the set S = {x R (x) = 0 } is

(A) 1
(B) 2
(C) 3
88.
The value of
min| x |, cos
(D) 4
(cos x ) dx is
(A)
89.
2
4
(B)
2
2
(C)
2
8
(D) 2
Let ABC be a triangle and P be a point inside ABC such that PA 2PB 3PC 0 . The ratio of the area
of triangle ABC to that of APC is
(A) 2
90.
(B)
3
2
(C)
5
3
(D) 3
Suppose m, n are positive integers such that 6m + 2m+n 3m + 2n = 332. The value of the expression
m2 + mn + n2 is
(A) 7
(B) 13
(C) 19
(D) 21
Page # 29
KVPY : Stream SB
PHYSICS
91.
A ball is dropped vertically from a height of h onto a hard surface. If the ball rebounds from the surface with
a fraction r of the speed with which it strikes the latter on each impact, what is the net distance travelled
by the ball up to the 10th impact ?
(A) 2h
92.
4 f 3
1 f 4GT 2
1 r 20
(C) 2h
1 r 2
1 r 22
1 r 2
(D) 2h
1 r 20
1 r 2
(B)
4 f 3
1 f 4GT 2
(C)
4 3f 3
1 f 4GT 2
(D)
4 2f 3
1 f 4GT 2
Three equal charges +q are placed at the three vertices of an equilateral triangle centred at the origin.
They are held in equilibrium by a restoring force of magnitude F(r) = kr directed towards the origin, where
k is a constant. What is the distance of the three charges from the origin ?
1 q2
(A)
6 0 k
94.
(B) h
A certain planet completes one rotation about its axis in time T. The weight of an object placed at the
equator on the planet's surface is a fraction f (f is close to unity) of its weight recorded at a latitude of 60.
The density of the planet (assumed to be a uniform perfect sphere) is given by :
(A)
93.
1 r 10
1 r
1/ 3
3 q2
(B)
12 0 k
1/ 3
1 q2
(C)
6 0 k
2/3
3 q2
(D)
4 0 k
2/3
Consider the infinite ladder circuit shown below :
For which angular frequency will the circuit behave like a pure inductance ?
(A)
95.
(B)
2
LC
(C)
1
LC
(D)
2L
C
A narrow parallel beam of light falls on a glass sphere of radius R and refractive index at normal
incidence. The distance of the image from the outer edge is given by :
(A)
96.
LC
R(2 )
2( 1)
(B)
R(2 )
2( 1)
(C)
R(2 )
2( 1)
(D)
R(2 )
2( 1)
x
1 2
kx V0cos ,
a
2
where V0,k, a are constants. If the amplitude of oscillation is much smaller than a, the time period is given
by
A particle of mass m undergoes oscillations about x = 0 in a potential given by V(x) =
Page # 30
KVPY : Stream SB
(A) 2
97.
ma 2
ka 2 V0
ma 2
V0
(C) 2
(D) 2
ma 2
ka 2 V0
An ideal gas with heat capacity at constant volume CV undergoes a quasistatic process described by
PV in a PV diagram, where is a constant. The heat capacity of the gas during this process is given
by :
(A) CV
98.
m
(B) 2
k
(B) CV +
nR
1
(C) CV + nR
(D) CV +
nR
1 2
3
nR is made to carry out
2
a cycle that is depicted by a triangle in the figure given below :
The following statement is true about the cycle :
An ideal gas with constant heat capacity CV =
P1V1
(A) The efficiency is given by 1 P V
2
1 P1V1
(B) The efficiency is given by 1 2 P V
2
(C) Net heat absorbed in the cycle is (P2 P1) (V2 V1)
(D) Heat absorbed in part AC is given by 2(P2V2 P1V1) +
99.
Two identical particles of mass m and charge q are shot at each other from a very great distance with an
initial speed v. The distance of closest approach of these charges is :
(A)
100.
1
(P V P2V1)
2 1 2
q2
8 0mv 2
(B)
q2
4 0mv 2
(C)
q2
2 0mv 2
(D) 0
At time t = 0, a container has N0 radioactive atoms with a decay constant . In addition, c numbers of
atoms of the same type are being added to the container per unit time. How many atoms of this type are
there at t = T ?
(A)
c
exp(T) N0exp(T)
(B)
c
exp(T) + N0exp(T)
Page # 31
KVPY : Stream SB
(C)
c
(1 exp(T)) + N0exp(T)
(D)
c
(1 + exp(T) + N0exp(T)
CHEMISTRY
101.
2.52 g of oxalic acid dihydrate was dissolved in 100 mL of water. 10 mL of this solution was diluted is 500
mL. The normality of the final solution and the amount of oxalic acid (mg/mL) in the solution are respectively.
(A) 0.16 N, 5.04
102.
(B) 0.08 N, 3.60
(C) 0.04 N, 3.60
(D) 0.02 N, 10.08
Two isomeric compounds I and II are heated with HBr.
II
The products obtained are
103.
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
The number of possible enantiomeric pair(s) produced from the bromination of I and II, respectively, are
(A) 0, 1
104.
(B) 1 , 0
(C) 0, 2
(D) 1, 1
For the reaction A B, H = 7.5 kJ mol1 and S = 25 J mol1, the value of G and the temperature,
at which the reaction reaches equilibrium are, respectively,
(A) 0 kJ mol1 and 400 K
(B) 2.5 kJ mol1 and 400 K
(C) 2.5 kJ mol1 and 200 K
(D) 0 kJ mol1 and 300 K
Page # 32
KVPY : Stream SB
105.
The solubility product of Mg(OH)2 is 1.0
1012.
Concentrated aqueous NaOH solution is added to a
0.01 M aqueous solution of MgCl2. The pH at which precipitation occurs is

(A) 7.2
106.
(B) 7.8
(C) 8.0
(D) 9.0
A metal with an atomic radius of 141.4 pm crystallizes in the face centred cubic structure. The volume
of the unit cell in pm3 is
(A) 2.74 107
107.
(B) 6.40 107
109.
(D) 9.20 107
Identify the cyclic silicate ion given in the figure below
(A) [Si6O24]24
108.
(C) 2.19 107
(B) [Si6O18]18
(C) [Si6O18]12
Diborane is formed the elements as shown in equation (1)

2B (s) + 3H2(g) B2H6(g)
Given that
H2O () H2O (g)
2B + 3/2 O2 (g) B2O3(s)
B2H6(g) + 3 O2 (g) B2O3 (s) + 3 H2O (g)
H2(g) + 1/2 O2 (g) H2O ()
the H0 for the reaction (1) is :
(A) 36 kJ
(B) 520 kJ
(C) 509 kJ
(D) [Si6O24]12
... (1)
H10 = 44 kJ
H20 = 1273 kJ
H30 = 2035 kJ
0
H4 = 286 kJ
(D) 3550 kJ
The Crystal Field stabilization Energy (CFSE) and the spin only magnetic moment in Bohr Magneton
(BM) for the complex K3[Fe(CN)6] are, respectively.
(A) 0.0 and
(C) 0.4 and
110.
35 BM
24 BM
(B) 2.0 and
3 BM
(D) 2.4 and 0 BM
A solution containing 8.0 g of nicotine in 92 g of water freezes 0.925 degrees below the normal freezing
point of water. If the molal freezing point depression constant, Kf = 1.85C mol1 then the molar mass of
nicotine is :
Page # 33
KVPY : Stream SB
(A) 16
(B) 80
(C) 320
(D) 160
BIOLOGY
111.
A host cell has intracellular bacterial symbionts. If the growth rate of the bacterial symbiont is always
10% higher than that of the host cell, after 10 generations of the host cell the density of bacteria in host
cells will increase
(A) by 10%
112.
(B) two-fold
(C) ten-fold
(D) hundred-fold
In a diploid organism, there are three different alleles for a particular gene. Of these three alleles one is
recessive and the other two alleles exhibit co-dominance. How many phenotypes are possible with this
set of alleles?
(A) 3
113.
(B) 6
(C) 4
(D) 2
Two students are given two different double stranded DNA molecules of equal length. They are asked to
denature the DNA molecules by heating. The DNA given to student A has a following composition of base
(A:G:T:C::35:15:35:15). While that given to student B is (A : G : T : C : : 12 : 38 : 12 : 38) Which of the
following statements is true?
(A) Both the DNA molecules would denature at the same rate
(B) The information given is insufficient to draw any conclusion
(C) DNA molecule given to student B would denature faster than that of student A
(D) DNA molecule given to student A would denature faster than that given to student B
114.
The amino acid sequences of a bacterial protein and a human protein carrying out similar function are
found to be 60% identical. However, the DNA sequences of the genes coding for these proteins are only
45% identical. This is possible because
(A) Protein sequence does not depend on DNA sequence
(B) DNA codons having different nucleotides in the third position can code for the same amino acids
(C) DNA codons having different nucleotides in the second position can code for the same amino acids
(D) Same DNA codons can code for multiple amino acids.
115.
The following DNA sequence (5 3) specifies part of a protein coding sequence, starting from position
1. Which of the following mutations will give rise to a protein that is shorter than the full-length protein?
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
A
(A) Deletion of nucleotide 13

(B) Deletion of nucleotide 8
(C) Insertion of a single nucleotide between 3 and 4
(D) Insertion of a single nucleotide between 10 and 11
116.
Which of the following correctly represents the results of an enzymatic reaction? Enzyme is E, Substrate
Page # 34
KVPY : Stream SB
is S and Products are P1 and P2
117.
(A) P1 + S P2 + E
(B) E + S P1 + P2
(C) P1 + P2 + E S
(D) E + S P1 + P2 + E
Four species of birds have different egg colors: [1] while with no markings, [2] pale brown with no markings, [3] grey-brown with dark streaks and spots, [4] pale blue with dark blue-green spots. Based on egg
color, which species is most likely to nest in a deep tree hole?
(A) 1
118.
(B) 2
(C) 3
(D) 4
Consider a locus with two alleles, A and a, If the frequency of AA is 0.25, what is the frequency of A under
Hardy-Weinberg equilibrium?
(A) 1
119.
(B) 0.25
(C) 0.5
(D) 0
Which of the following graphs accurately represents the insulin levels (Y-axis) in the body as a function of
time (X-axis) after eating sugar and bread/roti?
120.
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
You marked two ink-spots along the height at the base of a coconut tree and also at the top of the tree.
When you examine the spots next year when the tree has grown taller, you will see
(A) the two spots at the top have grown more apart than the two spots at the bottom
(B) the top two spots have grown less apart than the bottom two spots
*****
(C) both sets of spots have grown apart to the same extent
(D) both sets of spots remain un-altered.
Page # 35
KVPY : Stream SB

Duration : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 160
PART-I
One Mark Questions
MATHEMATICS
1.
Suppose logab + logb a= c. The smallest possible integer value of c for all a,b > 1 is
(A) 4
(B) 3
(C) 2
(D) 1
2.
Suppose n is a natural number such that | i + 2i2 + 3i3 + ....+ nin | = 18

11 . Then n is.
(A) 9
(B) 18
(C) 36
2 . Where i is the square root of
Let P be an m m matrix such that P2 = P . Then (I+P)n equals

(A) I + P
(B) I + nP
(C) I + 2nP
3.
(D) 72
(D) I + (2n1)P
4.
Consider the cubic equation x3 + ax2 + bx + c = 0 , where a,b,c are real numbers . Which of the following
statements is correct ?
(A) If a2 2b < 0 , then the equation has one real and two imaginary roots
(B) If a2 2b 0, then the equation has all real roots
(C) If a2 2b > 0, then the equation has all real and distinct roots
(D) If 4a3 27b2 > 0 , then the equation has real and distinct roots
5.
All the points (x,y) in the plane satisfying the equation x2 + 2x sin(xy) + 1 = 0 lie on
(A) a pair of straight lines
(B) a family of hyperbolas
(C) a parabola
(D) an ellipse
6.
Let A = (4,0) , B = (0,12) be two points in the plane . The locus of a point C such that the area of triangle
ABC is 18 sq.units is
(A) (y + 3x + 12)3 = 81
(B) (y + 3x + 81)2 = 12
2
(C) (y + 3x 12) = 81
(D) (y + 3x 81)2 = 12
7.
In a rectangle ABCD , the coordinates of A and B are (1,2) and (3,6) respectively and some diameter of the
circumscribing circle of ABCD has equation 2x y + 4 = 0. Then the area of the rectangle is
(A) 16
(B) 2 10
(C) 2 5
(D) 20
8.
In the xyplane , three distinct lines 1,2,3 concur at a point (,0). Further the lines 1,2,3 are normals
to the parabola y2 = 6x at the points A = (x1 , y1) , B (x2 , y2) , C = (x3 , y3) respectively . Then we have
(A) < 5
(B) > 3
(C) 5 < < 3
(D) 0 < < 3
9.
Let f(x) = cos5x + A cos 4x + Bcos3x + Ccos2x + Dcosx + E. and
2
3
8
9
f
+ ..............+ f
f
Then T
T = f(0) f + f
5
5
5
5
5
(A) depends on A,B,C,D,E
(B) depends on A,C,E, but independent of B and D
(C) depends on B,D , but independent of A,C,E
(D) is independent of A,B,C,D,E
10.
In triangle ABC , we are given that 3sinA + 4 cosB = 6 and 4sinB + 3cosA = 1. Then the measured of the
angle C is
(A) 30
(B) 150
(C) 60
(D) 75
Page # 36
KVPY : Stream SB
11.
12.
Which of the following intervals is possible domain of the function f(x) = log{x} [x] + log[x] {x} , where [x] is
the greatest integer not exceeding x and {x} = x [x] ?
(A) (0,1)
(B) (1,2)
(C) (2,3)
(D) (3,5)
If f(x) = (2011 + x)n , where x is a real variable and n is a positive integer ,
f " (0 )
f (n 1)(0)
+
......+
is
2!
(n 1)!
then the value of f(0) + f(0) +

(A) (2011)n
13.
(B) (2012)n
(C) (2012)n 1
(D) n(2011)n
The minimum distance between a point on the curve y = ex and a point on the curve y = loge x is
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D) 2 2
14.
Let f : (2,) N be defined by f(x) = the largest prime factor of [x] , Then
f ( x) dx is equal to
2
(A) 17
15.
(B) 22
1
4
(B)
2012
e cos( { x })
e cos( { x }) e cos( { x })
(C) 2012
1
4n 2 4
.......... ..
12
(C)
dx
(D) 2012
is
2
2
4n n
1
(D)
Two players play the following game : A writes 3,5,6 on three different cards ; B writes 8 ,9,10 on three
different cards . Both draw randomly two cards from their collections . Then A computes the product of
two numbers he/she has drawn , and B computes the sum of two numbers he/she has drawn . The player
getting the larger number wins. What is the probability that A wins ?
(A)
18.
(B) 1006
The value of lim

2
n
4
n
(A)
17.
(D) 25
Let [x] denote the largest integer not exceeding x and {x} = x [x]. Then
is equal to
(A) 0
16.
(C) 23
1
3
(B)
5
9
(C)
4
9
(D)
1
9

Let a,b, c be three vectors in the xyz space such that a b = b c = c a 0 . If A,B,C are points with
position vectors a,b, c respectively , then the number of possible positions of the centriod of triangle ABC
is
(A) 1
(B) 2
(C) 3
(D) 6
19.
The sum of (12 1 + 1) (1!) + (22 2 + 1)(2!) + .... + (n2 n + 1)(n!) is

(A) (n + 2) !
(B) ( n 1) ((n + 1) !) + 1
(C) (n + 2)! 1
(D) n((n + 1)!) 1
20.
Let X be a nonempty set and let P(X) denote the collection of all subsets of X. Define f : X P(X) R by
1, x A
f(x,A) =
.Then f(x , A B) equals
0, x A
(A) f(x, A) + f(x ,B)

(B) f(x ,A) + f (x ,B) 1
(C) f (x , A) + f(x , B) f (x ,A) f( x ,B)
(D) f( x ,A) + | f( x ,A) f( x ,B) |
Page # 37
KVPY : Stream SB
PHYSICS
21.
A narrow but tall cabin is falling freely near the earths surface. Inside the cabin, two small stones A and
B are released from rest (relative to the cabin). Initially A is much above the centre of mass and B much
below the centre of mass of the cabin. A close observation of the motion of A and B will reveal that :
(A) both A and B continue to be exactly at rest relative to the cabin
(B) A moves slowly upward and B moves slowly downward relative to the cabin
(C) both A and B fall to the bottom of the cabin with constant acceleration due to gravity
(D) A and B move slightly towards each other vertically.
22.
Two plates each of mass m are connected by a massless spring as shown :
A weight W is put on the upper plate which compresses the spring further. When W is removed, the entire
assembly jumps up. The minimum weight W needed for the assembly to jump up when the weight is
removed is just more than :
(A) mg
(B) 2mg
(C) 3mg
(D) 4mg
23.
If the speed (v) of the bob in a simple pendulum is plotted against the tangential acceleration (a), the
correct graph will be represented by :
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(A) I
(B) II
(C) III
(D) IV
24.
A container with rigid walls is covered with perfectly insulating material. The container is divided into two
parts by a partition. One part contains a gas while the other is fully evacuated (vacuum). The partition is
suddenly removed. The gas rushes to fill the entire volume and comes to equilibrium after a little time. If
the gas is not ideal ,
(A) the initial internal energy of the gas equals its final internal energy
(B) the initial temperature of the gas equals its final temperature
(C) the initial pressure of the gas equals to its final pressure
(D) the initial entropy of the gas equals to its final entropy
25.
Two bulbs of identical volumes connected by a small capillary are initially filled with an ideal gas at
temperature T. Bulb 2 is heated to maintain a temperature 2T while bulb 1 remains at temperature T.
Assume throughout that the heat conduction by the capillary is negligible. Then the ratio of the final mass
of the gas in bulb 2 to the initial mass of the gas in the same bulb is close to :
(A) 1/3
(B) 2/3
(C) 1/3
(D) 1
Page # 38
KVPY : Stream SB
26.
Two rods, one made of copper and the other steel of the same length and cross sectional area are joined
together. (The thermal conductivity of copper is 385 J.s1. m1. K1 and steel is 50 J.s1.m1.K1.) If the
copper end is held at 100C and the steel end is held at 0C, what is the junction temperature (assuming
no other heat losses) ?
(A) 12C
(B) 50C
(C) 73C
(D) 88C
27.
Jet aircrafts fly at altitudes above 30,000 ft where the air is very cold at 40C and the pressure is 0.28
atm. The cabin is maintained at 1 atm pressure by means of a compressor which exchanges air from
outside adiabatically. In order to have a comfortable cabin temperature of 25C, we will require in addition :
(A) a heater to warm the air injected into the cabin
(B) an air conditionaer to cool the air injected into the cabin
(C) neither a heater nor an air -conditioner : the compressor is sufficient
(D) alternatively heating and cooling in the two halves of the compressor cycle.
28.
A speaker emits a sound wave of frequency f0. When it moves towards a stationary observer with speed
u, the observer measures a frequency f1. If the speaker is stationary and the observer moves towards it
with speed u, the measured frequency is f2. Then :
(A) f1 = f2 < f0
(B) f1 > f2
(C) f1 < f2
(D) f1 = f2 > f0
29.
A plane polarized light passed through successive polarizers which are rotated by 30 with respect to
each other in the clockwise direction. Neglecting absorption by the polarizers and given that the first
polarizers axis is parallel to the plane of polarization of the incident light, the intensity of light at the exit
of the fifth polarizer is closest to :
(A) same as that of the incident light
(B) 17.5% of the incident light
(C) 30% of the incident light
(D) zero
30.
At 23C, a pipe open at both ends resonates at a frequency of 450 hertz. At what frequency does the same
pipe resonate on a hot day when the speed of sound is 4 percent higher than it would be at 23 C ?
(A) 446 Hz
(B) 454 Hz
(C) 468 Hz
(D) 459 Hz
31.
In a Youngs double slit set-up, light from a laser source falls on a pair of very narrow slits separated by
1.0 micrometer and bright fringes separated by 1.0 millimeter are observed on a distant screen. If the
frequency of the laser light is doubled, what will be the separation of the bright fringes ?
(A) 0.25 mm
(B) 0.5 mm
(C) 1.0 mm
(D) 2.0 mm
32.
For a domestic AC supply of 220 V at 50 cycles per second, the potential difference between the terminals of a two -pin electric outlet in a room is given by :
33.
(A) V(t) = 220 2 Cos(100t)
(B) V(t) = 220Cos(50t)
(C) V(t) = 220Cos(100t)
(D) V(t) = 220 2 Cos(50t)
In the circuit shown below the resistances are given in ohms and the battery is assumed ideal with emf
equal to 3.0 volts. The resistor that dissipates the most power is
(A) R1
34.
(B) R2
(C) R3
(D) R4
An electron collides with a free molecules initially in its ground state. The collision leaves the molecule in
a excited state that is metastable and does not decay to the ground state by radiation. Let K be the sum
of the initial kinetic energies of the electron and the molecule, and P the sum of their initial momenta. Let
K and P' represent the same physical quantities after the collision. Then

(A) K = K, P P'
(B) K < K, P P'
(C) K = K, P P'
(D) K < K, P P'

Page # 39
KVPY : Stream SB
35.
In the circuit shown, the switch is closed at time t = 0
Which of the graphs shown below best reprsents the voltage across the inductor, as seen on an oscilloscope?
(I)
(II)
(III)
(IV)
(A) I
36.
(B) II
(C) III
(D) IV
Given below are three schematic graphs of potential energy V(r) versus distance r for three atomic
particles electron (e), proton (p+) and neutron (n), in the presence of a nucleus at the origin O. The radius
of the nucleus is r0. The scale on the Vaxis may not be the same for all figures. The correct pairing of
each with the corresponding atomic particle is :
(A) (1, n), (2, p+), (3, e)

(C) (1, e), (2, p+), (3, n)
(B) (1, p+), (2, e), (3, n)

(D) (1, p+), (2, n), (3, e)
37.
Due to transitions among its first three energy levels, hydrogenic atom emits radiation at three discrete
wavelength 1,2 and 3(1 < 2 < 3). Then :
(A) 1 = 2 + 3
(B) 1 + 2 = 3
(C) 1/1 + 1/2 = 1/3
(D) 1/1 = 1/2 + 1/3
38.
The total radiative power emitted by spherical blackbody with radius R and temperature T is P. If the
radius is doubled and the temperature is halved then the radiative power will be :
(A) P/4
(B) P/2
(C) 2P
(D) 4P
Page # 40
KVPY : Stream SB
39.
The Quantum Hall Resistance RH is a fundamental constant with dimensions of resistance. If h is Plancks
constant and e the electron charge, then the dimension of RH is the same as :
(A) e2/h
(B) h/e2
(C) h2/e
(D) e/h2
40.
Four students measure the height of a tower. Each student uses a different method and each measures
the height many different times. The data for each are plotted below. The measurement with highest precision is :
(A) I
(B) II
(C) III
(D) IV
CHEMISTRY
41.
Ther hybridizations of Ni (CO) 4 and [Cr(H2O)6]2+, respectively (A) sp3 and d3sp2
(B) dsp2 and d2sp3
3
2
3
(C) sp and d sp
(D) dsp2 and sp3 d2
42.
Extraction of silver is achieved by initial complexation of the ore (Argentite) with X followed by
reaction with Y, X and Y, respectively, are (A) CN and Zn
(B) CN and Cu
(C) Cl and Zn
(D) Br and Zn
43.
Assuming ideal behaviour, the enthalpy and volume of mixing of two liquids, respectively, are (A) zero and zero
(B) +ve and zero
(C) ve and zero
(D) ve and ve
44.
At 298 K, the ratio of osmotic pressures of two solutions of a substance with concentrations of
0.01 M and 0.001 M, respectively, is (A) 1
(B) 100
(C) 10
(D) 1000
45.
The rate of gas phase chemical reactions generally increases rapidly with rise in temperature. This is
mainly because :
(A) the collision frequency increases with temperature.
(B) the fraction of molecules having energy in excess of the activation energy increases with temperature.
(C) the activation energy decreases with temperature.
(D) the average kinetic energy of molecules increases with temperature.
Page # 41
KVPY : Stream SB
46.
Among i-iv :
the compound that does not undergo polymerization under radical initiation, is :
(A) i
(B) ii
(C) iii
(D) iv
47.
Two possible stereoisomers for
are :
(A) enantiomers
(B) diastereomers
(C) conformers
(D) rotamers
48.
For a process to occur spontaneously.

(A) only the entropy of the system must increase.
(B) only the entropy of the surrounding must increase.
(C) either the entropy of the system or that of the surroundings must increase.
(D) the total entropy of the system and the surroundings must increase.
49.
When the size of a spherical nanoparticle decreases from 30 nm to 10 nm, the ratio surface area/volume
becomes
(A) 1/3 of the original
(B) 3 times the original (C) 1/9 of the original
(D) 9 times the original
50.
The major product of the following reaction is :

H
(A)
51.
(B)
(C)
(D)
(C) H3O+
(D) H2/Pt
For the transformation
the reagent used is :

(A) LiAlH4
(B) H3PO2
52.
The values of the limiting molar conductivity () for NaCl, HCl and NaOAc are 126.4. 425.9 and 91.0 S
cm2 mol1 respectively. For HOAC. in S cm2 mol1 is :
(A) 390.5
(B) 299.5
(C) 208.5
(D) 217.5
53.
To obtain a diffraction peak, for a crystalline solid with interplane distance equal to wavelength of incident
X-ray radiation, the angle of incidence should be :
(A) 90
(B) 0
(C) 30
(D) 60
54.
The standard Gibbs free energy change (G in kJ mol1), in a Daniel cell (Ecell = 1.1 V), when 2 moles
of Zn(s) is oxidized at 298 K, is closed to :
(A) 212.3
(B) 106.2
(C) 424.6
(D) 53.1
Page # 42
KVPY : Stream SB
55.
All the products formed in the oxidation of NaBH4 by I2, are :

(A) B2H6 and NaI
(B) B2H6, H2 and NaI
(C) BI3 and NaH
(D) NaBI4 and HI
56.
The spin-only magnetic moments of [Mn(CN)6]4 and [MnBr4]2 in Bohr Magneton, respectively, are :
(A) 5.92 and 5.92
(B) 4.89 and 1.73
(C) 1.73 and 5.92
(D) 1.73 and 1.73
57.
In a zero-order reaction, if the initial concentration of the reactant is doubled, the time required for half the
reactant to be consumed :
(A) increases two-fold (B) increases four-fold (C) decreases by half
(D) does not change
58.
The adsorption isothermal for a gas is given by the relation x = ap/(1 + bp) where x is moles of gas
adsorbed per gram of the adsorbent, p is the pressure of the gas, and a and b are constants. Then x :
(A) increases with p
(B) remains unchanged with p
(C) decreases with p
(D) increases with p at low pressure and the same at high pressure.
59.
The reaction
NaOH / Heat
+ CHCl3
is known as :
(A) Perkin reaction
(C) Reimer-Tiemann reaction
60.
(B) Sandmeyer reaction

(D) Cannizzaro reaction
Among i-iii
the boiling point follows the order

(A) ii < i < iii
(B) iii < ii < i
(C) i < ii < iii
(D) ii < iii < i
Page # 43
KVPY : Stream SB
BIOLOGY
61.
The major constituents of neurofilaments are

(A) microtubules
(C) actin filaments
(B) intermediate filaments

(D) protofilaments
62.
In which phase of the cell cycle are sister chromatids available as template for repair ?
(A) G1 phase
(B) G2 phase
(C) S phase
(D) M phase
63.
A person has difficulty in breathing at higher altitudes because

(A) oxygen is likely to diffuse from lungs to blood.
(B) oxygen is likely to diffuse from blood to lungs
(C) partial pressure of O 2 is lower than partial pressure of CO 2
(D) overall intake of O 2 by the blood becomes low.
64.
In humans , the composition of a zygote that will develop into a female is

(A) 44A +XX
(B) 44A + XY
(C) 22 + X
(D) 23 A
65.
If you fractionate all the organelles from the cytoplasm of a plant cell. In which one of the following
sets of fractions will you find nucleic acids ?
(A) nucleus, mitochondria, chloroplast, cytoplasm
(B) nucleus, mitochondria, chloroplast, glyoxysome
(C) nucleus, chloroplast , cytoplasm and peroxisome
(D) nucleus, mitochondria, chloroplast, Golgi bodies
66.
A protein with 100 amino acid residues has been translated based on triplet genetic code. Had the
genetic code been quadruplet. the gene that codes for the protein would have been.
(A) same in size
(B) longer in size by 25%
(C) longer in size by 100%
(D) shorter in size
67.
If the sequence of base in DNA is 5'- ATGTATCTCAAT- 3', than the sequence of bases in its transcript
will be :
(A) 5' - TACATAGAGTTA - 3'
(B) 5' - UACAUAGAGUUA - 3'
(C) 5' - AUGUAUCUCAAU - 3'
(D) 5' - AUUGAGAUACAU - 3'
68.
The Na+/K+ pump is present in the plasma membrane of mammalian cells where it
(A) expels potassium from the cell
(B) expels sodium and potassium from the cell.
(C) pumps sodium into the cell.
(D) expels sodium from the cell.
69.
The CO2 in the blood is mostly carried

(A) by haemoglobin in RBCs
(C) in the plasma as bicrbonate ions
70.
(B) in the cytoplasm of WBCs

(D) by plasma proteins
Patients who have undergone organ transplants are given anti-rejection medications to
(A) minimize infection
(B) stimulate B- macrophage cell interaction
(C) prevent T- lymphocyte proliferation
(D) adopt the HLA of donor
Page # 44
KVPY : Stream SB
71.
Saline drip is given to a Cholera patient because

(A) NACl kills Vibrio cholera
(B) NACl generates ATP
(C) Na+ ions stops nerve impulse and hence sensation of pain
(D) Na+ ions help in retention of water in body tissue
72.
A water molecule can form a maximum of hydrogen bonds.

(A) 1
(B) 2
(C) 3
(D) 4
73.
Circadian Rhythm is an endogenously driven cycle for biochemical, physiological and behavioral
processes. In humans, the approximate duration of this 'biological clock' is :
(A) 1 Hours
(B) 6 Hours
(B) 12 Hours
(D) 24 Hours
74.
Modern evolutionary theory consists of the concepts of Darwin modified by knowledge concerning :
(A) population statistics
(B) Mendel's laws
(C) the idea of the survival of the fittest
(D) competition
75.
Soon after the three germ layers are formed in a developing embryo, the process of organogenesis
starts. The human brain is formed from the
(A) ectoderm
(B) endoderm
(C) mesoderm
(D) partly endoderm and partly mesoderm
76.
Puffs in the polytene chromosomes of Drosophila melanogaster salivary glands represent

(A) transcriptionally active genes
(B) transcriptionally inactive genes
(C) heterochromatin
(D) housekeeping genes
77.
The process of cell death involving DNA cleavage in cells is known as

(A) necrosis
(B) apoptosis
(C) cytokinesis
(D) endocytosis
78.
According to the original model of DNA. as proposed by Watson & Crick 1953, DNA is a
(A) left handed helix
(B) helix that makes a full turn every 70 nm.
(C) helix where one turn of DNA contains 20 basepairs
(D) two stranded helix where each strand has opposite polarity.
79.
At which stage of meiosis I does crossing over occur ?

(A) lepoptene
(B) zygotene
(C) pachytene
(D) diplotene
80.
An electrode is placed in the axioplasm of a mammalian axon and another electrode is placed just
outside the axon. The potential difference measured will be
(A) 0
(B) 70mV
(B) 70V
(D) +70 V
Page # 45
KVPY : Stream SB
PART-II
Two Marks Questions
MATHEMATICS
81.
82.
Let A and B be any two n n matrices such that the following conditions hold : AB = BA and there exist
positive integers k and l such that Ak = I (the identity matrix) and B = 0 (the zero matrix), Then
(A) A + B = l
(B) det (AB) = 0
(C) det (A + B) 0
(D) (A + B)m = 0 for some integer m
The minimum value of n for which

(A) is 101
2 2 4 2 6 2 ....... (2n)2
1 2 3 2 5 2 ....... (2n 1)2
(B) is 121
< 1.01
(C) is 151
(D) does not exist
83.
The locus of the point P = (a , b) where a , b are real numbers such that the roots of x3 + ax2 + bx + a = 0
are in arithmetic progression is
(A) an ellipse
(B) a circle
(C) a parabola whose vertex is on the y axis
(D) a parabola whose vertex is on the x axis
84.
The smallest possible positive slope of a line whose yintercept is 5 and which has a common point with
he ellipse 9x2 + 16y2 = 144 is
(A)
3
4
(B) 1
(C)
4
3
(D)
9
16
85.
Let A = { R | cos2(sin) + sin2(cos) = 1} and B = { R | cos(sin) sin(cos) = 0 }. Then A B

(A) is the empty set
(B) has exactly one element
(C) has more than one but finitely many elements
(D) has infinitely many elements
86.
Let f(x) = x3 + ax2 + bx + c , where a,b,c are real numbers. If f(x) has local minimum at x = 1 and a local
maximum at x =
1
1
and f(2) = 0 , then f ( x ) dx equals
3
(A)
87.
14
3
(B)
14
3
(C)
7
3
(D)
7
3
Let f(x) = x12 x9 + x4 x + 1. Which of the following is true ?

(A) f is one one
(B) f has a real root
(C) f never vanishes
(D) f takes only positive values
Page # 46
KVPY : Stream SB
1
88.
x n (1 x )n
For each positive integers n, define fn(x) = minimum n! , n! , for 0 x 1. Let In = fn ( x ) dx, n 1 .
Then I n is equal to
n1
(A) 2 e 3
(B) 2 e 2
(C) 2 e 1
(D) 2 e
89.
The maximum possible value of x2 + y2 4x 6y , x,y real subject to the condition | x + y | + | x y | = 4

(A) is 12
(B) is 28
(C) is 72
(D) does not exist
90.
The arithemetic mean and the geometric mean of two distinct 2 digit numbers x and y are two integers
one of which can be obtained by reserving the digits of the other (in base 10 representation).
Then x + y equals
(A) 82
(B) 116
(C) 130
(D) 148
PHYSICS
91.
An isolated sphere of radius R contains uniform volume distribution of positive charge. Which of the
curves shown below correctly illustrates the dependence of the magnitude of the electric field of the
sphere as a function of the distance r from its centre ?
(A) I
92.
(B) II
(C) III
(D) IV
The surface of a planet is found to be uniformly charged. When a particle of mass m and no charge is
thrown at an angle from the surface of the planet, it has a parabolic trajectory as in projectile motion with
horizontal range L. A particle of mass m and charge q, with the same initial conditions has a range L/2.
The range of particle of mass m and charge 2q with the same initial conditions is :
(A) L
(B) L/2
(C) L/3
(D) L/4
Page # 47
KVPY : Stream SB
93.
Figure below shows a small mass connected to a string, which is attached to a vertical post.If the ball is
released when the string is horizontal as shown , the magnitude of the total acceleration (including radial
and tangential) of the mass as a function of the angle is
(A) g Sin
(B) g
3 Cos 2 1
(C) g Cos
(D) g
3Sin 2 1
94.
One mole of an ideal gas at intial temprature T, undergoes a quasistatic process during which the
volume V is doubled .During the process the internal energy U obeys the equation U = aV3, where a is a
constant .The work done during this process is
(A) 3RT / 2
(B) 5RT / 2
(C) 5RT / 3
(D) 7RT / 2
95.
A constant amount of an ideal gas undergoes the cyclic process ABCA in the PV diagram shown below.
The path BC is an isothermal .The work done by the gas during one complete cycle , beginning and
ending at A is nearly
(A) 600 KJ
(B) 300 KJ
(C) 300 KJ
(D) 600 KJ
96.
A material is embedded between two glass plates . Refractive index n of the material varies with thickness as shown below .The maximum incident angle (in degrees) on the material for which beam will pass
through the material is
(A) 60.0
(B) 53.1
(C) 43.5
(D) 32.3
Page # 48
KVPY : Stream SB
97.
At a distance form a uniformly charged long wire , a charged particle is thrown radially outward with a
velocity u in the direction perpendicular to the wire . When the particle reaches a distance 2 from the wire
its speed is found to be
2u . The magnitude of the velocity , when it is a distance 4l away from the wire,
is (ignore gravity)
(A) 3u
98.
(B) 2 u
(C) 2 2 u
(D) 4 u
A rectangular loop of wire shown below is coplanar with a long wire carrying current I .
The loop is pulled to the right as indicated .What are the directions of the induced current in the loop and
the magnetic forces on the left and the right sides of the loop ?
Inducded Current
Force on left side
Force on right side
(A)
Counterclockwise
To the left
To the right
(B)
Clockwise
To the left
To the right
(C)
Counter clockwise
To the right
To the left
(D)
Clockwise
To the right
To the left
99.
Two batteries V1 and V2 are connected to three resistors as shown below
If V1 = 2V and V2 = 0V , the current I = 3mA. If V1 = 0V and V2 = 4V , the current I = 4 mA. Now if

V1 = 10 V and V2 = 10V , the current I will be
(A) 7 mA
(B) 15 mA
(C) 20 mA
(D) 25 mA
100.
y2
+
= 1. At point (0, b), the x-component
a2
b2
of velocity is u. the y-component of acceleration at this point is :
(A) bu2 / a2
(B) u2 / a2
(C) au2 / b2
(D) u2 / a
A particle moves in a plane along an eliptic path given by
x2
CHEMISTRY
101.
XeF6 hydrolyses to give an oxide. The structure of XeF6 and the oxide, respectively are
(A) octahedral and tetrahedral
(B) distorted octahedral pyramidal
(C) octahedral and pyramidal
(D) distorted octahedral and tetrahedral
102.
MnO4 oxidizes (i) oxalate ion in acidic medium at 333 K and (ii) HCl. For balanced chemical equations,
the rations [MnO4 : C2O42] in (i) and [MnO4 : HCl] in (ii), respectively, are :
(A) 1 : 5 and 2 : 5
(B) 2 : 5 and 1 : 8
(C) 2 : 5 and 1 : 5
(D) 5 : 2 and 1 : 8
103.
If E Fe 2 / Fe = 0.440 V and E Fe3 / Fe 2 = 0.770 V, then E Fe3 / Fe is :

(A) 0.330 V
(B) 0.037 V
(C) 0.330 V
(D) 1.210 V
Page # 49
KVPY : Stream SB
104.
The electron in hydrogen atom is in the first Bohr orbit (n = 1). The ratio of transition energies,
E(n = 1 n = 3) to E (n = 1 n = 2), is
(A) 32/27
(B) 16/27
(C) 32/9
(D) 8/9
105.
In the following conversion,

(i) MeMgBr
NaOH / I
(ii) H3O
H3O
2

X
Y
the major products X and Y, respectively, are :
106.
(A) i
(B) ii
The reaction sequence,
HNO2

X
(C) iii
(D) iv
(C) iii
(D) iv
the major products X and Y, respectively, are :
(A) i
107.
(B) ii
Optically active (S)--methoxyacetaldehyde on reaction with MeMgX gave a mixture of alcohols. The
major diastereomer P on treatment with Me1/K2CO3 gave an optically inactive compound. P is :
(A) i
(B) ii
(C) iii
(D) iv
Page # 50
KVPY : Stream SB
108.
At 300 K the vapour pressure of two pure liquids, A and B are 100 and 500 mm Hg, respectively. If in a
mixture of A and B, the vapour pressure is 300 mm Hg, the mole fractions of A in the liquid and in the
vapour phase, respectively, are :
(A) 1/2 and 1/10
(B) 1/4 and 1/6
(C) 1/4 and 1/10
(D) 1/2 and 1/6
109.
The crystal field stabilization energies (CFSE) of high spin and low spin d6 metal complexes in terms of
0, respectively, are :
(A) 0.4 and 2.4
(B) 2.4 and 0.4
(C) 0.4 and 0.0
(D) 2.4 and 0.0
110.
Emulsification of 10 ml of oil in water produces 2.4 1018 droplets. If the surfaces tension at the oil-water
interface is 0.03 Jm2 and the area of each droplet is 12.5 1016 m2, the energy spent in the formation
of oil droplets is :
(A) 90 J
(B) 30 J
(C) 900 J
(D) 10 J
BIOLOGY
111.
Which sequence of events gives rise to flaccid guard cells and stomatal closure at night ?
(A) low [Glucose ] low osmotic pressure low pH high pCO2
(B) low pH high pCO2 low [Glucose ] low osmotic pressure
(C) low osmotic pressure high pCO2 low pH low [Glucose]
(D) high pCO 2 low pH low [Glucose] low osmotic pressure
112.
Rice has a diploid genome with 2n = 24. If crossing over is stopped in a rice plant and then selfed
seeds are collected, will all the offsprings be genetically identical to the parent plant ?
(A) yes, because crossing-over is the only source of genetic variation
(B) no, because stopping of crossing over automatically increases rate of point mutation
(C) yes, only if the parent plant was a completely inbred line
(D) yes, only if the parent plant was a hybrid between two prue-bred lines
113.
Rodents can distinguish between many different types of odours. The basis for odour discrimination
is that
(A) they have a small number of odorant receptors that bind to many different odorant molecules
(B) the mechanoreceptors in the nasal cavity are activated by different odorant molecules found in
the air passing through the nostrils
(C) the part of the brain that processes the sense of smell has many different receptors for odorant
molecules
(D) a large number of different chemoreceptors are present in the nasal cavity that binds a variety of
odorant molecules
114.
Although blood flows through large arteries at high pressure, when the blood reaches small capillaries
the pressure decreases because
(A) the valves in the arteries regulate at he rate of blood flow into the capillaries
(B) the volume of blood in the capillaries is much lesser than that in the arteries
(C) the total cross-sectional area of capillaries arising form an artery is much greater than that of
the artery
(D) elastin fibers in the capillaries help to reduce the arterial pressure
115.
E.coli about to replicate was pulsed with tritiated thymidine for 5 min and then transferred to normal
medium . After one cell division which one of the following observations would be correct ?
(A) both the strands of DNA will be radioactive
(B) one strand of DNA will be radioactive
(C) none of the strands will be radioactive
(D) half of one strand of DNA will be radioactive
Page # 51
KVPY : Stream SB
116.
Selection of lysine auxotroph (bacteria which requires lysine for growth) from a mixed population of
bacteria can be done growing bacterial population in the presence of
(A) lysine
(B) penicillin
(B) lysine and penicillin
(D) glucose
117.
Increasing the number of measurements of an experimental variable will

(A) increase the standard error of the sample
(B) increase the mean of the sample
(C) decrease the standard error of the sample
(D) result in all of the above
118.
119.
For a human male what is the probability that all the maternal chromosomes will end up in the
same gamete ?
(A) 1/23
(B) 223
46
(C) 2
(D) ()23
Nocturnal animal have retinas that contain
(A) a high percentage of rods to increase sensitivity to low light conditions
(B) a high percentage of cones so that nocturnal color vision can be improved in low light conditions
(C) an equal number of rods and cones so that vision can be optimized
(D) retinas with the photoreceptor layer present in the front of the eye to increase light sensitivity
120.
The length of one complete turn of a DNA double helix is
(A) 34 A
(B) 34 nm
(C) 3.4 A
(D) 3.4 m
*****
Page # 52
KVPY : Stream SB

Duration : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 160
PART-I
One Mark Questions
MATHEMATICS
1.
Three children, each accompanied by a guardian, seek admission in a school. The principal wants to
interview all the 6 persons one after the other subject to the condition that no child is interviewed before
its guardian. In how many ways can this be done?
(A) 60
(B) 90
(C) 120
(D) 180
2.
In the real number system, the equation

(A) no solution
(C) exactly four distinct solutions
x 3 4 x 1 + x 8 6 x 1 = 1 has
(B) exactly two distinct solutions
(D) infinitely many solutions
3.
The maximum value M of 3x + 5x 9x + 15x 25x, as x varies over reals, satisfies

(A) 3 < M < 5
(B) 0 < M < 2
(C) 9 < M < 25
(D) 5 < M < 9
4.
Suppose two perpendicular tangents can be drawn from the origin to the circle
x2 + y2 6x 2py + 17 = 0, for some real p. Then |p| is equal to
(A) 0
(B) 3
(C) 5
(D) 17
5.
Let a, b, c be numbers in the set {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6} such that the curves y = 2x3 + ax + b and
y = 2x3 + cx + d have no point in common. The maximum possible value of (a c)2 + b d is
(A) 0
(B) 5
(C) 30
(D) 36
6.
Consider the conic ex2 + y2 2e2x 22y + e3 + 3 = e. Suppose P is any point on the conic and S1,
S2 are the foci of the conic, then the maximum value of (PS1 + PS2) is
(A) e
(B)
(C) 2
(D) 2 e
sin( x a) sin( x a)
, then
cos( x a) cos( x a)
(A) f(x + 2) = f(x) but f(x + ) f(x) for any 0 < < 2
(B) f is a strictly increasing function
(C) f is strictly decreasing function
(D) f is a constant function
7.
Let f(x) =
8.
The value of tan 81 tan 63 tan27 + tan9 is

(A) 0
(B) 2
(C) 3
9.
The midpoint of the domain of the function f(x) =

(A)
10.
1
4
(B)
3
2
(D) 4
4 2x 5 for real x is
(C)
2
3
(D)
2
5
Let n be a natural number and let a be a real number. The number of zeros of x2n+1 (2n + 1) x + a = 0
in the interval [1, 1] is
(A) 2 if a > 0
(B) 2 if a < 0
(C) at most one for every vale of a
(D) at least three for every value of a
Page # 53
KVPY : Stream SB
11.
Let f : R R be the function f(x) = (x a1) (x a2) + (x a2) (x a3)+ (x x3) (x x1) with
a1, a2, a3 R. Then f(x) 0 if and only if
(A) at least two of a1, a2, a3 are equal
(B) a1 = a2 = a3
(C) a1, a2, a3 are all distinct
(D) a1, a2, a3 are all positive and distinct
/2
12.
The value
(sin x )
2 1
(sin x )
2 1
dx
0
/2
is
dx
2 1
(A)
2 1
(B)
2 1
2 1
2 1
(C)
(D) 2 2
2012
13.
(sin( x
The value
) x 5 1) dx is
2012
(A) 2012
14.
(B) 2013
(C) 0
(D) 4024
Let [x] and {x} be the integer part and fractional part of a real number x respectively. The value of the
5
integral
[ x] {x} dx is
0
(A) 5/2
15.
Let Sn =
(B) 5
n
k 1
(C) 34.5
(D) 35.5
k denote the sum of the first n positive integers. The numbers S1, S2, S3, ....S99 are
written on 99 cards. The probability of drawing a cards with an even number written on it is
(A)
16.
(B)
49
100
(C)
49
99
(D)
48
99
A purse contains 4 copper coins and 3 silver coins. A second purse contains 6 coins and 4 silver coins.
A purse is chosen randomly and a coin is taken out of it. What is the probability that it is a copper coin?
(A)
17.
1
2
41
70
(B)
31
70
(C)
27
70
(D)
1
3
Let H be the orthocentre of an acuteangled triangle ABC and O be its circumcenter. Then HA HB HC
(A) is equal to HO
(B) is equal to 3HO
(C) is equal to 2HO
(D) is not a scalar multiple of HO in general
18.
The number of ordered pairs (m,n) where m, n {1, 2, 3, ......, 50}, such that 6m + 9n is a multiple of 5
is
(A) 1250
(B) 2500
(C) 625
(D) 500
19.
Suppose a1, a2, a3, ....., a2012 are integers arranged on a circle. Each number is equal to the average of
its two adjacent numbers. If the sum of all even indeced numbers is 3018, what is the sum of all
numbers?
(A) 0
(B) 1509
(C) 3018
(D) 6036
Page # 54
KVPY : Stream SB
20.
Let S = 1, 2, 3, ...., n} and A = {(a, b) | 1 a, b n} = S S . A subset B of A is said to be a good subset

if (x, x) B for every x S. Then the number of good subsets of A is
(A) 1
(B) 2n
(C) 2n(n1)
(D) 2 n2
PHYSICS
21.
An ideal monatomic gas expands to twice its volume. If the process is isothermal, the magnitude of work
done by the gas is W i . If the process is adiabatic the magnitude of work done by the gas is W a . Which
of the following is true
(A) W i = W a > 0
(B) W i > W a > 0
(C) W i > W a = 0
(D) W a > W i = 0
22.
The capacitor of capacitance C in the circuit shown is fully charged initially, Resistance is R.
After the switch S is closed, the time taken to reduce the stored energy in the capacitor to half its initial
value is :
(A)
23.
RC
2
(B) RC ln 2
(C) 2RC ln 2
(D)
RC ln 2
2
A liquid drop placed on a horizontal plane has a near spherical shape (slightly flattened due to gravity). Let
R be the radius of its largest horizontal section. A small disturbance causes the drop to vibrate with
frequency v about its equilibrium shape. By dimensional analysis the ratio
R 3
can be (Here is
surface tension, is density, g is acceleration due to gravity, and k is an arbitrary dimensionless constant)
(A)
24.
kgR 2
(B)
k R 3
g
(C)
k R 2
g
k
(D) g
Seven identical coins are rigidly arranged on a flat table in the pattern shown below so that each coin
touches its neighbours. Each coin is a thin disc of mass m and radius r. Note that the moment of inertia of
an individual coin about an axis passing through center and perpendicular to the plane of the coin is
mr 2
.
2
The moment of inertia of the system of seven coins about an axis that passes through the point P (the
centre of the coin positioned directly to the right of the central coin) and perpendicular to the plane of the
coins is
(A)
55
mr2
2
(B)
127 2
mr
2
(C)
111
mr2
2
(D) 55 mr2
Page # 55
KVPY : Stream SB
25.
A planet orbits in an elliptical path of eccentricity e around a massive star considered fixed at one of the
foci. The point in space where it is closest to the star is denoted by P and the point where it is farthest is
denoted by A. Let vP and vA be the respective speeds at P and A. Then
vP 1 e
(A) v 1 e
A
26.
vP
(B) v = 1
A
vP 1 e2
(C)
vA
1 e
vP 1 e2
(D)
v A 1 e2
In a Young's double slit experiment the intensity of light at each slit is 0. Interference pattern is observed
along a direction parallel to the line S1 S2 on screen S.
The minimum, maximum, and the intensity averaged over the entire screen are respectively.
(A) 0, 40 , 20
(B) 0 , 20 , 30/2
(C) 0, 40 , 0
(D) 0, 20 , 0
27.
A loop carrying current has the shape of a regular polygon of n sides. If R is the distance from the centre
to any vertex, then the magnitude of the magnetic induction vector B at the centre of the loop is
(A) n
28.
tan
2R
n
(B) n
0
2
tan
2R
n
(C)
0
2R
(D)
tan
R
n
A conducting rod of mass m and length is free to move without friction on two parallel long conducting
rails, as shown below. There is a resistance R acorss the the rails. In the entire space around, there is a
uniform magnetic filed B normal to the plane of the rod and rails. The rod is given an impulsive velocity v0.
1
mv02
2
(A) will be converted fully into heat energy in the resistor
(B) will enable rod to continue to move eith velocity v0 since the rails are frictionless
(C) will be converted fully into magnetic energy due to induced current
(D) will be converted into the work done against the magnetic field
Finally, the initial energy
Page # 56
KVPY : Stream SB
29.
A steady current flows through a wire of radius r, length L and resistivity . The current produces heat in
the wire. The rate of heat loss in a wire is proportional its surface area. The steady temperature of the wire
is independent of
(A) L
(B) r
(C)
(D)
30.
The ratio of the speed of sound to the average speed of an air molecule at 300K and 1 atmospheric
pressure is close to
(A) 1
31.
(B)
300
1
300
(C)
(D) 300
In one model of the election, tho electron of mass me is thought to be a uniformly charged shell of radius
R and total charge e, whose electrostatic energy E is equivalent to its mass me via Einstein's mass
energy relation E = mec2 . In this model, R is approximately (me = 9.1 1031 kg, c = 3 108 m.s1,
1
= 9 109 Farads m1, magnitude of the electron charge = 1.6 1019 C)
4 0
(A) 1.4 1015 m
(B) 2 1013 m
(C) 5.3 1011 m
(D) 2.8 1035 m
32.
A body is executing simple harmonic motion of amplitude a and period T about the equilibrium position
x = 0. Large numbers of snapshots are taken at random of this body in motion. The probability of the body
being found in a very small interval x to x + |dx| is highest at
(A) x = a
(B) x = 0
(C) x = a/2
(D) x =
a
2
33.
Two identical bodies are made of a material for which the heat capacity increases with temperature One
of these is held at a temperature of 100C while the other one is kept at 0C. If the two are brought into
contact, then, assuming no heat loss to the environment, the final temperature that they will reach is
(A) 50C
(B) more than 50C
(C) less than 50C
(D) 0C
34.
A particle is acted upon by a force given by F = x3 x4 where and are positive constants. At the
point x = 0, the particle is
(A) in stable equilibrium
(B) in unstable equiibrium
(C) in neutral equilibrium
(D) not in equilibrium
35.
The potential energy of a point particle is given by the expression V(x) = x + sin (x / ). A dimensionless
combination of the constants , and is
(A)
36.
(B)
(C)
(D)
A ball of mass m suspended from a rigid support by an inextensible massless string is released from a
height h above its lowest point. At its lowest point it colIides elastically with a block of mass 2m at rest on
a frictionless surface. Neglect the dimensions of the ball and the block. After the collision the ball rises to
a maximum height of
(A)
h
3
(B)
h
2
(C)
h
8
(D)
h
9
Page # 57
KVPY : Stream SB
37.
A particle released from rest is falling through a thick fluid under gravity. The fluid exerts a resistive force
on the particle proportional to the square of its speed. Which one of the following graphs best depicts the
variation of is speed v with time t?
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
38.
A cylindrical steel rod of length 0.10m and thermal conductivity 50 W.m1.K1 is welded end to end to
copper rod of thermal conductivity 400 W.m1.K1 and of the same area of cross section but 0.20 m long.
The free end of the steel rod is maintained at 100C and that of the copper rod at 0C. Assuming that the
rods are perfectly insulated from the surrounding the temperature at the junction of the two rods is
(A) 20C
(B) 30C
(C) 40C
(D) 50C
39.
A parent nucleus X is decaying into daughter nucleus Y which in turn decays to Z. The half lives of X and
Y are 4000 years and 20 years respectively. In a certain sample, it is found that the number of Y nuclei
hardly changes with time. If the number of X nuclei in the sample is 4 1020 , the number of Y nuclei
present in it is
(A) 2 1017
(B) 2 1020
(C) 4 1023
(D) 4 1020
40.
An unpolarized beam of light of intensity 0 passes through two linear polarizers making an angle of 30
with respect to each other. The emergent beam will have an intensity.
(A)
3 0
4
(B)
3 0
4
(C)
3 0
8
(D)
0
8
CHEMISTRY
41.
42.
43.
44.
Among the following, the species with the highest bond order is :
(A) O2
(B) F2
(C) O2+
(D) F2
The molecule with non-zero dipole moment is :

(A) BCl3
(B) BeCl2
(D) NCl3
(C) CCl4
For a one-electron atom, the set of allowed quantum numbers is :

(A) n = 1, = 0, m = 0, ms = +
(B) n = 1, = 1, m = 0, ms = +
(C) n = 1, = 0, m = 1, ms =
(D) n = 1, = 1, m = 1, ms =
In the reaction of benzene with an electrophile E+, the structure of the intermediate -complex can be
represented as :
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
Page # 58
KVPY : Stream SB
45.
The most stable conformation of 2, 3-dibromobutane is :
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
46.
Typical electronic energy gaps in molecules are about 1.0 eV. In terms of temperature, the gap is closest
to:
(A) 102 K
(B) 104 K
(C) 103 K
(D) 105 K
47.
The major final product in the following reaction is :

1) CH MgBr
3
CH3CH2CN
2) H3O
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
48.
A zero-order reaction, A Product, with an initial concentration [A]0 has a half-life of 0.2 s. If one starts
with the concentration 2[A]0, then the half-life is :
(A) 0.1 s
(B) 0.4 s
(C) 0.2 s
(D) 0.8 s
49.
The isoelectronic pair of ions is :

(A) Sc2+ and V3+
(B) Mn3+ and Fe2+
50.
(C) Mn2+ and Fe3+
(D) Ni3+ and Fe2+
(C)
(D)
(C)
(D)
The major product in the following reaction is :

NaNH
(A)
51.
(B)

Conc.HBr
(A)
(B)
Page # 59
KVPY : Stream SB
52.
The oxidation state of cobalt in the following molecule is :
(A) 3
(B) 1
(C) 2
(D) 0
53.
The pKa of a weak acid is 5.85. The concentrations of the acid and its conjugate base are equal at a pH
of:
(A) 6.85
(B) 5.85
(C) 4.85
(D) 7.85
54.
For a tetrahedral complex [MCl4]2, the spin-only magnetic moment is 3.83 BM. The element M is :
(A) Co
(B) Cu
(C) Mn
(D) Fe
55.
Among the following graphs showing variation of rate (k) with temperature (T) for a reaction, the one that
exhibits Arrhenius behavior over the entire temperature range is :
(A)
56.
57.
58.
(B)
(C)
(D)
The reaction that gives the following molecule as the major product is
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
The CO bond length in CO, CO2 and CO32 follows the order :
(A) CO < CO2 < CO32 (B) CO2 < CO32 < CO (C) CO > CO2 > CO32
(D) CO32 < CO2 < CO
The equilibrium constant for the following reactions are K1 and K2, respectively.
2P(g) + 3Cl2(g)
2PCl3(g)
PCl3(g) + Cl2(g)
PCl5(g)
The the equilibrium constant for the reaction
2P(g) + 5Cl2(g)
2PCl5(g)
is :
(A) K1K2
(B) K1K22
(C) K12K22
(D) K12K2
Page # 60
KVPY : Stream SB
59.

AlCl
+ (CH3C)2CHCH2Cl
60.
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
Doping silicon with boron produces a :

(A) n-type semiconductor
(C) p-type semiconductor
(B) metallic conductor

(D) insulator
BIOLOGY
61.
The disorders that arise when the immune system destroys 'self' cells are called autoimmmune disorders. Which of the following would be classified under this
(A) rheumatoid arthritis (B) asthma
(C) rhintis
(D) eczema
62.
Which of the following class of immunoglobulins can trigger the complement cascade ?
(A) IgA
(B) IgM
(C) IgD
(D) IgE
63.
Diabetes insipidus is due to

(A) hypersecretion of vasoperssin
(C) hypersecretion of insulin
(B) Hyposecretion of insulin

(D) hyposecretion of vasopressin
64.
Fossils are most often found in which kind of rocks ?

(A) meteorites
(B) sedimentary rocks
(C) igneous rocks
(D) metamorphic rocks
65.
Peptic ulcers are caused by

(A) a fungus, Candida albicans
(B) a virus, cytomegalo virus
(C) a parasite, Trypanosoma brucei
(D) a bacterium, Helicobacter pylori
66.
Transfer RNA (tRNA)

(A) is present in the ribosomes and provides structural integrity
(B) usually has clover leaf-like structure
(C) carries genetic information from DNA to ribosomes
(D) codes for proteins
67.
Some animals excrete uric acid in urine (uricotelic) as it requires very little water. This is an adaptation to
conserve water loss. Which animals among the following are most likely to be uricotelic?
(A) fishes
(B) amphibians
(C) birds
(D) mammals
68.
A ripe mango, kept with unripe mangoes causes their ripening. This is due to the release of a gaseous
plant hormone
(A) auxin
(B) gibberlin
(C) cytokinine
(D) ethylene
Page # 61
KVPY : Stream SB
69.
Human chromosomes undergo structural changes during the cell cycle. Chromosomal structure can be
best visualized if a chromosome is isolated from a cell at
(A) G1 phase
(B) S phase
(C) G2 phase
(D) M phase
70.
By which of the following mechanisms is glucose reabsorbed from the glomerular filtrate by the kidney
tubule
(A) osmosis
(B) diffusion
(C) active transport
(D) passiver transport
71.
In mammals, the hormones secreted by the pituitary, the master gland, is itself regulated by
(A) Hypothalamus
(B) median cortex
(C) pineal gland
(D) cerebrum
72.
Which of the following is true for TCA cycle in eukaryotes

(A) takes place in mitochondrion
(B) produces no ATP
(C) takes place in Golgi complex
(D) independent of electron transport chain
73.
A hormone molecule binds to a specific protein on the plasma membrane inducing a signal. The protein
it binds to it called
(A) ligand
(B) antibody
(C) receptor
(D) histone
74.
DNA mutations that do not cause my functional change in the protein product are known as
(A) nonsense mutations (B) missense mutations (C) deletion mutations (D) silent mutations
75.
Plant roots are usually devoid of chlorophyll and cannot perform photosynthesis. However, three are
exceptions. Which of the following plant root can perform photosynthesis
(A) Arabidopsis
(B) Tinospora
(C) Rice
(D) Hibiscus
76.
Vitamin A deficiency leads to night-blindness. Which of the following is the reason for the disease ?
(A) rod cells are not converted to cone cells
(B) rhodopsin pigment of rod cells is defective
(C) melanin pigment is not synthesized in cone cells
(D) cornea of eye gets dried
77.
In Dengue virus infection, patients often develop haemorrhagic fever due to internal bleeding. This happens due to the reduction of
(A) platelets
(B) RBCs
(C) WBCs
(D) lymphocytes
78.
If the sequence of bases in sense strand of DNA is 5'-GTTCATCG-3, then the sequence ofd bases in its
RNA transcript would be
(A) 5'-GTTCATCG-3'
(B) 5'GUUCAUCG-3
(C) 5'CAAGTAGC-3'
(D) 5'CAAGUAGC -3
79.
A refilex aciton is a quick involuntary response to stimulus. Which of the following is an example of
BOTH, unconditioned and conditioned reflex
(A) knee jerk reflex
(B) secretion of saliva in response to the aroma of food
(C) sneezing reflex
(D) contration of the pupil in response to bright light
80.
In a food chain such as grass deer lion, the energy cost of respiration as a proportion of total
assimilated energy at each level would be
(A) 60%- 30%-20%
(B) 20%- 30%-60%
(C) 20%- 60%-30%
(D) 30%- 30%-30%
Page # 62
KVPY : Stream SB
PART-II
Two Marks Questions
MATHEMATICS
81.
Suppose a, b, c are real numbers, and each of the equations x2 + 2ax + b2 = 0 and x2 + 2bx + c2 = 0 has
two distinct real roots. Then the equation x2 + 2cx + a2 = 0 has
(A) two distinct positive real roots
(B) two equal roots
(C) one positive and one negative root
(D) no real roots
82.
The coefficient of x2012 in

(A) 2010
83.
(B) 2011
325
36
(B)
(B)
(D) 2013
36
325
(C)
13
25
5
6
(D)
25
13
cosx = sin2(x + ) is
2
4
(C)
(D) 2
(B) P(1) 0
(C) P(1) 0
(D)
Define a sequence (an) by a1 = 5, an = a1a2 ... an1 + 4 for n > 1. Then lim
1
2
(B) equal 1
The value of the integral
cos 2 x
1 a
(C) equals
2
5
1
1
< P(1) <
2
2
an
(A) equals
87.
(C) 2012
A polynomila P(x) with real coefficients has the property that P(x) 0 for all x. Suppose P(0) = 1 and
P(0) = 1. What can you say about P(1)?
(A) P(1) 0
86.
is
The sum of all x [0, ] which satisfy the equation sinx +

(A)
85.
(1 x 2 )(1 x )
Let (x, y) be a variable point on the curve 4x2 + 9y2 8x 36y + 15 = 0. Then
min (x2 2x + y2 4y + 5) + max(x2 2x + y2 4y + 5) is
(A)
84.
1 x
an 1
(D) does not exists
dx , where a > 0, is
(A)
88.
(B) a
(C)
(D) 2
Consider
L=
2012 +
2013 + ... +
3011
R=
2013 +
2014 + ... +
3012
3012
and I =
3 x dx .
2012
(A) L + R < 2I
(B) L + R = 2I
(C) L + R > 2I
(D)
LR = I
Page # 63
KVPY : Stream SB
89.
A man tosses a coin 10 times, scoring 1 point for each head and 2 points for each tail. Let P(K) be the
1
is
2
(D) 17
probability of scroing at least K points. The largest value of K such that P(K) >
(A) 14
90.
(B) 15
(C) 16
x 1
for all x 1. Let f1(x) = f(x), f2(x) = f (f(x)) and generally fn(x) = f(fn1(x)) for n > 1.
x 1
Let P = f1(2) f2(3) f3(4) f4(5) which of the following is a multiple of P
(A) 125
(B) 375
(C) 250
(D) 147
Let f(x) =
PHYSICS
91.
The total energy of a black body radiation source is collected for five minutes and used to heat water. The
temperature of the water increases from 10.0C to 11.0C. The absolute temperature of the black body is
doubled and its surface area halved and the experiment repeated for the same time. Which of the following
statements would be most nearly correct?
(A) The temperature of the water would increase from 10.0C to a final temperature of 12C
(B) The temperature of the water would increase from 10.0C to a final temperature of 18C
(C) The temperature of the water would increase from 10.0C to a final temperature of 14C
(D) The temperature of the water would increase from 10.0C to a final temperature of 11C
92.
A small asteroid is orbiting around the sun in a circular orbit of radius r0 with speed V0. A rocket is
launched from the asteroid with speed V = V0 where V is the speed relative to the sun. The highest
value of for which the rocket will remain bound to the solar system is (ignoring gravity due to the asteroid
and effect of other planets)
(A)
93.
(B) 2
(C)
(D) 1
A radioactive nucleus A has a single decay mode with half life A. Another radioactive nucleus B has two
decay modes 1 and 2. If decay mode 2 were absent, the half life of B would have been A/2. If decay mode
B
1 were absent, the half life of B would have been 3 A. If the actual half life of B is B , then the ratio
A
is
(A)
3
7
(B)
7
2
(C)
7
3
(D) 1
94.
A stream of photons having energy 3 eV each impinges on a potassium surface. The work function of
potassium is 2.3 eV. The emerging photo-electrons are slowed down by a copper plate placed 5 mm
away. If the potential difference between the two metal plates is 1V, the maximum distance the electrons
can move away from the potassium surface before being turned back is
(A) 3.5 mm
(B) 1.5 mm
(C) 2.5 mm
(D) 5.0 mm
95.
Consider three concentric metallic spheres A, B and C of radii a, b, c respectively where a<b<c. A and B
are connected whereas C is grounded. The potential of the middle sphere B is raised to V then the charge
on the sphere C is
(A) 40V
96.
bc
c b
(B) + 40V
bc
c b
(C) 40V
ac
ca
(D) zero
On a bright sunny day a diver of height h stands at the bottom of a lake of depth H. Looking upward, he
can see objects outside the lake in a circular region of radius R. Beyond this circle he sees the images
of objects lying on the floor of the lake. If refractive index of waler is 4/3, then the value of R is
(A)
3(H h)
7
(B) 3h 7
(C)
(H h)
7
3
(D)
(H h)
5
3
Page # 64
KVPY : Stream SB
97.
As shown in the figure below, a cube is formed with ten indentical resistance R (thick lines) and two
shorting wires (dotted lines) along the arms AC and BD.
Resistance between point A and B is

5R
R
(A)
(B)
6
2
98.
(C)
3R
4
(D) R
A standing wave in a pipe with a length L = 1.2 m is described y
2
2
y (x, t) = y0 sin L x sin L x 4

Based on above information, which one of the following statement is incorrect.

(Speed of sound in air is 300 ms1)
(A) A pipe is closed at both ends
(B) The wavelength of the wave could be 1.2 m
(C) There could be a nods at x = 0 and antinode at x = L/2
(D) The frequency of the fundamental mode of vibrations is 137.5 Hz
99.
Two block (1 and 2) of equal mass m are connected by an ideal string (see figure below) over a frictionless
pulley. The blocks are attached to the ground by springs having spring constants k1 and k2 such that
k1 > k2 .
Initially, both springs are unstretched. The block 1 is slowly pulled down a distance x and released. Just
after the release the possible value of the magnitudes of the acceleration of the blocks a1 and a2 can be
(k 1 k 2 ) x
k x
k x
or a1 1 g and a 2 2 g
(A) either a1 a 2
2
m
m
m
(k 1 k 2 ) x
only
(B) a1 a 2
2m
(k 1 k 2 ) x
only
(C) a1 a 2
2m
(k 1k 2 ) x
(k 1 k 2 ) x
g
or a1 a 2
(D) either a1 a 2
(k1 k 2 )m
2m
Page # 65
KVPY : Stream SB
100.
A simple pendulum is released from rest at the horizontally stretched position. When the string makes an
angle with the vertical, the angle which the acceleration vector of the bob makes with the string is
given by
(A) = 0
tan
(B) = tan1
2
(C) = tan1 (2 tan )
(D) =
CHEMISTRY
101.
The final major product obtained in the following sequence of reactions is :
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
102.
In the DNA of E. Coli the mole ratio of adenine to cytosine is 0.7. If the number of moles of adenine in the
DNA is 350000, the number of moles of guanine is equal to :
(A) 350000
(B) 500000
(C) 225000
(D) 700000
103.
(R)-2-bromobutane upon treatment with aq. NaOH gives
104.
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
Phenol on treatment with dil. HNO3 gives two products P and Q. P is steam volatile but Q is not. P and
Q are respectively
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
Page # 66
KVPY : Stream SB
105.
A metal is irradiated with light of wavelength 660 nm. Given that the work function of the metal is 1.0 eV,
the de-Broglie wavelength of the ejected electron is close to :
(A) 6.6 107 m
(B) 8.9 1011 m
(C) 1.3 109 m
(D) 6.6 1013 m
106.
The inter-planar spacing between the (2 2 1) planes of a cubic lattice of length 450 pm is :
(A) 50 pm
(B) 150 pm
(C) 300 pm
(D) 450 pm
107.
The H for vaporization of a liquid is 20 kJ/mol. Assuming ideal behaviour, the change in internal energy
for the vaporization of 1 mole of the liquid at 60C and 1 bar is close to :
(A) 13.2 kJ/mol
(B) 17.2 kJ/mol
(C) 19.5 kJ/mol
(D) 20.0 kJ/mol
108.
Among the following, the species that is both tetrahedral and diamagnetic is :
(A) [NiCl4]2
(B) [Ni(CN)4]2
(C) Ni(CO)4
(D) [Ni(H2O)6]2+
109.
Three moles of an ideal gas expands reversibly under isothermal condition from 2 L to 20 L at 300 K. The
amount of heat-change (in kJ/mol) in the process is :
(A) 0
(B) 7.2
(C) 10.2
(D) 17.2
110.
The following data are obtained for a reaction, X + Y Products.

Expt.
[X0]/mol
[Y0]/mol
rate/mol L1 s1
1
0.25
0.25
1.0 106
2
0.50
0.25
4.0 106
3
0.25
0.50
8.0 106
The overall order of the reaction is :
(A) 2
(B) 4
(C) 3
(D) 5
BIOLOGY
111.
When hydrogen peroxide is applied on the wound as a disinfectant, there is frothing at the site of injury,
which is due to the presence of an enzyme in th skin that uses hydrogen peroxide as a substrate to
produce
(A) hydrogen
(B) carbon dioxide
(C) water
(D) oxygen
112.
Persons suffering from hypertension (high blood pressure) are advised a low-salt diet because
(A) more salt is absorbed in the body of a patient with hypertension
(B) high salt leads to water retention in the blood that further increases the blood pressure
(C) high salt increases nerve conduction and increases blood pressure
(D) high salt causes adrenaline release that increases blood pressure
113.
Insectivorous plants that mostly grow on swampy soil use insects as a source of
(A) carbon
(B) nitrogen
(C) phosphorous
(D) magnesium
114.
In cattle, the coat colour red and white are two dominant traits, which express equally in F1 to produce
roan (red and white clour in equal proportion). If F1 progeny are self-bred, the resulting progeny in F2 will
have phenotypic ratio (red:roan:white) is (A) 1 : 1 : 1
(B) 3 : 9 : 3
(C) 1 : 2 : 1
(D) 3 : 9 : 4
115.
The restriction endonuclease EcoR-I recognises and cleaves DNA sequence as shown below 5 G A A T T C 3
3 C T T A A G 5
What is the probable number of cleavage sites that can occur in a 10 kb long random DNA sequence?
(A) 10
(B) 2
(C) 100
(D) 50
116.
Which one of the following is true about enzyme catalysis ?

(A) the enzyme changes at the end of the reaction
(B) the activation barrier of the process is lower in the presence of an enzyme
(C) the rate of the reaction is retarded in the presence of an enzyme
(D) the rate of the reaction is independent of substrate concentration
Page # 67
KVPY : Stream SB
117.
Vibrio cholerae causes cholera in humans. Ganga water was once used successfully to combat the
infection. The possible reason could be (A) high salt content of Ganga water
(B) low salt content of Ganga water
(C) presence of bacteriophages in Ganga water
(D) presence of antibiotics in Ganga water
118.
When a person begins to fast, after some time glycogen stored in the liver is mobilized as a source of
glucose. Which of the following graphs best represents the change of glucose level (y-axis) in his blood,
starting from the time (x-axis) when he begins to fast ?
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
119.
The following sequence contains the open reading frame of a polypeptide. How many amino acids will the
polypeptide consist of ?
5AGCATATGATCGTTTCTCTGCTTTGAACT3
(A) 4
(B) 2
(C) 10
(D) 7
120.
Insects constitute the largest animal group on earth. About 25-30% of the insect species are known to be
herbivores. In spite of such huge herbiore perssure, globally, green plants have persisted. One possible
reason for this persistence is :
(A) food preference of insects has tended to change with time
(B) herbivore insects have become inefficient feeders of green plants
(C) herbivore population has been kept in control by predators
(D) decline in reproduction of herbivores with time
Page # 68
KVPY : Stream SB

Duration : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 160
PART-I
One Mark Questions
MATHEMATICS
1.
The sum of non-real roots of the polynomial equation x3 + 3x2 + 3x + 3 = 0.

(A) equals 0
(B) lies between 0 and 1
(C) lies between 1 and 0
(D) has absolute value bigger than 1
2.
Let n be a positive integer such that log2log2log2log2log2(n) < 0 < log2log2log2log2(n).
be the number of digits in the binary expansion of n. Then the minimum and the maximum
possible values of are
Let
(A) 5 and 16
3.
(B) 5 and 17
(C) 4 and 16
(D) 4 and 17
Let be a cube root of unity not equal to 1. Then the maximum possible value of |a + b + c2|
where a, b, c {+1, 1} is
(A) 0
(B) 2
(C)
(D) 1+
4.
If a, b are positive real numbers such that the lines ax + 9y = 5 and 4x + by = 3 are parallel, then the
least possible value of a + b is
(A) 13
(B) 12
(C) 8
(D) 6
5.
Two line segments AB and CD are constrained to move along the x and y axes, respectively, in such a
way that the points A, B, C, D are concyclic. If AB = a and CD = b, then the locus of the centre of the
circle passing through A, B, C, D in polar coordinates is
(A) r2 =
a2 b2
4
(B) r2 cos 2 =
a2 b2
4
(C) r2 = 4(a2 + b2)
(D) r2 cos 2 = 4(a2 b2)
6.
Consider a triangle ABC in the xy -plane with vertices A = (0,0), B = (1,1) and C = (9, 1). If the line
x = a divides the triangle into two parts of equal area, then a equals
(A) 3
(B) 3.5
(C) 4
(D) 4.5
7.
Let ABC be an acute-angled triangle and let D be the midpoint of BC. If AB =AD, then tan(B)/tan(C)
equals
(A)
(B)
(C) 2
(D) 3
8.
The angles , , of a triangle satisfy the equations 2sin + 3cos = 3 2 and 3sin + 2cos = 1.
Then angle equals
(A) 150
(B) 120
(C) 60
(D) 30
9.
Let f : R R be a function such that Lim f ( x ) = M > 0. Then which of the following is false?
x
1
(A) Lim x sin f ( x ) M
x
x
(B) Lim sinf ( x ) sin M
(C) Lim x sin ( e x ) f ( x ) M
(D) Lim
sin x
f (x) 0
x
Page # 69
KVPY : Stream SB
10.
For x, t R let
pt(x) = (sin t)x2 (2 cos t)x + sin t
1
be a family of quadratic polynomials in x with variable coefficients. Let A(t) =
p ( x ) dx . Which of the
t
following statements are true?

(I) A(t) < 0 for all t.
(II) A(t) has infinitely many critical points.
(III) A(t) = 0 for infinitely many t.
(IV) A(t) < 0 for all t.
(A) (I) and (II) only
(B) (II) and (III) only
11.
Let f(x) =
(C) (III) and (IV) only
(D) (IV) and (I) only
2 x x 2 and g(x) = cos x. Which of the following statements are true?
(I) Domain of f g( x )2 = Domain of f g( x )

(II) Domain of f g( x ) gf ( x ) = Domain of gf ( x )
(III) Domain of f g( x ) = Domain of gf ( x )
(IV) Domain of g f ( x )3 = Domain of f g( x )

(A) Only (I)
(B) Only (I) and (II)
x
12.
For real x with 10 x 10 define f(x) =
[t]
(C) Only (III) and (IV)
(D) Only (I) and (IV)
dt , where for a real number r we denote by [r] the largest
10
integer less than or equal to r. The number of points of discontinuity of f in the interval (10, 10) is
(A) 0
(B) 10
(C) 18
(D) 19
13.
For a real number x let [x] denote the largest integer less than or equal to x and {x} = x [x].
n
The smallest possible integer value of n for which
[ x] {x} dx exceeds 2013 is

1
(A) 63
14.
(B) 64
(C) 90
(D) 91

, cos
The area bounded by the curve y = cos x, the line joining
and (0, 2) and the line joining
4
4

, cos and (0, 2) is
4
4
4 2
2
(A)
8
15.
4 2
2
(B)
4 2
2
(C)
4 2
2
(D)
A box contains coupons labeled 1, 2, 3....n. A coupon is picked at random and the number x is noted.
The coupon is put back into the box and a new coupon is picked at random. The new number is y. Then
the probability that one of the numbers x, y divides the other is (in the options below [r] denotes the
largest integer less than or equal to r)
(A)
1
2
(B)
n

2
n k 1 k
1
(C)
1 1
n n2
n
k
k 1
(D)
1 2
n n2
k
k 1
Page # 70
KVPY : Stream SB
16.
17.
Let n 3. A list of numbers 0 < x1 < x2 < ... < xn has mean and standard deviation . A new list of
numbers is made as follows : y1 = 0, y2 = x2, ....,yn1 = xn1, yn = x1 + xn. The mean and the standard
deviation of the new list are and . Which of the following is necessarily true?
(A) ,
(B) ,
(C)
(D) may or may not be equal to

Let v1, v 2, v 3 , v 4 be unit vectors in the xy -plane, one each in the interior of the four quadrants. Which
of the following statements is necessarily true?
(A) v1 v 2 v 3 v 4 0

(B) There exist i, j with 1 i < j 4 such that v i v j is in the first quadrant

(C) There exist i, j with 1 i < j 4 such that v i v j < 0

(D) There exist i, j with 1 i < j 4 such that v i v j > 0
18.
The number of integers n with 100 n 999 and containing at most two distinct digits is
(A) 252
(B) 280
(C) 324
(D) 360
19.
For an integer n let Sn = {n + 1, n + 2, ....., n + 18}. Which of the following is true for all n 10?
(A) Sn has a multiple of 19
(B) Sn has a prime
(C) Sn has at least four multiples of 5
(D) Sn has at most six primes
20.
Let P be a closed polygon with 10 sides and 10 vertices (assume that the sides do not intersect except
at the vertices). Let k be the number of interior angles of P that are greater than 180. The maximum
possible value of k is
(A) 3
(B) 5
(C) 7
(D) 9
PHYSICS
21.
Consider an initially neutral hollow conducting spherical shell with inner radius r and outer radius 2r. A
point charge +Q is now placed inside the shell at a distance r/2 from the centre. The shell is then
grounded by connecting the outer surface to the earth. P is an external point at a distance 2r from the
point charge +Q on the line passing through the centre and the point charge +Q as shown in the figure.
2r
+Q
r/2
2r
The magnitude of the force on a test charge +q placed at P will be
1 qQ
(A) 4
2
0 4r
1 9qQ
(B) 4
2
0 100 r
1 4qQ
(C) 4
2
0 25 r
(D) 0
Page # 71
KVPY : Stream SB
22.
Consider the circuit shown in the figure below :
V
All the resistors are identical. The charge stored in the capacitor, once it is fully charged, is
(A) 0
23.
(B)
5
CV
13
(C)
2
CV
3
(D)
5
CV
8
A nuclear decay is possible if the mass of the parent nucleus exceeds the total mass of the decay
particles. If M(A, Z) denotes the mass of a single neutral atom of an element with mass number A and
atomic number Z, then the minimal condition that the decay
XZA YZA1 e
will occur is (me denotes the mass of the particle and the neutrino mass mv can be neglected) :
(A) M(A, Z) > M(A, Z + 1 ) + me
(B) M(A, Z) > M(A, Z + 1)
(C) M(A, Z) > M(A, Z + 1) + Zme
(D) M(A,Z) > M(A, Z + 1) me
24.
The equation of state of n moles of a non-ideal gas can be approximated by the equation
2
P n a (V nb) = nRT
V 2
where a and b are constants characteristic of the gas. Which of the following can represent the equation
of a quasistatic adiabat for this gas (Assume that CV, the molar heat capacity at constant volume, is
independent of temperature)?
25.
R/C
(A) T( V nb ) v = constant
(B) T( V nb)CV / R = constant
ab
(C) T 2 ( V nb )R / Cv = constant
V R
n2ab
C /R
(D) T 2 ( V nb) v
= constant
V R
A blackbox (BB) which may contain a combination of electrical circuit elements (resistor, capacitor or
inductor) is connected with other external circuit elements as shown below in the figure (a). After the
switch (S) is closed at time t = 0, the current (I) as a function of time (t) is shown in the figure (b).
(a)
BB
(b)
0
S
From this we can infer that the black box contains

(A) A resistor and a capacitor in series
(B) A resistor and a capacitor in parallel
(C) A resistor and an inductor in series
(D) A resistor and an inductor in parallel
Page # 72
KVPY : Stream SB
26.
In a photocell circuit the stopping potential, V0, is a measure of the maximum kinetic energy of the
photoelectrons. The following graph shows experimentally measured values of stopping potential versus
frequency of incident light.
V0 (V)
5
4
3
2
1
(10 Hz)
15
0
1
0.4
0.8
1.2
1.6
The values of Planks constant and the work function as determined from the graph are (taking the
magnitude of electronic charge to be e = 1.6 1019 C)
(A) 6.4 1034 Js, 2.0 eV
(B) 6.0 1034 Js, 2.0 eV
(C) 6.4 1034 Js, 3.2 eV
(D) 6.0 1034 Js, 3.2 eV
27.
An engine moving away from a vertical cliff blows a horn at a frequency f. Its speed is 0.5% of the speed
of sound in air. The frequency of the reflected sound received at the engine is
(A) 0.990 f
(B) 0.995 f
(C) 1.005 f
(D) 1.010 f
28.
An arrangement with a pair of quarter circular coils of radii r and R with a common centre C and carrying
a current I is shown.
The permeability of free space is 0. The magnetic field at C is
29.
1 1

r R
(A) 0 I
into the page
8
1 1

r R
(B) 0 I
out of the page
8
1 1

r R
(C) 0 I
out of the page
8
1 1

r R
(D) 0 I
into the page
8
The circuit shown has been connected for a long time. The voltage across the capacitor is
1k
1k
6V
(A) 1.2 V
(B) 2.0 V
2k
4F
(C) 2.4 V
(D) 4.0 V
Page # 73
KVPY : Stream SB
30.
A wheel of radius R with an axle of radius R/2 is shown in the figure and is free to rotate about a
frictionless axis through its centre and perpendicular to the page. Three forces (F, F, 2F) are exerted
tangentially to the repective rims as shown in the figure.
45
R/2
F
F
R
2F
The magnitude of the net torque acting on the system is nearly
(A) 3.5FR
(B) 3.2 FR
(C) 2.5 FR
(D) 1.5 FR
31.
Two species of radioactive atoms are mixed in equal number. The disintegration constant of the first
species is and of the second is /3. After a long time the mixture will behave as a species with mean
life of approximately
(A) 0.70/
(B) 2.10/
(C) 1.00/
(D) 0.52/
32.
The bulk modulus of a gas is defined as B = VdP/dV. For an adiabatic process the variation of B is
proportional to Pn. For an ideal gas, n is
(A) 0
(B) 1
(C)
5
3
(D) 2
33.
Photons of energy 7eV are incident on two metals A and B with work functions 6 eV and 3 eV respectively.
The minimum de Broglie wavelengths of the emitted photoelectrons with maximum energies are A and
B, respectively where A/B is nearly
(A) 0.5
(B) 1.4
(C) 4.0
(D) 2.0
34.
An electron enters a chamber in which a uniform magnetic field is present as shown. Ignore gravity.
Magnetic field
During its motion inside the chamber
(A) the force on the electron remains constant
(B) the kinetic energy of the electron remains constant
(C) the momentum of the electron remains constant
(D) the speed of the electron increases at a uniform rate
35.
A ray of light incident on a glass sphere (refractive index 3 ) suffers total internal reflection before
emerging out exactly parallel to the incident ray. The angle of incidence was
(A) 75
(B) 30
(C) 45
(D) 60
Page # 74
KVPY : Stream SB
36.
Young-Laplace law states that the excess pressure inside a soap bubble of radius R is given by
P = 4/R where is the coefficient of surface tension of the soap. The Eotvos number E0 is a
dimensionless number that is used to describe the shape of bubbles rising through a surrounding fluid.
It is a combination of g, the acceleration due to gravity, , the density of the surrounding fluid, and a
characteristic length scale L which could be the radius of the bubble. A possible expression for E0 is
(A)
37.
(B)
L3
L2
g
(C)
gL2
(D)
gL2
A plank is resting on a horizontal ground in the northern hemisphere of the Earth at a 45 latitude. Let the
angular speed of the Earth be and its radius re. The magnitude of the frictional force on the plank will
be
(A) mre2
(B)
mre2
(C)
mre2
2
(D) Zero
38.
The average distance between molecules of an ideal gas at STP is approximately of the order of
(A) 1 nm
(B) 100 nm
(C) 100 cm
(D) 1 m
39.
A point particle of mass 0.5 kg is moving along the x-axis under a force described by the potential
energy V shown below. It is projected towards the right from the origin with a speed v.
V (in J)
4
3
2
1
4 3 2 1
3 4 5
x (in m)
What is the minimum value of v for which the particle will escape infinitely far away from the origin ?
(A) 2 2 ms1
(C) 4 ms1
40.
(B) 2 ms1
(D) The particle will never escape
The figure below shows pressure variation in two different sound waves in air with time at a given position.
Both the figures are drawn to the same scale.
Wave 1
Wave 2
Which of the following statements is true?

(A) Wave 1 has lower frequency and smaller amplitude compared to wave 2
(B) Wave 1 has higher frequency and greater amplitude compared to wave 2
(C) Wave 1 has shorter wavelength and greater amplitude compared to wave 2
(D) Wave 1 has shorter wavelength and smaller amplitude compared to wave 2
Page # 75
KVPY : Stream SB
CHEMISTRY
41.
Among the following, the set of isoelectronic ions is

(A) Na+, Mg2+, F, Cl
(B) Na+, Ca2+, F, O
+
2+
2
(C) Na , Mg , F , O
(D) Na+, K+, S2, Cl
42.
For a zero-order reaction with rate constant k, the slope of the plot of reactant concentration against
time is
(A) k/2.303
(B) k
(C) k/2.303
(D) k
43.
The compound which reacts with excess bromine to produce 2, 4, 6-tribromophenol, is

(A) 1, 3-cyclohexadiene
(B) 1, 3-cyclohexanedione
(C) salicylic acid
(D) cyclohexanone
44.
Ethyl acetate reacts with NH2NHCONH2 to form

(A) CH3CONHCONHNH2
(B) CH3CON(NH2)CONH2
(C) CH3CONHNHCONH2
(D) CH3CH2NHNHCONH2
45.
The variation of solubility of four different gases (G1, G2, etc.) in a given solvent with pressure at a
constant temperature is shown in the plot.
Solubility
G4
G3
G2
G1
Pressure
The gas with the highest value of Henrys law constant is
(A) G4
(B) G2
(C) G3
(D) G1
46.
For the reaction, A

nB the concentration of A decreases from 0.06 to 0.03 mol L1 and that of B
1
rises from 0 to 0.06 mol L at equilibrium. The values of n and the equilibrium constant for the reaction,
respectively, are
(A) 2 and 0.12
(B) 2 and 1.2
(C) 3 and 0.12
(D) 3 and 1.2
47.
The reaction of ethyl methyl ketone with Cl2/excess OH gives the following major product
(A) ClCH2CH2COCH3
(B) CH3CH2COCCl3
(C) ClCH2CH2COCH2Cl (D) CH3CCl2COCH2Cl
48.
The compound that readily tautomerizes is

(A) CH3COCH2CO2C2H5
(C) CH3COCH2CH2CH3
(B) CH3COCH2CH2CH3
(D) (CH3)3CCOC(CH3)3
49.
Hydrolysis of BCl3 gives X which on treatment with sodium carbonate produces Y, X and Y, respectively,
are
(A) H3BO3 and NaBO2
(B) H3BO3 and Na2B4O7
(C) B2O3 and NaBO2
(D) B2O3 and Na2B4O7
50.
The numbers of lone pair(s) on Xe in XeF2 and XeF4 are, respectively,

(A) 2 and 3
(B) 4 and 1
(C) 3 and 2
51.
(D) 4 and 2
The entropy change in the isothermal reversible expansion of 2 moles of an ideal gas from 10 to 100 L at
300 K is
(A) 42.3 JK1
(B) 35.8 J K1
(C) 38.3 J K1
(D) 32.3 J K1
Page # 76
KVPY : Stream SB
52.
D-Glucose upon treatment with bromine-water gives
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
53.
In the structure of borax, the numbers of boron atoms and BOB units, respectively, are
(A) 4 and 5
(B) 4 and 3
(C) 5 and 4
(D) 5 and 3
54.
The number of peptide bonds in the compound
is
(A) 1
(B) 2
(C) 3
(D) 4
55.
For the isothermal reversible expansion of an ideal gas

(A) H > 0 and U = 0 (B) H > 0 and U < 0 (C) H = 0 and U = 0 (D) H = 0 and U > 0
56.
If the angle of incidence of X-ray of wavelength 3 which produces a second order diffracted beam from
the (100) planes in a simple cubic lattice with interlayer spacing a = 6 is 30, the angle of incidence
that produces a first-order diffracted beam from the (200) planes is
(A) 15
(B) 45
(C) 30
(D) 60
57.
The number of ions produced in water by dissolution of the complex having the empirical formula,
COCl34NH3, is
(A) 1
(B) 2
(C) 4
(D) 3
58.
The spin-only magnetic moments of [Fe(NH3)6]3+ and [FeF6]3 in BM are, respectively,

(A) 1.73 and 1.73
(B) 5.92 and 1.73
(C) 1.73 and 5.92
(D) 5.92 and 5.92
59.
The order of SN1 reactivity in aqueous acetic acid solution for the compounds
is
(A) 1 > 2 > 3
60.
(B) 1 > 3 > 2
(C) 3 > 2 > 1
(D) 3 > 1 > 2
An ionic compound is formed between a metal M and a non-metal Y. If M occupies half the octahedral
voids in the cubic close-packed arrangement formed by Y, the chemical formula of the ionic compound
is
(A) MY
(B) MY2
(C)M2Y
(D) MY3
Page # 77
KVPY : Stream SB
BIOLOGY
61.
Human fetal haemoglobin differs from the adult haemoglobin in that it has
(A) higher affinity for oxygen
(B) lower affinity for oxygen
(C) two subunits only
(D) is glycosylated
62.
Nucleolus is an organelle responsible for the production of

(A) carbohydrates
(B) messenger RNA
(C) lipids
(D) ribosomal RNA
63.
The sequences of four DNA molecules are given below:

(i)
TATATATATATATA
(ii)
TTTCCCGGGAAA
ATATATATATATAT
AAAGGGCCCTTT
(iii)
TTGCGTTGCGCC
(iv)
GCCGGATCCGGC
AACGCAACGCGG
CGGCCTAGGCCG
Which one of these DNA molecules will have the highest melting temperature (Tm)?
(A) i
(B) ii
(C) iii
(D) iv
64.
If DNA codons are ATG GAA, insertion of thymine after the first codon results in,
(A) non-sense mutation
(B) mis-sense mutation
(C) frameshift mutation
(D) silent mutation
65.
Genetic content of a cell reduces to half during

(A) meiotic prophase I
(C) meiotic prophase II
(B) mitotic prophase

(D) meiotic telophase
66.
Which one of the following techniques is used for the detection of proteins ?
(A) Northern blotting
(B) Western blotting
(C) Southern blotting
(D) In-situ hybridization
67.
Fission yeasts are

(A) Archaebacteria
(B) Eubacteria
(C) Prokaryotes
(D) Eukaryotes
68.
In green leaves, the light and dark reactions occur in

(A) stroma and grana respectively
(B) grana and stroma respectively
(C) cristae and matrix respectively
(D) both occur in cytoplasm
69.
According to Mendel, ..................................... segregate and ........................... assort independently.

(A) alleles of a gene; alleles of different genes
(B) alleles of different genes; alleles of a gene
(C) dominanat traits; recessive traits
(D) recessive traits; recessive traits
70.
The two enzymatic activities associated with RUBISCO are

(A) oxidase and oxygenase
(B) oxygenase and carboxylase
(C) oxidase and carboxylase
(D) oxygenase and carbamylation
71.
Chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs) are believed to be associated with cancers because,

(A) CFCs react with DNA and cause mutations
(B) CFCs react with proteins involved in DNA repair
(C) CFCs destroy the ozone layer and permit harmful UV rays to reach the earth
(D) CFCs react with DNA polymerase and reduce fidelity of DNA replication
72.
Morphogenetic movements take place predominantly during the following embryonic stage
(A) blastula
(B) Morula
(C) Gastrula
(D) Fertilized eggs
Page # 78
KVPY : Stream SB
73.
74.
The only organ which is capable of producing Fructose in humans is

(A) liver
(B) pancreas
(C) seminal vesicles
(D) muscle
Stroke could be prevented/treated with

(A) balanced diet
(B) clotting factors
(D) blood thinners
(C) insulin
75.
In orange and lemon, the edible part of the fruit is

(A) placenta
(B) thalamus
(C) hairs of the ovary wall
(D) succulent Mesocarp
76.
Which one of the following statements about nitrogenase is correct?

(A) It is sensitive to CO2 and therefore present in isolated nodules.
(B) It requires O2 and therefore functional during the day.
(C) It is sensitive to O2 and therefore is functional in anaerobic environments.
(D) It is sensitive to light and therefore functions only in dark.
77.
Part of epidermis that keeps out unwanted particles is called

(A) columnar epithelium
(B) squamous epithelium
(C) ciliated epithelium
(D) cuboidal epithelium
78.
Species that are most effective at colonising new habitats show

(A) low reproductive ability
(B) high dispersal ability
(C) slow growth and maturation
(D) high competitive ability
79.
In a large isolated population, alleles p and q at a locus are at Hardy Weinberg equilibrium. The frequencies
are p = 0.6 and q = 0.4. The proportion of the heterozygous genotype in the population is
(A) 0.24
(B) 1
(C) 0.48
(D) 0.12
80.
In vertebrates glycogen is stored chiefly in

(A) heart and blood
(C) bones and lymph
(B) spleen and stomach

(D) liver and muscles
Page # 79
KVPY : Stream SB
PART-II
Two Marks Questions
MATHEMATICS
81.
1
Let f(x) be a non-constant polynomial with real coefficients such that f = 100 and f (x) 100 for all
2
real x. Which of the following statements is NOT necessarily true ?
(A) The coefficient of the highest degree term in f(x) is negative
(B) f(x) has at least two real roots
(C) If x 1/2 then f(x) < 100
(D) At least one of the coefficients of f(x) is bigger than 50.
n
82.
Let a, b, c, d be real numbers such that
(ak
bk 2 ck d) n 4 for every natural number n.
k 1
Then | a | + | b | + | c | + | d | is equal to
(A) 15
(B) 16
83.
(C) 31
(D) 32
The vertices of the base of an isosceles triangle lie on a parabola y2 = 4x and the base is a part of the
line y = 2x 4. If the third vertex of the triangle lies on the x-axis, its coordinates are
5
(A) , 0
2
7
(B) , 0
2
9
(C) , 0
2
11
(D) , 0
2
84.
In a triangle ABC, let G denote its centroid and let M, N be points in the interiors of the segments AB,
AC, respectively, such that M, G, N are collinear. If r denotes the ratio of the area of triangle AMN to the
area of ABC then
(A) r = 1/2
(B) r > 1/2
(C) 4/9 r < 1/2
(D) 4/9 < r
85.
Let XY be the diameter of a semicircle with centre O. Let A be a variable point on the semicircle and B
another point on the semicircle such that AB is parallel to XY. The value of BOY for which the inradius
of triangle AOB is maximum, is
5 1
(A) cos1
86.
Let f(x) = 1+
5 1
(B) sin1
(B) 1
(D)
(C) 2
(D) 4
Suppose that the earth is a sphere of radius 6400 kilometers. The height from the earths surface from
where exactly a fourth of the earths surface is visible, is
(A) 3200 km
88.
x x2 x3 x 4
. The number of real roots of f(x) = 0 is

1! 2! 3 ! 4 !
(A) 0
87.
(C)
(B) 3200 2 km
(C) 3200 3 km
(D) 6400 km
Let n be a positive integer. For a real number x, let [x] denote the largest integer not exceeding x and
n 1
{x} = x [x]. Then
(A) loge (n)
({x })[ x ]
dx is equal to
[ x]
(B)
1
n 1
(C)
n
n 1
(D) 1 +
1
1
+ +
2
n
Page # 80
KVPY : Stream SB
89.
A box contains coupons labelled 1,2,...,100. Five coupons are picked at random one after another
without replacement. Let the numbers on the coupons be x1, x2,....,x5. What is the probability that
x1 > x2> x3 and x3 < x4 < x5?
(A)
90.
1
120
(B)
1
60
1
20
(C)
(D)
1
10
In a tournament with five teams, each team plays against every other team exactly once. Each game is
won by one of the playing teams and the winning team scores one point, while the losing team scores
zero. Which of the following is NOT necessarily true?
(A) There are at least two teams which have at most two points each.
(B) There are at least two teams which have at least two points each.
(C) There are at most three teams which have at least three points each
(D) There are at most four teams which have at most two points each
PHYSICS
91.
A bullet of mass m is fired horizontally into a large sphere of mass M and radius R resting on a smooth
horizontal table.
2R
The bullet hits the sphere at a height h from the table and sticks to its surface. If the sphere starts rolling
without slipping immediately on impact, then
(A)
h 4m 3M
R 2(m M)
(B)
h
mM
R m 2M
(C)
h 10m 7M
R 5(m M)
(D)
h 4m 3M
R
mM
92.
A small boy is throwing a ball towards a wall 6m in front of him. He releases the ball at a height of 1.4 m
from the ground. The ball bounces from the wall at a height of 3 m, rebounds from the ground and
reaches the boys hand exactly at the point of release. Assuming the two bounces (one from the wall
and the other from the ground) to be perfectly elastic, how far ahead of the boy did the ball bounce from
the ground?
(A) 1.5 m
(B) 2.5 m
(C) 3.5 m
(D) 4.5 m
93.
In the P-V diagram below the dashed curved line is an adiabat.
P
X
Y
V
For a process that is described by a straight line joining two points X and Y on the adiabat (solid line in
the diagram) heat is : (hint : Consider the variations in temperature from X to Y along the straight line)
(A) absorbed throughout from X to Y
(B) released throughout from X to Y
(C) absorbed from X up to an intermediate point Z (not shown in the figure) and then released from Z to Y
(D) released from X up to an intermediate point Z (not shown in the figure) and then absorbed from Z to Y
Page # 81
KVPY : Stream SB
94.
A singly ionized helium atom in an excited state (n = 4) emits a photon of energy 2.6 eV. Given that the
ground state energy of hydrogen atom is 13.6 eV, the energy (Ef) and quantum number (n) of the
resulting state are respectively,
(A) Ef = 13.6eV, n = 1
(B) Ef = 6.0 eV, n = 3
(C) Ef = 6.0 eV, n = 2
(D) Ef = 13.6 eV, n = 2
95.
The figure below shows a circuit and its input voltage vi as function of time t.
vi
1 k
4V
vi
3V
1V
v0
4V
Assuming the diodes to be ideal, which of the following graphs depicts the output voltage v0 as function
of time t ?
v0
v0
4V
4V
t
(A)
(B)
4V
4V
v0
v0
4V
4V
t
(C)
(D)
4V
96.
4V
A ball is rolling without slipping in a spherical shallow bowl (radius R) as shown in the figure and is
executing simple harmonic motion. If the radius of the ball is doubled, the period of oscillation
(A) increases slightly
(C) is increased by a factor of 2
97.
(B) is reduced by a factor of 1/2

(D) decreases slightly
A solid sphere rolls without slipping, first horizontally and then up to a point X at height h on an inclined
plane before rolling down, as shown.
X
h
The initial horizontal speed of the sphere is
(A)
10 gh
7
(B)
7gh
5
(C)
5gh
7
(D)
2gh
Page # 82
KVPY : Stream SB
98.
The three processes in a thermodynamic cycle shown in the figure are : Process 1 2 is isothermal;
Process 2 3 is isochoric (volume remains constant); Process 3 1 is adiabatic. The total work done
by the ideal gas in this cycle is 10 J. The internal energy decreases by 20 J in the isochoric process.
The work done by the gas in the adiabatic process is 20 J. The heat added to the system in the
isothermal process is
1
2
3
(A) 0 J
99.
(B) 10 J
(C) 20 J
(D) 30 J
A block of mass m slides from rest at a height H on a frictionless inclined plane as shown in the figure.
It travels a distance d across a rough horizontal surface with coefficient of kinetic friction and compresses
a spring of spring constant k by a distance x before coming to rest momentarily. Then the spring
extends and the block travels back attaining a final height of h. Then
H
d
(A) h = H 2 (d + x)
(C) h = H 2 d + kx2/mg
100.
(B) h = H + 2(d x)
(D) h = H 2(d + x) + kx2/ 2mg
A metallic prong consists of 4 rods made of the same material, cross-sections and same lengths as
shown. The three forked ends are kept at 100 C and the handle end is at 0C. The temperature of the
junction is
T = 100C
T = 100C
T = 0C
T = 100C
(A) 25C
(B) 50C
(C) 60 C
(D) 75C
CHEMISTRY
101.
102.
The major product obtained in the reaction of aniline with acetic anhydride is
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
The maximum number of isomers that can result from monobromination of 2-methyl-2-pentene with
N-bromosuccinimide in boiling CCl4 is
(A) 1
(B) 2
(C) 3
(D) 4
Page # 83
KVPY : Stream SB
103.
The compound X (C7H9N) reacts with benzene sulfonyl chloride to give Y (C13H13NO2S) which is insoluble
in alkali. The compound X is
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
104.
In 108g of water, 18 g of a non-volatile compound is dissolved. At 100C the vapor pressure of the
solution is 750mm Hg. Assuming that the compound does not undergo association or dissociation, the
molar mass of the compound in g mol1 is
(A) 128
(B) 182
(C) 152
(D) 228
105.
The standard electrode potential of Zn2+ / Zn is 0.76 V and that of Cu2+/Cu is 0.34 V. The emf (V) and
the free energy change (kJ mol1), respectively, for a Daniel cell will be
(A) 0.42 and 81
(B) 1.1 and 213
(C) 1.1 and 213
(D) 0.42 and 81
106.
Consider the equilibria (1) and (2) with equilibrium constants K1 and K2, respectively
SO2 (g) +
O (g)
2 2
SO3(g)
2SO3(g)
2SO2(g) + O2(g)
K1 and K2 are related as
(A) 2K1 = K22
(B) K12 =
1
K2
(1)
(2)
(C) K22 =
1
K1
(D) K2 =
2
K12
107.
Aqueous solution of a metallic nitrate X reacts with NH4OH to form Y which dissolves in excess
NH4OH. The resulting complex is reduced by acetaldehyde to deposit the metal X and Y, respectively,
are
(A) Cs(NO3) and CsOH
(B) Zn(NO3)2 and ZnO
(C) AgNO3 and Ag2O
(D)Mg(NO3)2 and Mg(OH)2
108.
The density of equivalent weight of ametal are 10.5 g cm3 and 100, respectively. The time required for
a current of 3 amp to deposit a 0.005 mm thick layer of the same metal on an area of 80 cm2 is closest
to
(A) 120 s
(B) 135 s
(C) 67.5 s
(D) 270 s
109.
The amount of Na2S2O3.5H2O required to completely reduce 100mL of 0.25 N iodine solution, is
(A) 6.20 g
(B) 9.30 g
(C) 3.10 g
(D) 7.75 g
110.
In aqueous solution, [Co(H2O)6]2+ (X) reacts with molecular oxygen in the presence of excess liquor
NH3 to give a new complex Y. The number of unpaired electrons in X and Y are, respectively
(A) 3, 1
(B) 3, 0
(C) 3, 3
(D) 7, 0
BIOLOGY
111.
109 bacteria were spread on an agar plate containing penicillin. After incubation overnight at 37C, 10
bacterial colonies were observed on the plate. That the colonies are likely to be resistant to penicillin
can be tested by
(A) measuring their growth rate
(B) observing the colour of the colonies
(C) checking their ability to grow on another plate containing penicillin.
(D) checking their ability to cause disease
112.
Watson and Crick model of DNA is

(A) B-form DNA with a spiral length of 34 and a diameter of 20
(B) A-form DNA with a spiral length of 15 and a diameter of 20
(C) Z-form DNA with a spiral length of 34 and a diameter of 20
(D) B-form DNA with a spiral length of 28 and a diameter of 14
Page # 84
KVPY : Stream SB
113.
Eco RI and Rsa I restriction endonucleases require 6 and 4 bp sequences respectively for cleavage. In
a 10 kb DNA fragment how many probable cleavage sites are present for these enzymes
(A) 0 Eco RI and 10 Rsa I
(B) 1 Eco RI and 29 Rsa I
(C) 4 Eco RI and 69 Rsa I
(D) 2 Eco RI and 39 Rsa I
114.
From an early amphibian embryo the cells that would give rise to skin in adults were transplanted into
the developing brain region of another embryo. The transplanted cells developed into brain tissue in the
recipient embryo. What do you infer from this experiment?
(A) Cell fate is permanently determined during early embryonic development.
(B) Developmental fate of donor cells is influenced by the surrounding cells.
(C) Developmental fate of donor cells is not influenced by recipient cells.
(D) Any cell which is transplanted into another embryo always develops into a brain.
115.
Presence of plastids in Plasmodium suggests

(A) it is a plant species
(B) it is a parasite with a cynobacterium as an endosymbiont
(C) it is a parasite with an archebacterium as an endosymbiont
(D) it is a plant species with an archebacterium as an endosymbiont
116.
The figure below demonstrates the growth curves of two organisms A and B growing in the same area.
What kind of relation exists between A and B?
(A) Competition (B) Symbiosis

117.
(C) Commensalisms
(D) Mutualism
A scientist has cloned an 8 Kb fragment of a mouse gene into the Eco RI site of a vector of 6 Kb size.
The cloned DNA has no other Eco RI site within. Digestions of the cloned DNA is shown below.
Which one of the following sets of DNA fragments generated by digestion with both Eco RI and B am HI
as shown in (iii) is from the gene?
(A) 1 Kb and 4 Kb
(B) 1 Kb and 2.5 Kb
(C) 1 Kb and 3 Kb
(D) 1 Kb and 3.5 Kb
Page # 85
KVPY : Stream SB
118.
Brown fat is a specialised adipose tissue with abundant mitochondria and rich blood supply. Brown fat
(A) insulates animals that are acclimatised to cold.
(B) is the major source of heat production in birds.
(C) provides energy to muscles.
(D) produces heat without producing ATP.
119.
In some species, individuals forego reproduction and help bring up another individuals offspring. Such
altruistic behaviour CANNOT be explained by which of the following?
(A) An individual helps relatives only and gets indirect genetic benefits.
(B) The individual benefits because it can later inherit the breeding position.
(C) The individual benefits because it gets access to resources, such as food and security from predators,
in return.
(D) The species benefits from a reduction in competition among offspring.
120.
Lions in India are currently restricted to Gir, Gujarat. Efforts are being made to move them to other parts
of the country. This is because they are MOST susceptible to extinction due to infectious diseases
under the following conditions when present as
(A) several small, isolated populations
(B) one large population
(C) several large, connected populations
(D) several large, isolated populations
Page # 86
KVPY : Stream SB

Duration : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 160
PART-I
One Mark Questions
MATHEMATICS
1.
Let C0 be a circle of radius 1. For n 1, let Cn be a circle whose area equals the area of a square inscribed
in Cn1. Then
(A)
2.
i0 Area (C ) equals
(B)
2
2
2
(D)
2
For a real number r we denote by [r] the largest integer less than or equal to r. If x,y are real numbers with
x,y 1 then which of the following statements is always true?
(A) [x + y] [x] + [y]
(B) [xy] [x] [y]
x [ X]
(D) y [ y]

(C) [2x] 2[x]
3.
(C)
For each positive integer n, let An = max | 0 r n . Then the number of elements n in {1,2,.......,20}
r

An
for which 1.9 A
2 is
n1
(A) 9
(B) 10
(C) 11
(D) 12
4.
Let b, d > 0. The locus of all points P(r,) for which the line OP (where O is the origin) cuts the line r
sin = b in Q such that PQ = d is
(A) (r d) sin = b
(B) (r d) sin = b
(C) (r d) cos = b
(D) (r d) cos = b
5.
Let C be the circle x2 + y2 = 1 in the xy-plane. For each t 0, let Lt be the line passing through (0,1) and
(t,0). Note that Lt intersects C in two points, one of which is (0,1). Let Qt be the other point. As t varies
between 1 and 1 +
at (0,0) is
(A)
6.
2 , the collection of points Qt sweeps out an arc on C. The angle subtended by this arc
(B)
(C)
(D)
3
8
In an ellipse, its foci and the ends of its major axis are equally spaced. If the length of its semi-minor axis
is 2 2 , then the length of its semi-major axis is
(A) 4
7.
(B) 2 3
(C) 10
(D) 3
Let ABC be a triangle such that AB = BC. Let F be the midpoint of AB and X be a point on BC such that FX
is perpendicular to AB. If BX = 3XC then the ratio BC / AC equals.
(A)
(B)
(C)
3
2
(D) 1
Page # 87
KVPY : Stream SB
8.
The number of solutions to the equation cos4 x +

(A) 6
9.
(B) 4
= sin4 x +
cos x
(C) 2
in the interval [0,2] is

sin2 x
(D) 0
Consider the function
x 5
f (x) = x 2
1
if x 2
if x 2
Then f (f(x)) is discontinuous

(A) at all real numbers
(C) at exactly one value of x
10.
(B) at exactly two values of x

(D) at exactly three values of x
For a real number x let [x] denote the largest number less than or equal to x. For x R let f(x) = [x] sin
x. Then
(A) f is differentiable on R.
(B) f is symmetric about the line x = 0
(C)
3 f (x)dx 0
(D) For each real , the equation f(x) = 0 has infinitely many roots
11.
Let f : [0, ] R be defined as

sin x, if x is irrational and x [0, ]
f (x) =
tan 2 x, if x is rational and x [0, ]
The number of points in [0, ] at which the function f is continuous is
(A) 6
(B) 4
(C) 2
(D) 0
12.
Let f : [0, 1] [0, ) be a continuous function such that
f ( x)dx 10 . Which of the following statements

0
is NOT necessarily true?

1
(A)
e x f ( x ) 10
(B)
(C) 10
f (x)
(1 x)2 dx 10
sin(100x )f ( x )dx 10
(D)
f ( x)
dx 100
13.
A continuous function f : R R satisfies the equation f(x) = x +
f (t)dt .
0
Which of the following options is true?

(A) f(x+y) = f(x) + f(y)
(C) f(x+y) = f(x) + f(y) + f(x) f(y)
14.
(B) f(x+y) = f(x) f(y)

(D) f(x+y) = f(xy)
For a real number x let [x] denote the largest integer less than or equal to x and {x} = x [x]. Let n be a
n
positive integer. Then
cos(2[x]{x}) dx is equal to
0
(A) 0
(B) 1
(C) n
(D) 2n 1
Page # 88
KVPY : Stream SB
15.
Two persons A and B throw a (fair) die (six-faced cube with faces numbered from 1 to 6) alternately, starting
with A. The first person to get an outcome different from the previous one by the opponent wins. The
probability that B wins is
(A)
16.
5
6
(B)
6
7
(C)
7
8
(D)
8
9
Let n 3. A list of numbers x1, x2, .......xn has mean and standard deviation . A new list of numbers y1,
y2, .......yn is made as follows : y1 =
x1 x 2
x1 x 2
, y2 =
and yj =xj for j = 3,4,......,n. The mean and the
2
2
standard deviation of the new list are and . Then which of the following is necessarily true ?
17.
(A) and
(B) and
(C)
(D)
What is the angle subtended by an edge of a regular tetrahedron at its center?

(A)
cos1
(B) cos1
2
(C) cos1
3
(D) cos1
18.
Let s = {(a,b) : a,b Z, 0 a,b 18}. The number of elements (x, y) in S such that 3x + 4y + 5 is divisible
by 19 is
(A) 38
(B) 19
(C) 18
(D) 1
19.
For a real number r let [r] denote the largest integer less than or equal to r. Let a > 1 be a real number which
is not an integer, and let k be the smallest positive integer such that [ak] > [a]k. Then which of the following
statements is always true?
(A) k 2([a]+1)2
20.
(B) k ([a] +1)4
(C) k 2[a]+1
(D) k
1
1
a [ a]
Let X be a set of 5 elements. The number d of ordered pairs (A, B) of subsets of X such that
A , B , A B satisfies
(A) 50 d 100
(B) 101 d 150
(C) 151 d 200
(D) 201 d
PHYSICS
21.
A uniform thin rod of length 2L and mass m lies on a horizontal table. A horizontal impulse J is given to the rod
at one end. There is no friction. The total kinetic energy of the rod just after the impulse will be
(A)
22.
J2
2m
(B)
J2
m
(C)
2J2
m
(D)
6J2
m
A solid cylinder P rolls without slipping from rest down as inclined plane attaining a speed vp at the bottom.
Another smooth solid cylinder Q of same mass and dimensions slides without friction from rest down the
vq
inclined plane attaining a speed vq at the bottom. The ratio of the speeds v is
p
(A) 3 / 4
(B)
3/2
(C)
2/3
(D)
4/3
Page # 89
KVPY : Stream SB
23.
A body moves in a circular orbit of radius R under the action of a central force. Potential due to the central
force is given by V(r) = kr (k is a positive constant). Period of revolution of the body is proportional to
(A) R1/2
(B) R1/2
(C) R3/2
(D) R5/2
24.
A simple pendulum is attached to a block which slides without friction down an inclined plane (ABC) having
angle of inclination as shown
While the block is sliding down the pendulum oscillates in such a way that at its mean position the direction
of the string is
(A) at angle to the perpendicular to the inclined plane AC.
(B) parallel to the inclined plane AC
(C) vertically downwards
(D) perpendicular to the inclined plane AC
25.
Water containing air bubbles flows without turbulence through a horizontal pipe which has a region of narrow
cross-section. In this region the bubbles
(A) move with greater speed and are smaller than in the rest of the pipe
(B) move with greater speed and are larger in size than in the rest of the pipe
(C) move with lesser speed and are smaller than in the rest of the pipe.
(D) move with lesser speed and are of the same size as in the rest of the pipe.
26.
A solid expands upon heating because

(A) the potential energy of interaction between atoms in the solid is asymmetric about the equilibrium
positions of atoms.
(B) the frequency of vibration of the atoms increases
(C) the heating generates a thermal gradient between opposite sides
(D) a fluid called the caloric flows into the interatomic spacing of the solid during heating thereby expanding
it.
27.
Consider two thermometers T1 and T2 of equal length which can be used to measure temperature over the
range 1 to 2. T1 contains mercury as the thermometric liquid while T2 contains bromine. The volumes of the
two liquids are the same at the temperature 1. The volumetric coefficients of expansion of mercury and
bromine are 18 105 K1 and 108 105 K1 respectively. The increase in length of each liquid is the same
for the same increase in temperature. If the diameters of the capillary tubes of the two thermometers are d1
and d2 respectively, then the ratio d1 : d2 would be closest to
(A) 6.0
(B) 2.5
(C) 0.6
(D) 0.4
28.
An ideal gas follows a process described by PV2 = C from (P1, V1, T1) to (P2, V2, T2) (C is a constant). Then
(A) if P1 > P2 then T2 > T1
(B) if V2 > V1 then T2 < T1
(C) if V2 > V1 then T2 > T1
(D) if P1 > P2 then V1 > V2
29.
A whistle emitting a loud sound of frequency 540 Hz is whirled in a horizontal circle of radius 2m and at a
constant angular speed of 15 rad/s. The speed of sound is 330 m/s. The ratio of the highest to the lowest
frequency heard by a listener standing at rest at a large distance from the center of the circle is
(A) 1.0
(B) 1.1
(C) 1.2
(D) 1.4
Page # 90
KVPY : Stream SB
30.
Monochromatic light passes through a prism. Compared to than in air, inside the prism the lights
(A) speed and wavelength are different but frequency remains same.
(B) speed and frequency are different but wavelength remains same.
(C) wavelength and frequency are different, but speed remains same.
(D) speed, wavelength and frequency are all different.
31.
The flat face of a plano-convex lens of focal length 10 cm is silvered. A point source placed 30 cm in front of
the curved surface will produce a
(A) real image 15 cm away from the lens
(B) real image 6 cm away from the lens
(C) virtual image 15 cm away from the lens
(D) virtual image 6 cm away from the lens
32.
Two identical metallic square loops L1 and L2 are placed next to each other with their sides parallel on a
smooth horizontal table. Loop L1 is fixed and a current which increases as a function time is passed through
it. Then loop L2
(A) rotates about its center of mass
(B) moves towards L1.
(C) remains stationary.
(D) moves away from L1.
33.
An electron enters a parallel plate capacitor with horizontal speed u and is found to deflect by angle on
leaving the capacitor as shown. It is found that tan = 0.4 and gravity is negligible
If the initial horizontal speed is doubled, then tan will be

(A) 0.1
(B) 0.2
(C) 0.8
(D) 1.6
34.
Consider a spherical shell of radius R with a total charge +Q uniformly spread on its surface (center of the
shell lies at the origin x = 0). Two point charges, +q and q are brought, one after the other, from far away and
placed at x = a/2 and x = +a/2 (a < R), respectively. Magnitude of the work done in this process is
(A) (Q+q)2 / 40a
(B) Zero
(C) q2/40a
(D) Qq/40a
35.
Two identical parallel plate capacitors of capacitance C each are connected in series with a battery of emf,
E as shown. If one of the capacitors is now filled with a dielectric of dielectric constant k, the amount of
charge which will flow through the battery is (neglect internal resistance of the battery)
E
(A)
k 1
CE
2(k 1)
(B)
k 1
CE
2(k 1)
(C)
k2
CE
k2
(D)
k2
CE
k2
36.
A certain p-n junction, having a depletion region of width 20 m, was found to have a breakdown voltage of
100 V. If the width of the depletion region is reduced to 1 m during its production, then it can be used as a
Zener diode for voltage regulation of
(A) 5 V
(B) 10 V
(C) 7.5 V
(D) 2000 V
37.
The half life of a particle of mass 1.6 1026 kg is 6.9 s and a stream of such particles is travelling with the
kinetic energy of a particle being 0.05 eV. The fraction of particles which will decay when they travel a
distance of 1 m is
(A) 0.1
(B) 0.01
(C) 0.001
(D) 0.0001
Page # 91
KVPY : Stream SB
38.
A 160 watt light source is radiating light of wavelength 6200 uniformly in all directions. The photon flux at a
distance of 1.8 m is of the order of (Plancks constant 6.63 1034 J-s)
(A) 102 m2 s1
(B) 1012 m2 s1
(C) 1019 m2 s1
(D) 1025 m2 s1
39.
The wavelength of the first Balmer line caused by a transition from the n =3 level to the n = 2 level in hydrogen
is 1. The wavelength of the line caused by an electronic transition from n = 5 to n = 3 is
(A)
40.
375
1
128
(B)
125
1
64
(C)
64
1
125
(D)
128
1
375
The binding energy per nucleon of 5B10 is 8.0 MeV and that of 5B11 is 7.5 MeV. The energy required to remove
a neutron from 5B11 is (mass of electron and proton are 9.11 1031 kg and 1.67 1027 kg, respectively)
(A) 2.5 MeV
(B) 8.0 MeV
(C) 0.5 MeV
(D) 7.5 MeV
CHEMISTRY
41.
When 1.88 g of AgBr(s) is added to a 103 M aqueous solution of KBr, the concentration of Ag+ is 51010 M.
If the same amount of AgBr (s) is added to a 102 M aqueous solution of AgNO3, the concentration of Br is
(A) 9.4 109 M
(B) 5 1010 M
(C) 1 1011 M
(D) 5 1011 M
42.
Aniline reacts with excess Br2/H2O to give the major product.
NH2
Br
NH2
Br
(A)
Br
(B)
Br
Br
NH2
NH2
(C)
Br
Br
Br
Br
(D)
Br
Br
Br
43.
The metal with the highest oxidation state present in K2CrO4, NbCl5 and MnO2 is
(A) Nb
(B) Mn
(C) K
(D) Cr
44.
The number of geometrical isomers of [CrCl2(en)(NH3)2], where en = ethylenediamine, is

(A) 2
(B) 3
(C) 4
(D) 1
45.
The element that combines with oxygen to give an amphoteric oxide is

(A) N
(B) P
(C) Al
46.
(D) Na
The Arrhenius plots of two reactions, I and II are shown graphically
ln k
The graph suggests that

(A) EI > EII and AI > AII
(C) EI > EII and AII > AI
47.
Ni(CO)4 is
(A) tetrahedral and paramagnetic
(C) tetrahedral and diamagnetic
II
1/T
(B) EII > EI and AII > AI
(D) EII > EI and AI > AII
(B) square planar and diamagnetic
(D) square planar and paramagnetic
Page # 92
KVPY : Stream SB
48.
In the following reaction,

(i) ozonolysis
X
(ii) O H
the major product X is
O
(A)
49.
O
O
(B)
(C)
(D)
Given the structure of D-(+)-glucose as
H
HO
H
H
CHO
OH
H
OH
OH
CH2OH
The structure of L-()-glucose is
CHO
HO
HO
(A) H
H
CHO
H
HO
H
H
OH (B) HO
HO
OH
CH2OH
CHO
H
H
HO
OH
H
(C) H
H
HO
CH2OH
OH
HO
H
H
OH (D) HO
H
H
CH2OH
CHO
H
OH
H
OH
CH2OH
50.
In a cubic close packed structure, fractional contributions of an atom at the corner and at the face in the unit
cell are, respectively
(A) 1/8 and 1/2
(B) 1/2 and 1/4
(C) 1/4 and 1/2
(D) 1/4 and 1/8
51.
The equilibrium constant Kc of the reaction, 2A B + C is 0.5 at 25C and 1 atm. The reaction will proceed
in the backward direction when concentrations [A], [B] and [C] are, respectively
(A) 103, 102 and 102 M
(B) 101, 102 and 102 M
2
2
3
(C) 10 , 10 and 10 M
(D) 102 , 103 and 103 M
52.
Major products formed in the reaction of t-butyl methyl ether with HI are
(A) H3C I and
(C) H3C OH and
53.
OH
(B)
(D)
and H3C OH
and H3C OH
If the molar conductivities (in S cm2 mol1) of NaCl, KCl and NaOH at infinite dilution are 126, 150 and 250,
respectively, the molar conductivity of KOH (in S cm2 mol1) is
(A) 526
(B) 226
(C) 26
(D) 274
Page # 93
KVPY : Stream SB
54.
4-Formylbenzoic acid on treatment with one equivalent of hydrazine followed by heating with alcoholic KOH
gives the major product.
N NH2
(A)
(B)
NHNH2
(C)
(D)
OK
H2N N
OK
55.
Two elements, X and Y, have atomic numbers 33 and 17, respectively. The molecular formula of a stable
compound formed between them is
(A) XY
(B) XY2
(C) XY3
(D) XY4
56.
The number of moles of KMnO4 required to oxidize one equivalent of KI in the presence of sulphuric acid is
(A) 5
(B) 2
(C) 1/2
(D) 1/5
57.
Three successive measurements in an experiment gave the values 10.9, 11.4042 and 11.42. The correct way
of reporting the average value is
(A) 11.2080
(B) 11.21
(C) 11.2
(D) 11
58.
The latent heat of melting of ice at 0C is 6 kJ mol1. The entropy change during the melting in JK1 mol1 is
closest to
(A) 22
(B) 11
(C) 11
(D) 22
59.
The major product of the following reaction
Cu,
I
is
I
(A)
(B)
I
I
I
(C)
(D)
I
60.
The energies of dxy and d

(A) E (dxy) > E ( d
z2
(B) E (dxy) < E ( d
z2
orbitals in octahedral and tetrahedral transition metal complexes are such that
) in both tetrahedral and octahedral complexes
z2
) in both tetrahedral and octahedral complexes
(C) E (dxy) > E ( d
z2
) in tetrahedral but E (dxy) < E ( d
z2
(D) E (dxy) < E ( d
z2
) in tetrahedral but E (dxy) > E ( d
z2
) in octahedral complexes
) in octahedral complexes
Page # 94
KVPY : Stream SB
BIOLOGY
61.
In which of the following types of glands is the secretion collected inside the cell and discharged by disintegration
of the entire gland?
(A) Apocrine
(B) Merocrine
(C) Holocrine
(D) Epicrine
62.
Which one of the following interactions does NOT promote coevolution?

(A) Commensalism
(B) Mutualism
(C) Parasitism
(D) Interspecific competition
Stratification is more common in which of the following?

(A) Deciduous forest
(B) Tropical rain forest (C) Temperate forest
(D) Tropical savannah
Where is the third ventricle of the brain located?

(A) Cerebrum
(B) Cerebellum
(D) Diencephalon
63.
64.
(C) Pons varoli
65.
Which of the following is the final product of a gene?

(A) a polypeptide only
(B) an RNA only
(C) either polypeptide or RNA
(D) a nucleotide only
66.
Forelimbs of whales, bats, humans and cheetah are examples of which of the following processes?
(A) Divergent evolution
(B) Convergent evolution
(C) Adaptation
(D) Saltation
67.
Which of the following results from conjugation in Paramecium?

(A) Cell death
(B) Cell division
(C) Budding
(D) Recombination
68.
In an experiment investigating photoperiodic response, the leaves of a plant are removed. What is the most
likely outcome?
(A) Photoperiodism is not affected
(B) Photoperiodic response does not occur
(C) The plant starts flowering
(D) The plant starts to grow taller
69.
Testosterone is secreted by which endocrine part of testis?

(A) Leydig cells
(B) Seminiferous tubules
(C) Tunica albugenia
(D) Sertoli cells
70.
The mutation of a purine to a pyrimidine is known as

(A) transition
(B) frame shift
(C) nonsense
(D) transversion
Which of the following is secreted at the ends of an axon?

(A) Ascorbic acid
(B) Acetic acid
(C) Acetyl choline
(D) Acetyl CoA
71.
72.
73.
74.
75.
A bacterial colony is produced from

(A) a single bacterium by its repetitive division
(C) clumping of two to three bacteria
(B) multiple bacterium without replication

(D) a single bacterium without cell division
Rhinoviruses are the causative agents of

(A) Diarrhoea
(B) AIDS
(C) Dengue
What is the genetic material of Ebola virus?

(A) Single-stranded DNA
(C) Single-stranded RNA
(B) Double-stranded RNA

(D) Double-stranded DNA
(D) Common cold
Name the terminal acceptor of electrons in the mitochondrial electron transport chain
(A) Nitrate
(B) Fumarate
(C) Succinate
(D) Oxygen
Page # 95
KVPY : Stream SB
76.
Two tubes labeled P and Q contain food stuff. Tube P gave positive test with Benedicts solution while
tube Q gave positive test with Nitric acid. Which of the following is correct?
(A) Tube P contains sugar; tube Q contains protein
(B) Tube P contains protein; tube Q contains sugar
(C) Both, tube P and tube Q contain sugar
(D) Both, tube P and tube Q contain protein
77.
How many linear DNA fragments will be produced when a circular plasmid is digested with a restriction
enzyme having 3 sites?
(A) 4
(B) 5
(C) 3
(D) 2
78.
If the humidity of the atmosphere suddenly increases substantially, the water flow in the xylem will
(A) increase
(B) decrease
(C) remain unaltered
(D) increase sharply and then reduce slowly to the pre-existing level
79.
Which one of the following is the complementary sequence for the DNA with 5' -CGTACTA- 3'
(A) 5' -TAGTACG- 3'
(B) 5' -ATCATGC- 3'
(C) 5' -UTCUTGC- 3'
(D) 5' -GCUAGCA- 3'
80.
A diploid plant has 14 chromosomes, but its egg cell has 6 chromosomes. Which one of the following is the
most likely explanation of this?
(A) Non-disjunction in meiosis I and I1
(B) Non-disjunction in meiosis I
(C) Non-disjunction in mitosis
(D) Normal meiosis
PART-II
Two Marks Questions
MATHEMATICS
81.
Let n 3 be an integer. For a permutation = (a 1 , a 2 , ......, a n ) of (1, 2,....., n) we let

f (x) = anxn1 + an1 xn2 .....+ a2x + a1. Let S be the sum of the roots of f (x) = 0 and let S denote the sum
over all permutations of (1, 2, .......,n) of the numbers S. Then
(A) S < n!
(B) n! < S < 0
(C) 0 < S < n!
(D) n! < S
82.
If n is a positive integer and 1 is a cube root of unity, the number of possible values of
n
is
(A) 2
(B) 3
n
k 0
k k
(C) 4
(D) 6
83.
Suppose a parabola y = ax2 + bx + c has two x intercepts one positive and one negative, and its vertex is
(2, 2). Then which of the following is true?
(A) ab > 0
(B) bc > 0
(C) ca > 0
(D) a + b + c > 0
84.
Let n 3 and let C1, C2, .....,Cn, be circles with radii r1, r2, ....., rn , respectively. Assume that Ci and Ci+1
touch externally for 1 i n1. It is also given that the x-axis and the line y = 2 2 x 10 are tangential to
each of the circles. Then r1, r2, ...., rn are in
(A) an arithmetic progression with common difference 3 2
(B) a geometric progression with common ratio 3 2
(C) an arithmetic progression with common difference 2 3
(D) a geometric progression with common ratio 2 3
Page # 96
KVPY : Stream SB
85.
The number of integers n for which 3x3 25x + n = 0 has three real roots is
(A) 1
(B) 25
(C) 55
(D) infinite
86.
An ellipse inscribed in a semi-circle touches the circular arc at two distinct points and also touches the
bounding diameter. Its major axis is parallel to the bounding diameter. When the ellipse has the maximum
possible area, its eccentricity is
(A)
(B)
1
2
(C)
(D)
/2
87.
Let In =
x n cos x dx , where n is a non-negative integer. Then
(A) e/2 1
88.
(B)e/2 1
(C) e/2
2
3
n2 nn! (nn22)! equals
(D) e/2
For a real number x let [x] denote the largest integer less than or equal to x. The smallest positive integer
n
n for which the integral
[ x] x dx exceeds 60 is
1
(A) 8
89.
(C) 10
(D) [602/3]
Choose a number n uniformly at random from the set {1,2,....,100}. Choose one of the first seven days of the
year 2014 at random and consider n consecutive days starting from the chosen day. What is the probability
that among the chosen n days, the number of Sundays is different from the number of Mondays?
(A)
90.
(B) 9
1
2
(B)
2
7
(C)
12
49
(D)
43
175
Let S = {(a, b) a, b Z, 0 a, b 18}. The number of lines in R2 passing through (0, 0) and exactly one other
point in S is
(A) 16
(B) 22
(C) 28
(D) None of these
PHYSICS
91.
A solid sphere spinning about a horizontal axis with an angular velocity is placed on a horizontal surface.
Subsequently it rolls without slipping with an angular velocity of
(A) 2/5
(B) 7/5
(C) 2/7
(D)
92.
Consider the system shown below.
A horizontal force F is applied to a block X of mass 8 kg such that the block Y of mass 2 kg adjacent to it
does not slip downwards under gravity. There is no friction between the horizontal plane and the base of the
block X. The coefficient of friction between the surfaces of blocks X and Y is 0.5. Take acceleration due to
gravity to be 10 ms2. The minimum value of F is
(A) 200 N
(B) 160 N
(C) 40 N
(D) 240 N
93.
The maximum value attained by the tension in the string of a swinging pendulum is four times the minimum
value it attains. There is no slack in the string. The angular amplitude of the pendulum is
(A) 90
(B) 60
(C) 45
(D) 30
Page # 97
KVPY : Stream SB
94.
One mole of a monoatomic ideal gas is expanded by a process described by PV3 = C where C is a constant.
The heat capacity of the gas during the process is given by (R is the gas constant).
(A) 2R
95.
(C)
3
R
2
(D) R
r 6
(B)
4R 4
r 4
(C)
4R 2
r 5
(D)
4R 3
r 4
R2
The angles of incidence and refraction of a monochromatic ray of light of wavelength at an air-glass
interface are i and r, respectively. A parallel beam of light with a small spread in wavelength about a mean
wavelength is refracted at the same air-glass interface. The refractive index of glass depends on the
wavelength as () = a + b /2 where a and b are constants. Then the angular spread in the angle of
refraction of the beam is
(A)
97.
5
R
2
A concave mirror of radius of curvature R has a circular outline of radius r. A circular disk is to be placed
normal to the axis at the focus so that it collects all the light that is reflected from the mirror from a beam
parallel to the axis. For r << R, the area of this disc has to be at least
(A)
96.
(B)
sin i
3 cos r
(B)
2b
3
(C)
2b tan r
a3 b
(D)
2b(a b / 2 ) sin i
3
What are the charges stored in the 1 F and 2 F capacitors in the circuit below, once the current become
steady?
4k
1k
1F
2k
4k
2F
6V
(A) 8 C and 4C respectively
(C) 3 C and 6C respectively
(B) 4 C and 8C respectively

(D) 6 C and 3C respectively
98.
A 1.5 kW (kilo-watt) laser beam of wavelength 6400 is used to levitate a thin aluminium disk of same area
as the cross section of the beam. The laser light is reflected by the aluminium disk without any absorption.
The mass of the foil is close to
(A) 109 kg
(B) 103 kg
(C) 104 kg
(D) 106 kg
99.
When ultraviolet radiation of a certain frequency falls on a potassium target, the photoelectrons released
can be stopped completely by a retarding potential of 0.6 V. If the frequency of the radiation is increased by
10%, this stopping potential rises to 0.9 V. The work function of potassium is
(A) 2.0 eV
(B) 2.4 eV
(C) 3.0 eV
(D) 2.8 eV
100.
The dimensions of Stefan-Boltzmann constant can be written in terms of Plancks constant h, Boltzmann
constant kB and the speed of light c as = hkBc. Here
(A) = 3, = 4 and = 3
(B) = 3, = 4 and = 2
(C) = 3, = 4 and = 2
(D) = 2, = 3 and = 1
Page # 98
KVPY : Stream SB
CHEMISTRY
101.
In the reaction sequence
NH2
(i) ( CH CO ) O,pyridine
Aqueous conc.NaOH
3
2

X
Y
(ii) Br2 / CH3CO2H
X and Y are, respectively.
O
NH
(A)
NH
NH2
Br
NH2
Br
Br
Br
(B)
Br
Br
Br
Br
NH2 O
NH2 O
NH
(C)
(D) Br
Br
NH
Br , HO
OH
OH
102.
The density of acetic acid vapour at 300 K and 1 atm is 5 mg cm3. The number of acetic acid molecules in
the cluster that is formed in the gas phase is closest to
(A) 5
(B) 2
(C) 3
(D) 4
103.
The molar enthalpy change for H2O (l) H2O (g) at 373 K and 1 atm is 41 kJ / mol. Assuming ideal behavior,
the internal energy change for vaporization of 1 mol of water at 373 K and 1 atm in kJ mol1 is
(A) 30.2
(B) 41.0
(C) 48.1
(D) 37.9
104.
The equilibrium constant (Kc) of two reactions H2 + I2 2HI and N2 + 3H2 2NH3 are 50 and 1000,
respectively. The equilibrium constant of the reaction N2 + 6HI 2NH3 + 3I2 is closest to
(A) 50000
(B) 20
(C) 0.008
(D) 0.005
105.
Given that the bond energies of : N N is 946 kJ mol1, H H is 435 kJ mol1, N N is 159 kJ mol1, and
N H is 389 kJ mol1 the heat of formation of hydrazine in the gas phase in kJ mol1 is
(A) 833
(B) 101
(C) 334
(D) 1268
106.
The radius of K+ is 133 pm and that of Cl is 181 pm. The volume of the unit cell of KCl expressed in
10 22 cm3 is
(A) 0.31
(B) 1.21
(C) 2.48
(D) 6.28
107.
The reaction, K2Cr2O7 + m FeSO4 + n H2SO4 Cr2(SO4)3 + p Fe2(SO4)3 + K2SO4 + q H2O when balanced,
m, n, p and q are, respectively.
(A) 6, 14, 3, 14
(B) 6, 7, 3, 7
(C) 3, 7, 2, 7
(D) 4, 14, 2, 14
108.
The standard free energy change (in J) for the reaction 3Fe2+ (aq.) + 2Cr(s) = 2Cr3+ (aq.) + 3Fe(s) given
Eo
Fe 2 / Fe
(A) 57,900
0.44 V and E o
Cr 3 / Cr
0.74 V is (F = 96500 C)
(B) 57,900
(C) 173,700
(D) 173,700
Page # 99
KVPY : Stream SB
109.
Calcium butanoate on heating followed by treatment with 1,2-ethanediol in the presence of catalytic amount
of an acid, produces a major product which is
OH
(A)
HO
(C)
OH
O
HO
(B)
OH
(D)
HO
XeF6 on complete hydrolysis yields X. The molecular formula of X and its geometry, respectively, are:
(A) XeO2 and linear
(B) XeO3 and trigonal planar
(C) XeO3 and pyramidal
(D) XeO4 and tetrahedral
111.
Following the cell cycle scheme given below, what is the probability that a cell would be in M-phase at any
given time?
4h a
rs
(A) 1/24
(B) 1/12
se
12
hr
6 hrs
2h
G1ph
S-p
ha
-phase
G2
se
ha
-p
s
se
110.
(C) 1/6
(D) 1/2
112.
A flower with Tt genotype is cross-pollinated by TT pollens. What will the genotypes of the resulting endosperm
and embryo, respectively, be?
(A) TTT, (TT + Tt)
(B) (TTT + TTt), TT
(C) TTt, Tt
(D) TTt , (TT + Tt)
113.
A new life form discovered on a distant planet has a genetic code consisting of five unique nucleotides and
only one stop codon. If each codon has four bases, what is the maximum number of unique amino acids this
life form can use?
(A) 624
(B) 20
(C) 124
(D) 3124
114.
A spontaneous mutation results in a couple having only female progeny. When the daughter marries and has
children, none of them are males. However, in the third generation there are few male offspring. What is
the most likely explanation of this observation?
(A) The mutation reverses spontaneously in the third generation
(B) The mutation occurs on the X chromosome and is both recessive and lethal
(C) The mutation occurs on the X chromosome and is both recessive and dominant
(D) The mutation occurs on an autosome and is dominant
115.
A circular plasmid of 10,000 base pairs (bp) is digested with two restriction enzymes, A and B, to produce a
3000 bp and a 2000 bp bands when visualised on an agarose gel. When digested with one enzyme at a
time, only one band is visible at 5000 bp. If the first site for enzyme A (A1) is present at the 100th base,
the order in which the remaining sites (A2, B1 and B2) are present is
(A) 3100, 5100, 8100
(B) 8100, 3100, 5100
(C) 5100, 3100, 8100
(D) 8100, 5100, 3100
116.
After meiosis-II, daughter cells differ from the parent cells and each other in their genotypes. This can occur
because of which one of the following mechanism(s)?
(A) Only synaptic crossing over
(B) Only crossing over and independent assortment of chromosomes
(C) Only crossing over and chromosomal segregation
(D) Crossing over, independent assortment and segregation of chromosomes
Page # 100
KVPY : Stream SB
117.
A desert lizard (an ectotherm) and a mouse (an endotherm) are placed inside a chamber at 15C and their
body temperatures [T(L) for the lizard and T(M) for the mouse] and metabolic rates [M(L) for the lizard and
M(M) for the mouse] are monitored. Which one of the following is correct?
A. T(L) and M(L) will fall while T(M) and M(M) will increase
B. T(L) and M(L) will increase while T(M) and M(M) will fall
C. T(L) and M(L) will fall, T(M) will remain same and M(M) will increase
D. T(L) and M(L) will remain same and T(M) and M(M) will decrease
118.
In Griffiths experiments mice died when injected with

(A) heat killed S-strain
(B) heat killed S-strain combined with R-strain
(C) heat killed R-strain
(D) live R-strain
119.
Human height is a multigenic character. If the heights of all the individuals living in a metropolis are measured
and the percentages of the population belonging to a specific height are plotted as shown below, which of the
plots would represent the most realistic distribution?
120.
(A) P
(B) Q
(C) R
(D) S
If mitochondria isolated from a cell are first placed without carbon source in a buffer at pH 8.0 and then
transferred to a buffer at pH 4, it will lead to
(A) an increase in intra-mitochondrial acidity
(B) a decrease in intra-mitochondrial acidity
(C) blockage of ATP synthesis
(D) synthesis of ATP
Page # 101
KVPY : Stream SB

Duration : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 160
PART-I
One Mark Questions
MATHEMATICS
1.
The number of ordered pairs (x, y) of real numbers that satisfy the simultaneous equations
x + y2 = x2 + y = 12 is
(A) 0
(B) 1
(C) 2
(D) 4
2.
If z is a complex number satisfying |z3 + z3| 2, then the maximum possible value of |z + z1| is
(B) 3
(A) 2
(C)
2 2
(D) 1
3.
The largest perfect square that divides 20143 20133 + 20123 20113 + ..... + 23 13 is
(A) 12
(B) 22
(C) 10072
(D) 20142
4.
Suppose OABC is a rectangle in the xy-plane where O is the origin and A,B lie on the parabola y = x2.
Then C must lie on the curve.
(A) y = x2 + 2
(B) y = 2x2 + 1
(C) y = x2 + 2
(D) y = 2x2 + 1
5.
Circles C1 and C2, of radii r and R respectively, touch each other as shown in figure. The line , which is
parallel to the line joining the centres of C1 and C2,is tangent to C1 at P and intersects C2 at A, B.
If R2 = 2r2, then AOB equals
(A) 22
1
2
(B) 45
(C) 60
(D) 67
1
2
6.
The shortest distance from the origin to a variable point on the sphere (x 2)2 + (y 3)2 + (z 6)2 = 1 is
(A) 5
(B) 6
(C) 7
(D) 8
7.
The number of real numbers for which the equality

are not integral multiples of /2 is
(A) 1
(B) 2
8.
sin( ) cos( )
= 1, holds for all real which

sin
cos
(C) 3
(D) Infinite
Suppose ABCDEF is a hexagon such that AB = BC = CD = 1 and DE = EF = FA = 2. If the vertices A, B,

C, D, E, F are concylic, the radius of the circle passing through them is :
(A)
5
2
(B)
7
3
(C)
11
5
(D)
2
Page # 102
KVPY : Stream SB
Let p(x) be a polynomial such that p(x) p'(x) = xn, where n is a positive integer. Then p(0) equals.
9.
(A) n!
10.
(B) (n 1)!
Lim x
The value of the limit x 0
sin x
(D)
1
(n 1)!
is
(C) e1/6
(D) e6
Among all sectors of a fixed perimeter, choose the one with maximum area. Then the angle at the center
of this sector (i.e., the angle between the bounding radii) is
(A)
12.
1
n!
6 / x2
(B) e1
(A) e
11.
(C)
(B)
3
2
(C)
(D) 2
Define a function f : R R by f(x) = max {|x|, |x 1| ,........, |x 2n|}

2n
where n is a fixed natural number, then
f ( x)dx is
0
(B) n2
(A) n
(D) 3n2
(C) 3n
1
13.
If p(x) is a cubic polynomial with p(1) = 3, p(0) = 2 and p(1) = 4, then

(A) 2
(B) 3
(C) 4
14.
Let x > 0 be a fixed real number. Then the integral
p(x) dx is
(D) 5
| x t | dt is equal to
(A) x +
2ex
(B) x
2ex
+1
(C) x + 2ex + 1
(D) x 2ex + 1
15.
An urn contains marbles of four colours : red, white, blue and green. When four marbles are drawn without
replacement, the following events are equally likely :
(1) the selection of four red marbles
(2) the selection of one white an three red marbles
(3) the selection of one white, one blue and two red marbles
(4) the selection of one marble of each colour.
The smallest total number of marbles satisfying the given condition is
(A) 19
(B) 21
(C) 46
(D) 69
16.
There are 6 boxes labelled B1, B2, ....... B6. In each trial, two fair dice D1, D2 are thrown. If D1 shows j and
D2 shows k, then j balls are put into the box Bk. After n trials, what is the probability that B1 contains at
most one ball ?
17.
5n1 5n
(A) n1 n 6
6
6
5n
(B) n
6
5n1

6n1 6

5n 5 n1
(C) n n n1 6
6
6
5n
(D) n
6
5n1
n
6n1 6 2

Let a 6 i 3 j 6k and d i j k . Suppose that a b c where b is parallel to d and c is
perpendicular to d . Then c is
(A) 5 i 4 j k
(B) 7 i 2 j 5k
(C) 4 i 5 j k
(D) 3 i 6 j 9k
Page # 103
KVPY : Stream SB
18.
If log(3x 1)(x 2) = log(9x2 6x +1) (2x2 10x 2), then x equals.

(A) 9 15
19.
(C) 2 15
Suppose a, b, c are positive integers such that 2a + 4b + 8c = 328. Then

(A)
20.
(B) 3 15
1
2
(B)
5
8
(C)
17
24
(D) 6 5
a 2b 3 x
is equal to
abc
(D)
5
6
The sides of a right-angled triangle are integers. The length of one of the sides is 12. The largest possible
redius of the incircle of such a triangle is
(A) 2
(B) 3
(C) 4
(D) 5
PHYSICS
21.
A small box resting on one edge of the table is struck in such a way that it slides off the other edge, 1 m
away, after 2 seconds. The coefficient of kinetic friction between the box and the table.
(A) must be less than 0.05
(B) must be exactly zero
(C) must be more than 0.05
(D) must be exactly 0.05
22.
Carbon-11 decays to boron-11 according to the following formula.
11
5 B e v e 0.96MeV
Assume that positrons (e+) produced in the decay combine with free electrons in the atmosphere and
annihilate each other almost immediately. Also assume that the neutrions (ve) are massless and do not
11
6 C
intersect with the environment. At t = 0 we have 1 g of
12
6 C.
If the half-life of the decay process is t0, the
net energy produced between time t = 0 and t = 2t0 will be nearly

(A) 8 1018 MeV
(B) 8 1016 MeV
(C) 4 1018 MeV
23.
(D) 4 1016 MeV
Two uniform plates of the same thickness and area but of different materials, one shaped like an isosceles
triangle and the other shaped like a rectangle are joined together to form a composite body as shown in
the figure. If the centre of mass of the composite body is located at the midpoint of their common side, the
ratio between masses of the triangle to that of the rectangle is :
(A) 1 : 1
(B) 4 : 3
(C) 3 : 4
(D) 2 : 1
Page # 104
KVPY : Stream SB
24.
Two identical object each of radii R and masses m 1 and m 2 are suspended using two strings of
equal length L as shown in the figure (R < < L). The angle which mass m 2 makes with the vertical
is approximately
m1R
(A) (m m )L
1
2
2m1R
(B) (m m )L
1
2
2m2R
(C) (m m )L
1
2
m2R
(D) (m m )L
1
2
25.
A horizontal disk of moment of inertia 4.25 kg-m 2 with respect to its axis of symmetry is spinning
counter clockwise at 15 revolutions per second about its axis, as viewed from above. A second disk
of moment of inertia 1.80 kg-m 2 with respect to its axis of symmetry is spinning clockwise at 25
revolutions per second as viewed from above about the same axis and is dropped on top of the first
disk. The two disks stick together and rotate as one about their axis of symmetry. The new angular
velocity of the system as viewed from above is close to.
(A) 18 revolutions/second and clockwise
(B) 18 revolutions/second and counter clockwise
(C) 3 revolutions/second and clockwise
(D) 3 revolutions/second and counter clockwise
26.
A boy is standing on top of a tower of height 85 m and throws a ball in the vertically upward direction
with a certain speed. If 5.25 seconds later he hears the ball hitting the ground, then the speed with
which the boy threw the ball is (take g = 10 m/s 2, speed of sound in air = 340 m/s)
(A) 6 m/s
(B) 8 m/s
(C) 10 m/s
(D) 12 m/s
Page # 105
KVPY : Stream SB
27.
For a diode connected in parallel with a resistor, which is the most likely current(I)-voltage (V)
characteristic ?
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
28.
A beam of monoenergetic electrons, which have been accelerated from rest by a potential U, is
used to form an interference pattern in a Youngs Double Slit experiment. The electrons are now
accelerated by potential 4U. Then the fringe width :
(A) remains the same
(B) is half the original fringe width
(C) is twice the original fringe width
(D) ins one-fourth the original fringe width
29.
A point charge Q = (3 1012C) rotates uniformly in a vertical circle of radius R = 1 mm. The axis of
the circle is aligned along the magnetic axis of the earth. At what value of the angular speed , the
effective magnetic field at the centre of the circle will be reduced to zero ? (Horizontal component of
Earths magnetic field is 30 micro Tesla)
(A) 1011 rad/s
(B) 109 rad/s
(C) 1013 rad/s
(D) 107 rad/s
30.
A closed bottle containing water at 30C is open on the surface of the moon. Then
(A) the water will boil
(B) the water will come out as a spherical ball
(C) the water will freeze
(D) the water decompose into hydrogen and oxygen
31.
A simple pendulum of length 1 is made to oscillate with amplitude of 45 degrees. The acceleration
due to gravity is g. Let T 0 = 2 / g . The time period of oscillation of this pendulum will be :
(A) T 0 irrespective of the amplitude
(B) slightly less than T 0
(C) Slightly more than T 0
(D) Dependent on whether it swings in a plane
aligned with the north-south or east west directions.
Page # 106
KVPY : Stream SB
32.
An ac voltmeter connected between points A and B in the circuit below reads 36V. If it is connected
between A and C, the reading is 39V. The reading when it is connected between B and D is 25 V.
What will the voltmeter read when it is connected between A and D ? ) Assume that the voltmeter
reads rms voltage values and that the source generated a pure ac.)
(A)
481 V
(B) 31 V
(C) 61 V
(D)
3361 V
33.
A donor atom in a semiconductor has a loosely bound electron. The orbit of this electron is
considerably affected by the semiconductor material but behaves in many ways like an electron
orbiting a hydrogen nucleus. Given that the electrons has an effective mass of 0.07 m (where m e is
mass of the free electron) and the space in which it moves has a permittivity 130, then the radius of
the electrons lowermost energy orbit will be close to (The Bohr radius of the hydrogen atom is
0.53)
(A) 0.53
(B) 243
(C) 10
(D) 100
34.
The state of an ideal gas was changed isobarically. The graph depicts three such isobaric lines.
Which of the following is true about the pressures of the gas ?
(A) P1 = P2 = P3
(B) P1 > P2 > P3
(C) P1 < P2 < P3
(D) P1/P2 = P3/P1
35.
A metallic ring of radius a and resistance R is held fixed with its axis along a spatially uniform
magnetic field whose magnitude is B0 sin (t). Neglect gravity. Then :
(A) The current in the ring oscillates with a frequency of 2
(B) The joule heating loss in the ring is proportional to a2
(C) The force per unit length on the ring will be proportional to B 02
(D) The net force on the ring is non-zoro
36.
The dimensions of the area A of a black hole can be written in terms of the universal constant G, its
mass M and the speed of light c as A = G Mc . Here
(A) = 2, = 2and = 4
(B) = 2, = 2, and = 4
(C) = 3, = 3, and = 2
(D) = 3, = 3, and = 2
Page # 107
KVPY : Stream SB
37.
A 160 watt infrared source is radiating light of wavelength 50000 uniformly in all directions. The
photon flux at a distance of 1.8 m is of the order of
(A) 10 m 2 s 1
(B) 1010 m 2s 1
(C) 1015 m 2s1
(D) 1020 m 2s1
38.
A wire bent in the shape of a regular n polygonal loop carries a steady current I. Let be the
perpendicular distance of a given segment and R be the distance of given segment and R be the
distance of a vertex both from the centre of the loop. The magnitude of the magnetic field at the
centre of the loop is given by
(A)
n0I
sin( / n)
2
(B)
n0I
sin( / n)
2R
(C)
n0I
cos( / n)
2
(D)
n0I
cos( / n)
2R
39.
The intensity of sound during the festival season increased by 100 times. This could imply a decibel
level rise froom :
(A) 20 to 120 dB
(B) 70 to 72 dB
(C) 100 to 10000 dB
(D) 80 to 100 dB
40.
One end of a slack wire (Youngs modulus Y, length L and cross-sectional area A) is clamped to a
rigid wall and the other end to a block (mass m) which rests on a smooth horizontal plane. The
block is set in motion with a speed v. What is the maximum distance the block will travel after the
wire becomes taut ?
(A) v
mL
AY
(B) v
2mL
AY
(C) v
mL
2AY
(D) L
mv
AY
CHEMISTRY
41.
The Lewis acid strength of BBr 3, BCl3 and BF3 is in the order
(A) BBr3 < BCl3 < BF3
(B) BCl3 < BF3 < BBr3
(C) BF3 < BCl3 < BBr3
(D) BBr3 < BF3 < BCl3
42.
O2 is isoelectronic with
(A) Zn2+
(B) Mg2+
(C) K+
(D) Ni2+
43.
The HCH, HNH, and HOH bond angles (in degrees) in methane, ammonia and water are
respectively, closest to
(A) 109.5, 104.5,107.1 (B) 109.5,107.1,104.5 (C) 104.5,107.1,104.5 (D) 107.1, 104.5,109.5
44.
In alkaline medium, the reaction of hydrogen peroxide with potassium permanganate produces a
compound in which the oxidation state of Mn is
(A) 0
(B) + 2
(C) + 3
(D) + 4
45.
The rate constant of a chemical reaction at a very high temperature will approach
(A) Arrhenius frequency factor divided by the ideal gas constant
(B) Activation energy
(C) Arrhenius frequency factor
(D) activation energy divided by the ideal gas constant
46.
The standard reduction potential (in V) of a few metal ion/metal electrodes are given below.
The reducing strength of the metals follows the order.
(A) Ag > Cu > Pb > Cr
(B) Cr > Pb > Cu > Ag
(C) Pb > Cr > Ag > Cu
(D) Cr > Ag > Cu > Pb
47.
Which of the following molecules can exhibit optical activity ?

(A) 1-bromopropane
(B) 2-bromobutane
(C) 3-bromopentane
(D) bromocyclohexane
Page # 108
KVPY : Stream SB
48.
The structure of the polymer obtained by the following reaction is
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D) IV
49.
The major product of the reaction between CH3CH2ONa and (CH3)3CCl in ethanol is :
(A) CH3CH2OC(CH3)3 (B) CH2 = C(CH3)2
(C) CH3CH2C(CH3)3
(D) CH3CH=CHCH3
50.
When H2S gas is passed through a hot acidic aqueous solution containing Al3+, Cu2+, Pb2+ and Ni2+,
a precipitate is formed which consists of
(A) CuS and Al2S3
(B) PbS and NiS
(C) CuS and NiS
(D) PbS and CuS
51.
The electronic configuration of an element with the largest difference between the 1st and 2nd ionization
energies is :
(A) 1s 22s 22p6
(B) 1s 22s 22p63s 1
(C) 1s 22s 22p63s 2
(D) 1s 22s 22p1
52.
The order of electro negativity of carbon in sp, sp2 and sp3 hybridized states follows
(A) sp > sp2 > sp3
(B) sp3 > sp2 > sp
(C) sp > sp3 > sp2
(D) sp2 > sp > sp3
53.
The most abundant transition metal in human body is :

(A) copper
(B) iron
(C) zinc
(D) manganese
54.
The molar conductivities of HCl, NaCl, CH3COOH, and CH3COONa at infinite dilution follow the
order
(A) HCl > CH3COOH > NaCl > CH3COONa
(B) CH3COONa > HCl > NaCl > CH3COOH
(C) HCl > NaCl > CH3COOH > CH3COONa
(D) CH3COOH > CH3COONa > HCl > NaCl
55.
The spin only magnetic moment of [ZCl4 ]2 is 3.87 BM where Z is

(A) Mn
(B) Ni
(C) Co
(D) Cu
56.
If -D-glucose is dissolved in water and kept for a few hours, the major constituent(s) present in the
solution is (are)
(A) -D-glucose
(B) mixture of -D-glucose and open chain D-glucose open chain D-glucose
(C) open chain D-glucose
(D) mixture of -D-glucose and -D-glucose
57.
The pH of 1N aqueous solutions of HCl, CH3COOH and HCOOH follows the order
(A) HCl > HCOOH > CH3COOH
(B) HCl = HCOOH > CH3COOH
(C) CH3COOH > HCOOH > HCl
(D) CH3COOH = HCOOH > HCl
Page # 109
KVPY : Stream SB
58.
The major product of the reaction
(A) I
59.
(C) III
(D) IV
Reaction of aniline with NaNO 2 + dil. HCl at 0C followed by reaction with CuCN yields.
(A) I
60.
(B) II
(B) II
(C) III
(D) IV
Schottky defect in a crystal arises due to

(A) creation of equal number of cation and anion vacancies
(B) creation of unequal number of cation and anion vacancies
(C) migration of cations to interstitial voids
(D) migration of anions to interstitial voids
BIOLOGY
61.
Immunosuppressive drugs like cyclosporine delay the rejection of graft post organ transplantation
by
(A) inhibiting T cell infiltration
(B) Killing B cells
(C) Killing microphages
(D) Killing dendritic cells
62.
Which one of these substances will repress the lac operon?

(A) Arabinose
(B) Glucose
(C) Lactose
(D) Tryptopham
63.
Assume a spherical mammalian cell has a diameter of 27 microns. If a polypeptide chain with alpha
helical conformation has to stretch across the cell, how many amino acids should it be comprised
of ?
(A) 18000
(B) 1800
(C) 27000
(D) 12000
64.
Which one of the following has phosphoric acid anhydride bonds ?

(A) Deoxy ribonucleic acid
(B) Ribonucleic acid
(C) dNTPs
(D) Phospholipids
Page # 110
KVPY : Stream SB
65.
The two components of autonomous nervous system have antagonistic action. But in certain cases
their effects are mutually helpful. Which of the following statement is correct?
(A) At rest, the control of heart beat is not by the vagus nerve
(B) During exercise the sympathetic control decreases
(C) During exercise the parasympathetic control decreases
(D) Stimulation of sympathetic system results in constriction of the pupil.
66.
In a random DNA sequence, what is the lowest frequency of encountering a stop codon?
(A) 1 in 20
(B) 1 in 3
(C) 1 in 64
(D) 1 in 10
67.
The two alleles that determine the blood group AB of an individual are located on
(A) two different autosomes
(B) the same autosome
(C) two different sex chromosomes
(D) one on sex chromosome and the other on an autosome
68.
In biotechnology application, a selectable marker is incorporated in a plasmid

(A) to increase its copy number
(B) to increase the transformation efficiency
(C) to eliminate the non transformants
(D) to increase the expression of the gene of interest
69.
Spermatids are formed after the second meiotic division from secondary spermatocytes. The ploidy
of the secondary spermatocytes is
(A) n
(B) 2n
(C) 3n
(D) 4n
70.
Phospholipids are formed by the esterification of

(A) Three ethanol molecule with three acid molecules.
(B) One glycerol and two fatty acid molecules.
(C) One glycerol and three fatty acid molecules.
(D) One ethylene glycol and two fatty acids molecules.
71.
Given the fact that histone binds DNA, it should be rich in

(A) arginine, lysine
(B) cysteine, methionine
(C) glutamate, aspartate
(D)isoleucine, leucine
72.
If molecular weight of a polypeptide is 15.3 kDa, what would be the minimum number of nucleotides
in the mRNA that codes for this polypeptide? Assume that molecule weight of each amino acid is 90
Da.
(A) 510
(B) 663
(C) 123
(D) 170
73.
Melting temperature for double stranded molecules are converted into single stranded molecules.
Which one of the following DNA will have the highest melting temperature?
(A) DNA with 15% guanine
(B) DNA with 30% cytosine
(C) DNA with 40% Thymine
(D) DNA with 50% adenine
74.
Following are the types of immunoglobulin and their functions. Which one of the Following is
INCORRECTLY paired?
(A) IgD: viral pathogen
(B) IgG: phagocytosis
(C) IgE: allergic reaction
(D) IgM: complement fixation
Page # 111
KVPY : Stream SB
75.
Which one of the following can be used to detect amino acids ?

(A) Iodine vapour
(B) Ninhydrin
(C) Ethidium Bromide
(D) Bromophenol blue
76.
Mutation in a single gene can lead to changes in multiple traits. This is an example of
(A) Heterotrophy
(B) Co-dominance
(C) Penetrance
(D) Pleiotropy
77.
Which one of the following is used to treat cancers?

(A) Necrosis
(B) Plasmolysis
(C) Apoptosis
(D) Growth hoemone
Which of the following processes leads to DNA ladder formation?

(A) Necrosis
(B) Plasmolysis
(C) Apoptosis
(D) Mitosis
78.
79.
Co-enzymes are components of an enzyme complex which are necessary for its function. Which of
these is a known co enzyme?
(A) Zinc
(B) Vitamin B12
(C) Chlorophyll
(D) Heme
80.
The Peptidoglycans of bacteria consist of

(A) Sugar, D-amino acids and L-amino acids
(B) Sugars and only D-amino acids
(C) Sugars and only L-amino acids
(D) Sugars and glycine
PART-II
Two Marks Questions
MATHEMATICS
81.
Let x =
50 71/ 3 50 71/ 3
(A) x = 2
(C) x is a rational number, but not an integer
82.
83.
Let (1 + x + x 2)2014 = a0 +a1x + a2x 2 + a3x 3 + ...... + a4028x 4028

and let
A = a0 a3 + a6 ....... + a4026,
B = a1 a4 + a7 ....... a4027,
C = a2 a5 + a8 ....... + a4028,
then,
(A) |A| = |B| > |C|
(B) |A| = |B| < |C|
(C) |A| = |C| > |B|
(D) |A| = |C| < |B|
A mirror in the first quadrant is in the shape of a hyperbola whose equation is xy = 1. A light source
in the second quadrant emits a beam of light that hits the mirror at the point (2, 1/2). If the reflected
ray is parallel to the y-axis the slope of the incident beam is
(A)
84.
(B) x = 3
(D) x is an irrational number
13
8
(B)
7
4
(C)
15
8
(D) 2
Let which of the following statements is False ?

(A) C(0) . C() = 1
(B) C(0) . C() > 2
(C) C() > 0 for all q R
(D) C'() 0 for all R
Page # 112
KVPY : Stream SB
85.
x
3 x
(a 2 a )
Lim a a
is
3 x
x/2
Let a > 0 be a real number. Then the limit x 2

(B)
(A) 2 log a
86.
Let f(x) = ax 2 2 +
(A)
4
a
3
(C)
a2 a
2
(D)
1
where is a real constant. The smallest for which f(x) 0 for all x > 0 is
x
22
(B)
33
23
33
(C)
24
(D)
33
87.
2
(1 a)
3
Let f : R R be a continuous function satisfying f(x) +
t f (t) dt x
25
33
0 for all x R. Then
(A) Lim
x f ( x ) 2
(B) Lim
x f ( x ) 2
(C) f(x) has more than one point in common with the x-axis
(D) f(x) is an odd function
88.
The figure shows a portions of the graph y = 2x 4x 3. The line y = c is such that the areas of the
regions marked I and II are equal. If a, b are the x-coordinates of A, B respectively, then a + b
equals.
(A)
89.
(B)
3
7
(C)
(D)
5
7
Let X n = {1, 2, 3, ......n) and let a subset A of X n be chosen so that every pair of elements of A differ
by at least 3. (For example, if n = 5, A can be , {2} or {1, 5} among others). When n = 10, let the
probability that 1 A be p and let the probability that 2 A be q. Then
(A) p > q and p q =
1
6
(B) p < q and q p =
1
6
(C) p > q and p q =
1
10
(D) p < q and q p =
1
10
Page # 113
KVPY : Stream SB
90.
2014 2014
The remainder when the determinant 2017 2017
2020 2020
(A) 1
(B) 2
2015 2015
2018 2018
20212021
2016 2016
2019 2019 is divided by 5 is
2022 2022
(C) 4
(D) 4
PHYSICS
91.
A cubical vessel has opaque walls. An observer (dark circle in figure below) is located such that she
can see only the wall CD but not the bottom. Nearly to what height should water be poured so that
she can see an object placed at the bottom at a distance of 10cm from the corner C ? (Refractive
index of water is 1.33.
(A) 10 cm
92.
(B) 16 cm
(C) 27 cm
(D) 45 cm
The moments of inertia of a non-uniform circular disc (of mass M and radius R) about four mutually
perpendicular tangents AB, BC, CD, DA are I 1, I 2, I3 and I4 respectively (the square ABCD
circumscribes the circle.) The distance of the center of mass of the disc from its geometrical center
is given by :
(A)
1
( 3 3 ) 2 ( 2 4 ) 2
4MR
(B)
1
( 3 3 ) 2 ( 2 4 ) 2
12MR
(C)
1
( 3 3 ) 2 ( 2 4 ) 2
3MR
(D)
1
(1 3 ) 2 ( 2 4 ) 2
2MR
93.
A horizontal steel railroad track has a length of 100 m when the temperature is 25C. The track is
constrained from expanding or bending. The stress on the track on a hot summer day, when the
temperature is 40C, is (Note : The linear coefficient of thermal expansion for steel is 1.1 105/C
and the Young's modulus of steel is (2 1011 Pa)
(A) 6.6 107 Pa
(B) 8.8 107 Pa
(C) 3.3 107 Pa
(D) 5.5 107 pa
94.
Electromagnetic waves emanating from a point A (in air) are incident on a rectangular block of
material M and emerge from the other side as shown. The angles I and r are angles of incidence and
refraction when the wave travels from air to the medium. Such paths for the rays are possible
(A) if the material has a refractive index very nearly equal to zero
(B) only with gamma rays with a wavelength smaller than atomic nuclei of the material
(C) if the material has a refractive index less than zero
(D) only if the wave travels in M with a speed faster than the speed of light in vacuum.
Page # 114
KVPY : Stream SB
95.
Two small metal balls of different mass m 1 and m 2 are connected by strings of equal length to a
fixed point. When the balls are given charges, the angles that the two strings make with the vertical
are 30 and 60, respectively. The ratio m 1/m 2 is close to
(A) 1.7
(B) 3.0
(C) 0.58
(D) 2.0
96.
Consider the regular array of vertical identical current carrying wires (with direction of current flow as
indicated in the figure below) producing through a horizontal table. If we scatter some diamagnetic
particles on the table, they are likely to accumulate.
(A) around regions such as A

(B) around regions such as B
(C) in circular regions around individual wires such as C
(D) uniformly everywhere.
97.
The distance between the vertex and the center of mass of a uniform solid planar circular segment
of angular size and radius R is given by.
(A)
98.
(B) R
sin( / 2)
(C)
R cos
3
2
(D)
2
R cos()
3
An object is propelled vertically to a maximum height of 4R from the surface of a planet of radius R
and mass M. The speed of object when it returns to the surface of the planet is
(A)
99.
4 sin( / 2)
R
3
2GM
5R
(B)
GM
2R
(C)
3GM
2R
(D)
GM
5R
In the circuit shown below, all the inductors (assumed ideal) and resistors are identical. The current
through the resistance on the right is I after the key K has been switched on for a long time. The
currents through the three resistors(in order, from left to right) immediately after the key is switched
off are
(A) 2I upwards, I downwards and I downwards.

(B) 2I downwards, I downwards and I downwards.
(C) I upwards, I downwards and I downwards.
(D) 0, I downwards and I downwards
Page # 115
KVPY : Stream SB
100.
An ideal gas undergoes a circular cycle centered at 4atm, 4 lit as shown in the diagram. The
maximum temperature attained in this process is close to
(A) 30/R
(B) 36/R
(C) 24/R
(D) 16/R
CHEMISTRY
101.
For the reaction N2 + 3X 2 2NX 3 where X = F, Cl (the average bond energies are FF=155 kJ mol
1, N-F = 272 kJ mol1 , ClCl kJ mol1 , NCl kJ mol1 and N N = 941 kJ mol1 ). the heats of
formation of NF3 and NCl3 in kJ mol1, respectively, are closest to
(A) 226 and +467
(B) +226 and 467
(C) 151 and +311
(D) +151 and 311
102.
The equilibrium constants for the reactions X = 2Y and Z = P + Q are K1 and K2, respectively. If the
initial concentrations and the degree of dissociation of Z and Z are the same, the ratio K1/K2 is
(A) 4
(B) 1
(C) 0.5
(D) 2
103.
The geometry and the number of unpaired electron(s) of [MnBr 4]2, respectively, are
(A) tetrahedral and 1
(B) square planar and 1
(C) tetrahedral and 5
(D) square planar and 5
104.
The standard cell potential for Zn | Zn2+ || Cu2+ | Cu is 1.10 V. When the cell is completely discharged,
log[Zn2+]/[Cu2+] is closest to
(A) 37.3
(B) 0.026
(C) 18.7
(D) 0.052
105.
In the reaction
x, y and z are
(A) x = Mg, dry ether, y = CH3Cl, z = H2O
(B) x = Mg, dry methanol, y = CO 2, z = dil. HCl
(C) x = Mg, dry ether, y = CO 2, z = dil. HCl
(D) x = Mg, dry methanol, y = CH3Cl, z = H2O
106.
An organic compound having molecular formula C2H6O under goes oxidation with K2Cr2O7/H2SO4 to
produce X which contains 40% carbon, 6.7% hydrogen and 53.3% oxygen. The molecular formula of
the compound X is
(A) CH2O
(B) C2H4O2
(C) C2H4O
(D) C2H6O2
107.
The maximum number of cyclic isomers (positional and optical) of a compound having formula
C3H2Cl2 is
(A) 2
(B) 3
(C) 4
(D) 5
Page # 116
KVPY : Stream SB
108.
The volume vs, temperature graph of I mole of an ideal gas is given below. The pressure of the gas
(in atm) at X, Y and Z respectively, are
(A) 0.328, 0.820, 0.820

(C) 0.238, 0.280, 0.280
(B) 3.28, 8.20, 3.28

(D) 32.8, 0.280, 82.0
109.
MnO2 when fused with KOH and oxidized in air gives a dark green compound X. In acidic X. In acidic
solution, X undergoes disproportion to give an intense purple compound Y and MnO2. The compounds
X and Y, respectively, are
(A) K2MnO4 and KMnO4
(B) Mn2O7 and KMnO4
(C) K2MnO4 and Mn2O7
(D) KMnO4 and K2MnO4
110.
A metal (X) dissolves both in dilute HCl and dilute NaOH to liberate H 2. Addition of NH4Cl and
excess NH4OH to an HCl solut ion of X produce Y as a precipitate. Y is also produced by adding
NH4Cl to t he NaOH solution of X. The species X and Y, respectively, are
(A) Zn and Zn(OH)2
(B) Al and Al(OH)3
(C) Zn and Na2ZnO2
(D) Al and NaAlO 2
BIOLOGY
111.
How many bands are seen when immunoglobulin G molecules analysed on a sodium dodecyl sulphate
polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis (SDS_PAGE) under reducing conditions?
(A) 6
(B) 1
(C) 2
(D) 4
112.
In a mixed culture of slow and fast growing bacteria, penicillin will,

(A) Kill the fast growing bacteria more than the slow growing
(B) Kill slow growing bacteria more than the fast growing
(C) Kill both the fast and slow growing bacteria equally
(D) Will not kill bacteria at all
113.
Consider the following pedigree over four generations and mark the correct answer below about the
inheritance of haemophilia.
(A) Haemophilia is X-linked dominant

(C) Haemophilia is X-linked recessive
(B) Haemophilia is autosomal dominant

(D) Haemophilia is Y-linked dominant
Page # 117
KVPY : Stream SB
114.
A person has 400 million alveoli per lung with an average radius of 0.1m for each alveolus. Considering
the alveoli are spherical in shape, the total respiratory surface of that person is closest to
(A) 500 mm 2
(B) 200 mm 2
(C) 100 mm 2
(D) 1000 mm 2
115.
A mixture of equal numbers of fast and slow dividing cells is cultured in a medium containing a trace
amount of radioactively labeled thymidine for one hour. The cells are then transferred to regular
(unlabelled) medium. After 24 hrs of growth in regular media.
(A) Fast dividing cells will have maximum radioactivity
(B) Slow dividing cells will have maximum radioactivity
(C) both will have same amount of radioactivity
(D) there will be no radioactivity in either types of cells
116.
If a double stranded DNA has 15% cytosine, what is the % of adenine in the DNA?
(A) 15%
(B) 70%
(C) 35%
(D) 30%
117.
The mitochondrial inner membrane consists of a number of infoldings called cristae. The increased
surface area due to cristae helps in:
(A) Increasing the volume of mitochondria
(B) Incorporating more of the protein complexes essential for electron transport chain
(C) Changing the pH
(D) Increasing diffusion of ions.
118.
The activity of certain protein is dependent on its phosphorylation. A mutation in its gene changed a
single amino acid which affected the function of molecule. Which amino acid change is most likely
to account for this observation?
(A) Tyrosine to Tryptophan
(B) Lysine to valine
(C) Leucine to isoleucine
(D) Valine to alanine
119.
Consider the linear double stranded DND shown below. The restriction enzyme sites and the lengths
demarcated are shown. This DNA is completely digested with both EcoRI and BamHI restriction
enzymes. If the Product is analyzed by gel electrophoresis, how many distinct bands would be
observed?
(A) 5
120.
(B) 2
(C) 3
(D) 4
Enzymes X catalyzes hydrolysis of GTP into GDP. The GTP-bon from of Z transmits a signal that
leads to cell proliferation. The GDP-bound from does not transmit any such signal. Mutations in X
are in many cancers. Which of the following alterations of X are most likely to contribute to cancer?
(A) Mutation that increase the affinity of X for GDP.
(B) Mutation that decrease the affinity of X for GDP.
(C) Mutation that decrease the rate of GTP hydrolysis.
(D) Mutation that prevent expression of enzyme X
Page # 118
KVPY : Stream SB
HINTS & SOLUTIONS (YEAR-2009)

ANSWER KEY
Que s.
10
11
Ans.
A
16
B
17
C
18
B
19
D
20
B
21
D
22
A
23
A
24
C
25
Que s.
26
27
28
29
30
Ans.
Que s.
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
D
42
C
43
A
44
D
45
Ans.
D
46
C
47
A
48
B
49
B
50
C
51
A
52
A
53
A
54
B
55
C
56
D
57
C
58
C
59
D
60
A
61
C
62
B
63
A
64
B
65
A
66
D
67
C
68
D
69
B
70
D
71
A
72
D
73
B
74
B
75
A
76
C
77
C
78
C
79
B
80
B
81
C
82
D
83
A
84
D
85
D
86
D
87
B
88
A
89
B
90
Ans.
B
Que s. 91
D
Ans.
Que s. 106
C
Ans.
B
92
A
D
93
B
C
94
C
A
95
D
C
96
A
B
97
C
C
98
C
B
99
B
B
100
B
D
101
B
C
102
D
D
103
A
B
104
A
C
105
B
107
A
108
C
109
D
110
B
111
C
112
B
113
A
114
B
115
A
116
D
117
B
118
A
119
C
120
C
Que s.
Ans.
Que s.
Ans.
Que s.
12
13
14
15
PART-I
One Mark Questions
MATHEMATICS
1.
Given : a1, a2, a3 .........AP and a1, a2, a4, a8 ......GP.

Let common difference of A.P. = d
a2 = a1 + d
a4 = a1 + 3d
a8 = a1 + 7d
a8
a2
a4
=
=
a1
a2
a4 = r
a1 d
a1 3d
a1 7d
=
=
a1
a1 d
a1 3d = r
(a1 + d)2 = a1(a1 + 3d)
a12 + d2 + 2 a1d = a12 + 3a1 d
d2 = a1 d
(d 0)
d = a1
....(i)
a2
a1 d
Hence, a = r ; a
=r
1
1
a1 a1
=r
a1
(using (i))
r = 2.
2.
Tk
101
till k = 10
Tk 1
k
Tk > Tk1
Let k = 11
T11 < T10 T10 is maximum at k = 10.
Page # 119
KVPY : Stream SB
3.
x=
2+ 3+ 6
x 2 = 3 6
2
x2 + 2 2 2 = 9 + 6 2
x2 7 = 8 2
(x2 7)2 = 64 2
So, smallest possible value of n is 4.
4.
Let the three players are A, B, C.

Now, each player get 0 score after playing 9 games. It happened only when each player wins 3 games
and loss 6.
So,
A win 3 games out of 9 9C3
B win 3 games out of remaining 6 6C3
C win 3 games out of remaining 3 3C3
So, required way = 9C3 6C3 3C3
9 8 7 6!
6 5 4 3!
1
3 2 1 6!
3 2 1 3!
= 1680.
A (2, 3)
5.
O
(2, z)
B
(4, 0)
C
(x, y)
O is circumcenter
OA = OB = OC = circumradius
(2 2)2 + (z 3)2 = (4 2)2 + (0 z)2
z2 + 9 6z = 4 + z2
9 6z = 4
5 = 6z
5
=z
6
Circumcenter =
5
13
.
( z 3 ) 2 ( 2 2) 2 = | z 3 | = 6 3 =
6
6.
(5, 15) L(21, 15)
P
P'
5 21 15 15
,
Mid point of PP =
2
2
L = (13, 15)
Point A will be (13, 0)
By property PA + PA = 2a
PA =
(13 5)2 (0 15 )2
Page # 120
KVPY : Stream SB
64 225
289 = 17 cm
PA =
=
(13 21) 2 (0 15) 2

64 225
289 = 17 cm
2a = PA + PA
2a = 17 + 17
2a = 34 cm
So, length of major axis = 2a = 34 cm.
7.
P (10, 10)
B
(0, 6)
2x + 3y = 18
C
(a, b)
PB = PC
(10 0)2 + (10 6)2 = (a 10)2 + (b 10)2
100 + 16 = a2 + 100 20a + b2 + 100 20b
a2 + b2 20a 20b + 84 = 0
....(i)
Also
(a, b) i.e. on 2x + 3y = 18
2a + 3b = 18
3b
2
Using equation (i)
a=9
3b
3b
20b + 84 = 0
9
+ b2 20 9
2
2
81 +
9b2
27b + b2 180 + 30b 20b + 84 = 0
4
13b 2
17b 15 = 0
4
13b2 68b 60 = 0
13b2 78b + 10b 60 = 0
13b(b 6) + 10 (b 6) = 0
b = 6 or b =
10
13
When b = 6, then a = 9
When b =
36
=0
2
10
3 10
30
132
, then a = 9 +
=9+
=
13
2 13
26
13
8a + 2b = 8
=
132
10
+2
13
13
1056 20
79 .
13
Page # 121
cosec2( + ) sin2( ) + sin2(2 ) = cos2( )
8.
KVPY : Stream SB
cos 2 ( ) sin2 ( )
1
cosec2( + ) = 1 sin2(2 )
cosec2( + ) = cos2(2 )
Minimum value of cosec2( + ) is 1 and maximum value of cos2(2 ) is 1.
They will be equal for the value 1.
cosec2( + ) + sin2(2 ) =
2
2 = 0
By adding (i) & (ii)
+=
9.
sin( ) = sin (
sinx + siny =
.....(ii)
3 =
.....(i)
7
5
1
) = sin ( ) =
.
6
3
6
2
....(1)
1
....(2)
5
By (1)2 + (2)2 we get
2 + 2sinx siny + 2 cosx cosy = 2
sinx siny + cosx cosy = 0
cos(x y) = 0
x y = 90
By (1) (2) we get
cos x + cosy =
sinx cosx + sinx cosy + siny cosx + siny cosy =
7
25
sin(90 + y)cosx + sin(x + y) + sin(x 90) cos y =
7
25
cosy cosx + sin(x + y) cosx cosy =

sin(x + y) =
7
25
7
.
25
10.
y=
6
x
(1, 1)
1
0
y = sin x
Page # 122
KVPY : Stream SB
Clearly, curve meet each other twice in
11.
2 3
4 5
6 7
8 9
10 11
Total 10 Times.
f(x) is differentiable on R.
So, it will be contincous on R.
Continuity at x = 0
LHL
2
lim sin x
x 0
x
Put x = 0 h, then h 0
2
lim sin(0 h)
h
h0
lim sin h h = 0
h h
RHL
h0
lim x2 + ax + b
x 0
Put x = 0 + h, then h 0
lim h2 + ah + b = b
h0
Value of f(x) at x = 0
f(0) = b.
f(x) is contineous at x = 0
LHL = RHL = f(0)

0=b=b
b=0
Differentiability at x = 0
LHD
lim
h0
f ( 0 h ) f ( 0)
h
sinh 2
b
lim
h
h0
h
2
lim sin h = 1
h0
h2
RHD
lim f (0 h) f (0)
h
h0
2
lim h ah b b
h0
h
lim h(h a ) = a.
h
f(x)is differentiable at x = 0, LHD = RHD

a = 1.
h0
Page # 123
KVPY : Stream SB
12.
Let point p(x1, y1) is on the curve y2 = 4x.

2
y12 = 4x1 x1 =
y1
4
( x1 0 ) 2 ( y1 3 ) 2
PA =
AP2 = x12 + y12 6y1 + 9

AP2 = x12 + y12 6y1 + 9
Let AP = z
z2 = x12 + y12 6y1 + 9
2
y12
2
z = 4 + y12 6y1 + 9
z2 =
y1
+ y12 6y1 + 9
16
Diff. w.r.t. y1
3
dz
4 y1
2z dy =
+ 2y1 6
16
1
3
dz
y
2z dy = 1 + 2y1 6
1
4
3
y1 8 y1 24
4
dz
2z dy = (y1 2) (y12 + 2y1 + 12)
1
For the critical points
dz
dy 1 = 0
dz
2
dy 1
(y1 2)(y12 + 2y1 + 12) = 0

y1 = 2
y12 = 4x1
(2)2 = 4x1
x1 = 1.
2
+ 2z
d2 z
2
dy 1
= (y12 + 2y1 + 12) + (y1 2) ( 2y1 + 2)

= y12 + 2y1 + 12 + 2y12 4y1 + 2y1 4
= 3y12 + 8.
dz
when y1 = 2 and dy = 0
1
d2 z
2
dy 1
>0
z is min at (1, 2)
Minimum distance = (1 0)2 (2 3)2 =
1 1 =
2.
Page # 124
KVPY : Stream SB
13.
14.
We can find the answer through option as the sum of weight of packet taken from trucks is 1022870 gm
and its unit digit is 0. The truck that have heavier bags have unit digit 0. So, the truck have lighter bags in
which the sum of weight of bags must have unit digit 0.
So, according to option D. i.e. truck no. 2, 8
Track 2 have 21 bags and total weight = 21 999 gm = .......8 gm
Truck have 27 bags and total weight = 27 999 = 128 999 gm = ......2 gm
So, the unit digit of the weight contain by truck 2, 8 together is 0.
1
cos( x ) cos([2x]) dx
0
1/ 2
sin x

0
1/ 2
cos( x ) cos 0 dx +
cos( x ) dx
1/ 2
1/ 2
1/ 2
cos( x ) cos dx
cos( x ) dx
1
sin x

1/ 2
1
1
= 0
2
.
cos(nx )x 9 dx
cos(nx)x10
10
+
n
n
0
1
15.
IN =
1
1
10 sin(nx )x 9
9 sin(nx )x 8 dx
0+ n
n
n
0 n 0
10 9
sin(nx )x 8 dx
n 2 0
10 !
sin(nx )dx
= 10
n 0
= 0 as Denom
16.
y = x2 & y = 1 x2
Point of intersections of graphs x2 = 1 x2
2x2 = 1
x=
1
2
1 1
1 1
, and
, .
Point of intersections =
2
2
2 2
Area under graph :
1/ 2
(1 x )2
1/ 2
Page # 125
KVPY : Stream SB
1/ 2
1/
=2
=2
17.
1/ 2
2x 2 1 = 2 x x
1/
3
2
6 2
26
1
2
4
6 2
3 2
a 3 i 4k and b = 5 j 12k
2 2
.
3
2
2
2
a (3)2 4 5 and b (5) 12 13
Therefore, a vector which bisects the angle is 13 3 i 4k + 5 ( 5 j 12k ) = 39 i 25 j 8k .

19.
Let M 2 x1 .3 x 2 .5 x 3 ...... , N 2 y1 .3 y 2 .5 y 3 ...... xi & yi w
5 x3 1
2 y1 1 3 y 2 1
5 1 ....... = 2 1 3 1 .........
d = d 22 11
3 x2 1
3 1
x1
d/m
d/N
x2
1 x1
1 1 1
2
3
....
1 / 2 1 1 / 3 1
1/ d
y
y
1
2
1
1
d/M
1/ d = 2 1 3 1

....
d/N
1 / 2 1 1 / 3 1
(2 x1 1)(3 x 2 1).....
2 x1 3 x 2 .....
20.
m C0
(2
y1
m C1 n
1)(3
y1
y2
2 3
1)......
N
1.
M
y2
m C2 n 2 mC m n m (1 + n)m
only one
element from A
PHYSICS
27.
Sphere is hollow so potential inside sphere will be same as that on surface.
28.
Heat supplied Q = dU + W
PV = RT
PdV = RdT
(at constant pressure)
PdV
R
Q = CVdT + PdV
dT =
Page # 126
KVPY : Stream SB
PdV
+ PdV
R
Work done at constant pressue,
W = PdV
Q = CV
CV
PdV
PdV
R
PdV
Q CV
1
W
R
(For diatomic gos, CV =
5
R)
2
Q 5R
1
W 2R
Q 7
W 2
29.
W 2
Q 7
1
1
1
R 2 2 For lyman series
2
1
1
1
1
R 2 2 For balmer series
3
2
1 1 94

)
4 9
36
3/4
3 9 27
=
5 / 36
1 5
5
27
30.
charge divides
q
q
and
2
2
Than, on touching
q / 2 q 3q
2
4
force between
3q
q
R
4
2
f=
31.
q
sphere to q
2
Charge divides
f=
unchanged
K3q2
8R 2
3 kq2 3
F
8 R2 8
Intially block enters in the magnetic field rate of change of flux will be constant so constant current will
induce, when it moves inside the magnetic field there is no change in magnetic flux, current I = 0, when
it use the filed the rate of the change in flux will be again constant between in decreasing order so
constant current will induced on opposite.
Page # 127
KVPY : Stream SB
32.
No change in moment of inertia
34.
+q
Electric field at each point of OA obtained to it and opposite to direction of dipole moment.
38.
a
m
Total force in upward direction m (g + a) because mass m is stationary on inclined plane and whole
system is accelerated with acceletration a in upward direction.
39.
Force of positve charge = Electric force + Magnetic force

F = (qE + qVB)
This force is in upward direction so no any particle will pass through the hole.
40.
Potential energy at H height = Kinetic energy at the lowest point of circular path.
mgH =
1
mv2
2
To complete the circular motion minmum velocity at lowest point will be V =

mgH =
H=
5gR
1
m (5gR)
2
5
R
2
CHEMISTRY
41.
According to Grahams law

Rate of diffusion
1
Molar mass
due to highest molar mass of CO2 rate of diffusion is slowest.

42.
Moles of H2 =
3
4
, Moles of O2 =
2
32
Kinetic energy of n moles of gas =
3
nRT
2
3
n1RT
2
Kinetic energy of hydrogen
so,
= 3
Kinetic energy of oxygen
n 2RT
2
n1
3/2
= n =
= 12 : 1
4 / 32
2
Page # 128
KVPY : Stream SB
44.
ClF3 sp3d hybridisation,

but due to presence of two lp on central atom Cl, according to VSEPR theory shape is T
45.
HCO3
+ H+ H2CO3
Bronsted base
HCO3 H+ + CO32
Bronsted acid
47.
Isoelectronic means same no. of electrons

CO has 6 + 8 = 14 electrons
CN has 6 + 7 + 1 = 14 electrons
48.
CO2, due to sp hybridisation bond angle = 180
49.
Diethyl ether, because it is inert towards the Grignard reagent
50.
CH3 CH2 CH2 CHO + CH3 CH2 CH2 MgBr
H
+
H3O
CH3 CH2 CH2 C CH2 CH2 CH3
CH3 CH2 CH2 C CH2 CH2 CH3
OMgBr
51.
[Ni (PPh3)2 Cl2]

[NiCl4]2
52.
OH
Achiral Secondary alcohol
dsp2 hybridisation, because PPh3 is strong ligand hence pairing of electrons

takes place
sp3 hybridisation, because Cl is weak ligand hence pairing of electrons is not
takes place
16H++ 2MnO4 + 5COO
COO
53.
Suppose equilibrium constant for the following reaction is K1

N2 + 3H2
2NH3
; K1 =
[NH3 ]2
[N2 ][H2 ]3
-------- (i)
and equilibrium constant for the following reaction is K2

[NH3 ]
1
3
N2 + H2
NH3 ; K2 = [N ]1/ 2 [H ]3 / 2
2
2
2
2
square the both side of equation (ii)
K22
[NH3 ]2
[N2 ][H2 ]3
K22 = k1
K2 =
[by equation (i)
k1
K2 = 41
K2 = 6.4
54.
-------- (ii)
[ K1 = 41]
Suppose reaction is 2A Product

according to rate law
Rate R = k [A]2
Page # 129
KVPY : Stream SB
R1
[ A ]12
or R =
[ A ]22
2
R1
[A]12
according to question R =
2
2
[A]1
[ A ]1
[ A]2
R1
R =4
2
R2 =
55.
R1
4
HCO3 H+ + CO32
Conjugate base
NH3 H+ + NH2
Conjugate base
56.
57.
(II) & (IV)

Because both have close system of conjugated double bond and follow Huckels (4n+2) e rule.
N
H
p of N takes part in resonance with conjugated double bonds, so it is not easily available on N for the
protonation.
p is not taken part in resonance so easily available for the protonation.
N
H
due to high E.N. of O availability of p on N decreases.
N
H
No extra effect, so availability of p on N increases.
58.
Gauche conformer.
because angle between same groups is 60
Page # 130
KVPY : Stream SB
59.
Suppose initial quantity = No

after 75% completion of the reaction
remaining quantity N = No
T=
No
2.303
log
N
K
T=
No
2.303
log N / 4
K
o
T=
1.386
-------- (i)
K
T1/2 =
25
N
= o
100
4
0.693
K
0.693
-------- (ii)
30
so by equation (i) and (ii)
K=
1.386
0.693 / 30
T = 60 min.
T=
60.
Concentration of H+ ions in H2SO4 solution = 2 0.1 = 0.2 M

So no. of moles of H+ ions in 10 ml H2SO4
0.2 10
= 0.002
1000
concentration of OH ions in 0.1 KOH solution
= 1 0.1
= 0.1 M
So no. of moles of OH ions in 10 ml KOH
solution =
0.1 10
1000
= 0.001
after mixing remaining moles of H+ ions
solution =
= 0.002 0.001
= 0.001
so concentration of H+ ions in mixture of

solutions =
0.001
1000 = 0.05 M
10 10
PART-II
Two Marks Questions
MATHEMATICS
81.
p(x) = a0 + a1x + ........+ anxn

p(0) = 7
a0 = 7
p(1) = a0 + a1 + a2 + ............+ an = 9
p( 1) = a0 a1 + a2 ........... = 1
p(2) = a0 + 2a1 + 4a2 + .......... = 13
p( 2) = a0 2a1 + 4a2 ........... = 15
p(1) + p( 1) = 2[a0 + a2 + .........] = 10
a0 + a2 + a4 = 5 .....(1)
7 + a2 + a4 = 5
a2 + a4 = 2
.....(2)
Page # 131
KVPY : Stream SB
p(2) + p( 2) = 13 15
2(a0 + 4a2 + .........) = 2
a0 + 4a2 + 16a4 = 1
4a2 + 16a4 = 8
.....(2)
p(3) = 25
a0 + 3a1 + 9a2 + ........ = 25
a0 + 3a1 + 9a2 + 27a3 + 81a4 + 243a5 = 25
From (1) and (2)
.....(3)
4a2 + 4a4 = 8
4a2 + 16a4 = 8

+
a4 = 0 and a2 = 2
Smallest possible value of n is 3.
a 1
ab
2
82.
(a b )
abc
|a b| < c
...... (1)
|b c| < a
...... (2)
|c a| < b
...... (3)
Squaring and adding
a2 + b2 + c2 < 2ab + 2bc + 2ca
[Triangle inequalities]
a2
2
ab
So, b [1,2).
83.
y = | x 3 | 4 5
When, x < 1
y=|3x4|5
y=x15
y=x6
When 1 x < 3
y=|3x4|5
= | x 1| 5
=x+15
=x4
When, 3 x < 7
y = |x 7| 5
y=7x5
y=2x
When, x 7
y = | x 7| 5
=x75
= x 12.
Area bounded region
1
( x 4 )dx
O
x
2
x
4
x
12
( x 6 )dx
12
1
12
(2 x )dx +
( x 12)dx
7
12
x2
x2
x2
x2
= 2 6 x + 2 4 x + 2x 2 + 2 12 x
6
1
3
7
49
9
1
36
9
1
144
49
6
36 + 12 4 + 14
144
84
6 +
=
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Page # 132
KVPY : Stream SB
11
15
9
21 3
119
18
72 +
2
2
2
2
2
2
130
48
90
2
2
= 65 24 90
= 49 sq. unit.
=
A
84.
D
cos =
b
a2 b2 a2
=
2a
2ab
cos(180 ) =
b2 b2 a2
2b 2
2b 2 a 2
cos =
cos =
....(i)
2b 2
a 2 2b 2
....(ii)
2b 2
From (i) & (ii)
a 2 2b 2
2b
b
2a
a
a
2 1=0
b
b
a
=x
b
x3 2x 1 = 0
(x + 1)(x2 x 1) = 0
Let
x = 1 or x =
1 1 4( 1)(1)
2
1 5
2
x cannot be negative
x=
85.
1
( 5 1)
2
an =
1 a n1
2
a1 =
1 a0
2
a1 =
1 cos
2
Page # 133
KVPY : Stream SB
2 cos 2
a1 =
a1 = cos
1 a1
2
a2 =
1 cos
2 cos 2
= cos
22
an = cos
2n
lim 4n(1 a )
n
lim 4n 1 cos
n
2n
lim 4n 2sin2
2 n 1
2 2n 2 sin2
lim
2n1 2n1
sin2
n 1
n 1
n 1
2
2
lim
=
.
n
2
2
2n1 2n1
86.
n1
f(x) = (sin x)sinx

f(x) = e sin x log sin x
Minimum value of sinxlog(sinx) is 0.
Maximum value of (sin x)sinx is e0 = 1.
Maximum value of sinxlog(sinx) is
1
.
e
Minimum value of (sin x)sinx is
ee .
Page # 134
KVPY : Stream SB
10
87.
x dx
1
log x
10
1
= log10 = 2.303
1
1
+ ....+
9
2
= 1 + 0.5 + 0.33 + 0.25 + 0.20 + 0.16 + 0.14 + 0.12 + 0.11 2.81
B=1+
1
1
1
+ ....+
+
2.81 1 + 0.1 =1.91
9
10
2
So, C < A < B and B A 0.51, A C = 2.303 1.91 0.40. So, B A > A C.
C=
88.
60
60
As we want the distance between two point is at least r. Now when the point A, B are at distance r.Then
the angle made arc BA is 60.
Now as chord AB come closer to centre the length of chord AB is increased that is it is greater than r and
the angle is also increases i.e. from 60 to 180 and now when chord AB move way from centre then the
length of chord AB decreases , when chord AB reach CD the length of AB equal to r and the angle chang
from 180 to 60
So, the angle required for desired conditions = 2(180 60) = 240
Total angle for all around the circle = 360
So, required propability =
89.
240
2
=
360
3
Let aN be pth digit no.
4(5P 1)
4(5P 1)
<N
5 1
5 1
5P1 1 < N 5P1
2 10P1 < aN
So
8
(10P1)
9
log aN
10 P 1(ln10 ) (5P 1)
ln(2 10P1 )
=
=
10 P 1 5P ln 5
ln(5P 1)
logN min
=
log aN
log N max
ln10
= log10
5
ln 5
8 P
10 ln 10 (5P 1 1)
8
P
ln (10 1)
9
9
=
= 8
(10 P 1) 5P 1 ln 5
ln(5P 1 1)
9
= log10
5
By sandwitch therom limit is log10

5 .
Page # 135
KVPY : Stream SB
90.
S=
| i j |
1 i j n
(n 1)n
2
= |11| + |1 2| + -------- |1n| =

|2 2| + -------- |2 n| =
n 2)(n 1)
.......
2
(n r )(n r 1)
2
r 1
S=
= n 1C3
PHYSICS
91.
Mass of sphere of radius r
m=
Mr
Xcm =
R3
M 0 m(R r )
Mm
Mr 3
Xcm = 3 (R r )
R
=
92.

4 R3
4 3
r M
m
4 / 3R3
M R M
R3
r 3 (R r )
r 3 (R r )
R 3 r 3 (R r )(R 2 rR r 2 )
R3
3
Xcm =
r3
R 2 rR r 2
For plano convex lens
1
1
( 1)
FL
R
FL =
R
1
Refraction through lens
1 1 1
V
R
u
This v must be centre of mirror
93.
1
1
1
R R u
r 1
u =
In cyclic process u = 0
u =W = Area of loop
= (P1 P2) (V2 V1)
Page # 136
KVPY : Stream SB
94.
On comparing both the figures
(R x )(6R)
(R x ) 6R
x2 + xR 6R2 = 0
x=
95.
x=
x R2 ( 4 6R2 )
2
x=
R 5R
2R
2
Torque about point A
2
2
MR 2 MR mg sin R
5
5g sin
=
7R
Applying Newtons law,
Ma = Mgsin Mgcos
gcos gsin
= tan1
5g sin
7
gcos
2g sin
7
7
2
RT
M
Velocity of sound =
T Velocity of sound
96.
F
H
mg
a/2
For height greater than H

Balancing torque about point A
a
2
For height less than H
F = gh
From (1) and (2)
F H = mg
97.
.........(1)
.........(2)
a
2H
N
2
mV /r
mg
Page # 137
KVPY : Stream SB
MV 2
mv 2
cos mg sin mg cos
sin
r
r
V 2
V2
sin g r = cos g r
tan =
98.
S1
V 2 rg
V 2 rg
S2
Path difference = 5 4 = 1 m
For constructive interference
n1= 1m
For destructive interference
For n = 1, 1= 1m, 2= 2m
(2n 1) 2
1m
2
99.
(B*) Block on track to reaches the finish line first
100.
Q = u + PV
(1st law of thermodynamics )
mv = u + 1.01 105 (
1
1
)
1/ 1.8 10 3
u 20.8 105 J kg1
CHEMISTRY
101.
Millimoles of NH4OH in 10 ml of 0.1 M NH4OH solution = 0.1 10 = 1

millimoles of NH4Cl in 10 ml of 1M NH4Cl solution = 1 10 = 10
[Salt]
pOH = pKb + log
[Base]
10 / 10 10
1/ 10 10
6 = pKb + log10
pKb = 6 1
pKb = 5
6 = pKb + log
102.
[ pOH = 14 pH = 14 8 = 6]
2C4H10 + 13O2 8CO2 + 10H2O

Butane present in cylinder = 11.6 kg
= 11600 g
H = 2658 kJ/mol
11600
mol
58
Combustion of 1 mol of C4H10 gives = 2658 kJ energy
=
2658 11600
kJ
58
= 531600 kJ energy
Combustion of 11600/58 mol of C4H10 gives =
Page # 138
KVPY : Stream SB
energy consumes in 1 day = 15000 kJ

so 531600 kJ energy will be consumed in =
103.
W = d V = 0.879 50 = 43.95 , Kf = 5.12 Kg kg mol1

= 5120K g mol1
Kf wo
mW
Tf =
5.51 5.03 =
5120 0 .643
m 43 .95
m =
m = 156 g mol1
104.
531600
35 days
15000
3292.16
21.096
Zn + 2Ag+ Zn2+ + 2Ag

(0.04M)
(0.28M)
[ Zn2 ][ Ag]2
0.059
log
[ Ag ]2 [ Zn]
n
Ecell
= E
Ecell
= 2.57
0.28 12
0.059
log
(0.04)2 1
2
{ [Ag] = [Zn] = 1}
by solving the equation we get

2.50 V
Ecell
105.
2+
Co + Con. HCl
CoCl 4
HOH(excess)
[Co(H2O)6]2+
Pink
106.
ln k =
11067
+ 31.33
T
11067
+ 31.33
T
suppose k1 and T1 are rate constant and temperature in case-I
and k2 and T2 are rate constant and temperature in case-II
2.303 log k =
So,
2.303 log k1 =
11067
T1 + 31.33 --------- (1)
2.303 log k2 =
11067
+ 31.33 --------- (2)
T2
by subracting equation (2) from equation (1)
k1
2.303 log k = 11067
2
1
1

T1 T2
k1
2.303 log 2k = 11067
1
2.303 (0.3010) =
1
1
298
T
2
[ k2 = 2k1]
11067 11067
298
T2
Page # 139
KVPY : Stream SB
by solving the above equation we get

T2 303.7 K
T2 31C
107.
K1 =
[CuCl3Br 2 ][Cl ]
[CuCl4
][Br ]
------- (i)
K2 =
[CuCl2Br2 ][Cl ]
[CuCl3Br 2 ][Br ]
------- (ii)
K3 =
K4 =
[CuClBr3 ][Cl ]
2
[CuCl2Br2 ][Br ]
[CuBr4
][Cl ]
[CuClBr3 ][Br ]
------- (iii)
------- (iv)
equilibrium constant for given equation

2
K=
[CuClBr3 ][Cl ]3
[CuCl4
][Br ]3
------- (v)
by multiplying the right hand side of equation (i), (ii) and (iii) we get right hand side of equation (v)
it means K = K1K2K3
OH
108.
OH
ONa
NaOH
Br2 in CS2
HBr
H2O
Br
Br
(X)
NaI MeI
OMe
Br
(Y)
109.
234
206
90 Th
82 Pb
x 24He y 01e
By comparing mass no.
234 = 206 + 4x + oy
x=7
By comparing nuclear charge
90 = 82 + 2x 1y
y = 82 + 2 7 90
y=6
O
II
O
110.
Me
OH
AlCl3
fries
rearrangement
OH
O
II
Me
I2/NaOH
O
II
OH
Haloform
reaction
Page # 140
KVPY : Stream SB

ANSWER KEY
Ques. 1
Ans.
C
Ques. 16
D
Ans.
Ques. 31
Ans.
D
Ques. 46
Ans.
B
Ques. 61
Ans.
A
Ques. 76
Ans.
D
Ques. 91
D
Ans.
Ques. 106
C
Ans.
10
B
25
D
40
11
B
26
A
41
12
C
27
13
A
28
14
C
29
15
D
30
B
17
D
32
D
18
D
33
B
19
C
34
C
20
A
35
B
21
A
36
B
22
A
37
A
23
B
38
C
24
C
39
D
42
A
43
B
44
D
45
B
47
C
48
B
49
B
50
A
51
A
52
D
53
A
54
C
55
B
56
C
57
D
58
A
59
B
60
D
62
A
63
A
64
A
65
C
66
B
67
C
68
D
69
B
70
A
71
B
72
A
73
C
74
A
75
A
77
C
78
A
79
C
80
C
81
A
82
A
83
C
84
D
85
A
86
A
87
C
88
B
89
B
90
C
92
A
107
B
A
93
B
108
A
A
94
B
109
B
D
95
A
110
D
C
96
A
111
B
B
97
B
112
C
B
98
D
113
D
C
99
B
114
B
B
100
C
115
B
C
101
A
102
A
117
A
B
103
A
118
C
D
104
D
119
A
C
105
D
120
A
116
D
PART-I
One Mark Questions
MATHEMATICS
1.
1 0
I=
0 1
0 i
A=
i 0
1 0
A2 =
0 1
0 i
A3 =
i 0
A4 =
A4n =
+ A + A2 + A3 = 0
= + A + A2 + A3 + ............+ A2010
= ( + A + A2 + A3) + A4 (+ A + A2 + A3) ..... + A2008 (+ A + A2)
0 i
0 i
=0+
=
.
i 0
i 0
Page # 141
KVPY : Stream SB
2.
Let a, ar,
ar2
are sides.
Case 1 :
r>1
a + ar > ar2
r2 r 1 < 0
1 5
r 2 ,
Case 2 :
Case 3 :
r = 1 equilateral triangle
r<1
2
ar + ar > a
r2 + r 1 > 0
1 5 1 5
,
r
2
2
1 5 2 5
r lies in the interval 2 , 2 .
3.
Number of diagonals passing through centre = 6
Number of rectangles = 6C2 = 15
4.
22, 3 + 4, 3 + 42, 5 2
1
3 i , 1 + 2 3 i , 1 2 3 i, 6
where =
1 3 i 2 1 3 i
, =
2
2
1 + 2 3 i , 1 2 3 i are conjugate of each other..
5.
Least possible degree = 5
Tangent at (2, 1)
y.2 = 2 (x + 1)
y=x+1
xy+1 =0
equation to circle
(x 1)2 + (y 2)2 + (x y + 1) = 0
putting x = 1
4 + (y 1)2 + ( y) = 0
y2 4y y + 8 = 0
D=0
(+ 4)2 = 32
y=
( 4) D
4
y=
4 2 0
=2 2
2
Page # 142
KVPY : Stream SB
BKN = 6
6.
BN 1
BKN 1 AN 2
AB 3
APB 9 BN 1
9
6
1
APB =
ABC = 108.
x2
7.
54
1
a2
h=
y2
=1, a>b>0
b2
x
y
, k=
3
3
(3h)2
a2
(3k ) 2
b2
= 1 which is ellipse
7
6
cos
1sin
8.
LH.S is less than or equal 1

while R.H.S is greater or equal to 1
possible when
9.
cos = 1
= 0, 2
and sin = 0
(1 + tan 1) (1+ tan 2) .........(1+ tan 45)

(1 + tan A) (1 + tan B) = 2
Ans =
10.
if A + B = 45
223
f is differentiable function .
f (a) f(b) > 0
f is increasing at x = a and b
or
f is decreasing at x = a and b
minimum number of roots of f (a) = 0 in (a, b) is 2,
Page # 143
KVPY : Stream SB
11.
When x is less than 49 then f(x) has negative value.

Which is not possible.
when x > 49
then f(x) = 49 (x 41)48 + 41 (x 49)40
+ 2009 (x 2009)2008
so sing of f(x) does not change
f(x) > 0
non real except one positive root.
12.
f (x) is given smooth curve hence differentiable i- given domain

By first derivative test
x = a, c is point of local maxima
x = b is point of local minima
3
13.
f (x )dx 4
i
shaded area = Trapezium Area Area under curve
5 7
(3 1)
2 2
=
4=2
2
14.
n =
(log x ) .dx
n
n
n = x (log x )
e
1
n(log x )n 1
.x dx
x
n = (e 0) n n1
Page # 144
KVPY : Stream SB
n + n n1 = e
2011 + 2011 2010 = e
15.
100 + 100 99 = e
x2 + y2 100
Area bounded = 100
sin (x + y) > 0
Hence common area of region bounded = 50 as in half the region sin (x + y) > 0 and in other half
sin (x + y) < 0
16.
n(S) = 7C3 = 35
n () = 7 + 7 + 7 = 21
i
17.

(u v ).w ,
P () =
21 3
35 5
2 1 1

= i (2 3) j( 4 ) k (6) =
u v =
0 3 2
53
greatest when x2 + y2 = 1
fmax. =
Ans. (D)
17
18.
Number of ways = 4P2 4P2 10 = 1440
19.
1 + x2 + x4 + .........+ x2010
=
1 ( x 2 )1006
1 x2
1 ( x1006 ) 2
(1 x )(1 x )
(1 x1006 ) (1 x1006 )
=
(1 x )
(1 x )
= (1 + x1006)
(1 x 503 ) (1 x 503 )
(1 x )
(1 x )
= (1 + x1006) (1 + x + x2 + ...............+ x502) (1 x + x2 x3 + ............ + x502)
n 1 = 502
n = 503
Page # 145
KVPY : Stream SB
20.
an = 3an1 + 1
= 3(3an2 + 1) + 1
= 32 an2 + 3 + 1
= 32 (3an3 + 1) + 3 + 1
= 33 an3 + 32 + 3 + 1
aN = 3n a0 + 3N1 + 3N2 + .... 1
Method - I
a2010 = (1 + 3 + 32 + 33 + 34) + ....... + 32009
= (1 + 3 + 32 + 33 + 34)+ 35 (1 + 3 + 32 + 33 + 34)+ 310 (1 + 3 + 32 + 34 + 35) +.....+32005 (1+ 3 + 32 + 33
+ 34)
each (1 + 3 + 32 + 33 + 34) is divisble by
Method-II
a2010 =
3 2010 1 35402 1 (243)402 1 (242 1)402 1
2
2
2
2
= 11 k (k I)
Hence remainder is 0
PHYSICS
21.
F 1mg 2(m + M)g = M.
1mg
m
F = 1mg + 2(M + m)g + 1Mg

= 1g(M + m) + 2g(m + M)
= (1g + 2g) (M + m)
22.
m1m2 1
T = 2 m m k
2
1
we can use concept of reduced mass.
23.
2T cos = ma ;
If
x<<<<
2T
m
x
2
x2
4
=a
2T x
=a
m

2
a=
4Tx
m
Page # 146
KVPY : Stream SB
=
24.
4T
m
T = 2
m
.
4T
f=
1 4T
2 m
AU = mean distance between Sun and Earth

and
Time period = 125 year

T 2 r3
(1 yr)2 (1AU)3
ra 0.4
(125)2
ra 0.4
25 =
ra = 50 0.4
= 49.6.
25.
26.
Zero
KQr
E r inside
R3
KQ
r
1
r2
outside.
27.
There is no net effect of outside charge.
29.
tanC =
r
h
from snell's law

sinC =
r=
30.
2 > 3
1sin i1 = 2 sin r
1 < 2
from diagram
1 3
2 2
For condition of TIR

2 > 3 and 1 > 3
So, 2 > 1 > 3 .
Page # 147
KVPY : Stream SB
A0
31.
A =
32.
2 A = g
f=
=
33.
A=
t/T
120000
24
120 100 10
= 7500
2 2 2 2
(D).
g
A
1
2
g
A
1
10
= 3.18
2 2.5 10 2
dQ = 0
dU = dw
nRT
n 2a
n 2a
CdT 2 dV =
2 dV
V
V nb V
CdT =
nRT
.dV
V nb
C dT
nR T
C
nT = n(V nb) + C
nR
dV
V nb
n (V nb)
C
nT = K
nR
[n(V nb) + n TC/nR] = K

ln(V nb) TC/nR = K
(V nb) TC/nR = constant
Answer is (C) option.
35.
v0 = 39.6 kmph = 39.6
5
= 2.2 5 = 11 m/s
18
t1 =
d
330
t2 =
d 11 30
d
11 30
=
330
330
330
Page # 148
KVPY : Stream SB
t = t1 t2 = 1
time interval = 30 1 = 29 second
36.
RT
M
v=
v0
vH
37.
MH
M0
2
1
32 4
d = 0.1 mm
D = 1m
= 600 nm
given IR = 75% of maximum = 75% of 4 = 30
R = 3 = + + 2 cos
=
y=
1 600 10 9
D
=
6d
6 0.1 10 3
x =
dy
=
=
2
3
6
D
y = 1 mm
xi =
38.
m1v 0 0
vcom = m m
1
2
m1(0) m 2 ()
m1 m 2
xcm = xi + vcom t
m1v 0 t
m2 ()
xcm = m m m m
1
2
1
2
39.
According to given information

tan =
a
r
mv
r = a cot
Page # 149
KVPY : Stream SB
qBr
qBa cot
mv 2
= qvB v =
v =
m
m
r
CHEMISTRY
41.
[Co(dien)Cl3]
dien = NH2 CH2 CH2 NH CH2 CH2 NH2
[Co(dien)Cl3] have two geometrical isomers cis and trans.
cis form is optically active but trans form is optically inactive.
42.
The ligands which allow back bonding to sufficient extent are called acid acceptors.
Example CO, CN, NO etc.
43.
O22 : Total electron = 18

Peroxide
(O22)
(1s)2
; Bond order = 1.
(*1s)2
(2s)2 (*2s)2 (2pz)2 (2p2x = 2p2y ) (*2px2 = *2p2y)
NB N A
10 8
Bond order =
= 1.
=
2
hc
6.62 10 34 3 108
=
= 1.988 1025 J.
44.
E=
45.
t1/2 (half-life) is independent of initial concentration so reaction is first order.
..
F F
87.5
Cl
ClF3
..
46.
87.5
F nearly 'T' shaped.
F F
Page # 150
KVPY : Stream SB
R C Cl
||
O
47.
AlCl3
Friedal craft acylation
48.
>
>
>
>
>
Order of stability of conjugate bases
>
49.
anti conformation is most stable
50.
234
234
0
Th 91 Pa 1 e
90
51.
Entropy change is positive, but enthalpy does not change.
52.
On increasing temperature, change in activation energy is not significant.
53.
For FCC unit cell number of atoms per unit cell

Z = 8[corner]
1
1
+ 6 [face center] = 4.
8
2
For body center unit cell number of atoms per unit cell
Z = 8[corner]
54.
CO2
1
+ 1 [body center] 1 = 2.
8
CO +
1
O
2 2
K C1 = 9.1 1012
.....(i)
Page # 151
KVPY : Stream SB
H2O
H2 +
1
O
2 2
K C2 = 7.1 1012
.....(ii)
Target eq.
CO2 + H2
CO + H2O
KC = ?
Target eq. can be deduce by
[Eq. (i) Eq(ii)]
K C1
9.1 10 12
KC = K
=
= 1.28.
C2
7.1 10 12
R P
55.
t=0
R0
t=t
(R0 x)
Rate =
d[R]
= K[R]1
dt
x
1
dx
=
= K[R0 x] = (R x ) .dx = K.dt
dt
0
0
0
R0
= ln R x = Kt
0
[R] = (R0 x) = R0eKt
56.
PCl3F2 :
57.
(I) & (IV) are enantiomeric pair
I
58.
IV
2NO2 (g) 2NO (g) + O2 (g)

NO2 is reactant so its concentration is decrease with time while NO and O2 are product so their concentration
increases with time.
Formation of moles of NO is double than O2.
So
X = NO, Y = O2 and Z = NO2.
Page # 152
KVPY : Stream SB
59.
Cyclic
Planar
Complete conjugation
(4n + 2) e
Tropylium carbocation
60.
Anti addition takes place.
PART-II
Two Marks Questions
MATHEMATICS
n
81.
1
1
1/ 2
n/ 2
x 1/ 4 = x 1 3 / 4
2x
2x
=x
n/2
1 n 1
1
n
n
n
c 0 c 1 3 / 4 c 2 3 / 4 .... c r 3 / 4 .........
2x
2x
2x
n
n
c0 ,
c1 n c 2
,
are in AP
2 22
n n(n 1)
,
are in AP
2
8
1,
n=1+
8(n 1) n (n 1) = 0
(n 1) (8 n) = 0
but
n = 1 i.e. not posible
n=8
Now
1
1/ 2
x 1/ 4
2x
n(n 1)
8
r 0
or
n=8
r 0
n=1
1
c r ( x1/ 2 )8 r 1/ 4
2x
r
1 4
cr x
2
3r
4
required number of terms = 3 (r = 0, 4, 8)
82.
Roots of 2x2 + 2x = 1 = 0 are ,
1 i
2
It will satisfies the (x + 1)n r = 0

n
1 i
1 = r
Page # 153
KVPY : Stream SB
n
i
e 4
83.
1 i
1 = r,
n
i
1 4
e
2
=r
will be real only if n is multiple of 4.
For n = 4000
r =
y = ax + b
4000
1
41000
x2 y2
1
a
b
and
fig. 1 and 3 incorrect

Now for a > 0 and
84.
rR
(a < 0 b the equation of line y = ax + b)

b < 0 fig. 2 is correct
Area of cyclic quadratic and is maximum only if area of ABC and area of ADC is maximum
Area of ABC is maximum if ABC is equilateral .
AC = 2R sin 60 =
maximum Area of ABC =
maximum area of ADC =
area of ABCD =
3 R.
3
3 3 2
( 3R)2 =
R
4
4
1
(AC) (DM)
2
1 ( 3R) 3R cot 60
2
3R 2
4
3 3 2
3 2
R
R 3R 2
4
4
Page # 154
KVPY : Stream SB
85.
f(x) is monotonic increasing in [a, )
f(x) > 0 x [a,)
f(x) is monotonic decreasing in (, b]
Now
g(x) =
g(x) =
f(x) < 0 x (, b]
f (x)
x
xf( x ) f ( x )
x2
h(x) = xf(x) f(x)
h(x) = f(x) + xf(x) f(x)
h(x) = xf < 0
h(x) is M.D.
{ x > 0 and f(x) < 0 concavity}
So, at x = a it may be M.I. followed by M.D. till x = b
or
M.D. through out a

But cant be M.I. followed by M.D.
So (B) is correct answer.
86.
Let radius of base of given cone is r and length

as h
V1 =
1 2
r h
3
........(1)
Page # 155
KVPY : Stream SB
Let radius of base 1 and R and height H. For the cane with apex O
1
V2 =
1
R2H
3
r
h
R hH
Now
V=
..........(2)
H R
h
r
R
H = h 1
r
1
R
R 2h 1
3
r
dv 1
2R 2
h 2R
dR 3
r = 0
R=
2r
3
For maximum volume

R
87.
2r
3
V2 =
1
R
R 2h 1
3
r
1
4r 2
2
4 2
h
1 =
h
3
9
3
81
f(x) = 1 + f(x)
.......(2)\
dy
=1+y
dx
n (1 + y) = x + c
y = ex + c 1
y = ex 1
f(x) = ex 1
V2
4
V1 27
..... (1)
Now
f(x) = x +
f (t) dt
0
ex 1 = x + et (t)0x
ex 1 = x + ex x
= 1
f(x) = ex 1
for
f(x) = 0
x=0
ex 1 = 0
Page # 156
KVPY : Stream SB
88.
A=
89.
.
2
2
2
.
2
2
2
Let P is origin and p.v. of A, B, C are a, b, c respectively

Given
PA 2 PB 3 PC 0
a 2b 3c 0
Area of ABC =
...... (i)
|a b + b c + c a |
2

3c a
3c a
1
= | a
+
c + c a |
2
2
2
Area of APC =
90.
1 3
1
| (c a) 0 0 + (c a) + c a|
2 2
2
|c a |
2
...... (ii)
|c a|
2
ABC
3
=
APC
1
6m + 2m+n. 3m + 2n = 332 = 4 83
2m2. 3m + 2m+n2 3m + 2n2 = 83
.......(1)
83 is prime number so that this is possible only if

m=2
by (1)
2n. 9 + 2n2 = 74
2n2 (36 + 1) = 74
2n2 = 21
n=3
32 + 2n 32 + 2n2 = 83
Hence. m2 + mn + n2
= 4 + 6 + 9 = 19
Page # 157
KVPY : Stream SB
PHYSICS
91.
92.
V02 r 2 V02 r 4 V02
........upto 10 th h
g
g
g
=
V02
[1 + r2 + r4 + .............upto 10th] h
g
1 (r 2 )10
2h
h
2
1 r
1 r 20
2h
h .
2
1 r
GMm
r
T=
T=
mv 2
GM
r
v=
2r
V
T = 2
2r
r = 2
GM
r3
GM
r3
GM
geff = g 2 Re cos2
f(g 2 Re cos260) = (g 2Re cos20)
f
fg g = 2R 1
4
g[f 1] =
2R
[f 4]
4
4GM( f 1)
2
(f 4)
= R3
T 2GM( f 1)
= R3
2 ( f 4 )
93.
3
a = 2r
2
Gm
R
(f 1) =
2R
(f 4)
4
T 2 GM ( f 1)
= R3
2 (f 4)
M
= 4
R 3
3
Kq2
2Kq2
q2
q2
3( f 4)
4T 2G( f 1)
cos30
= 3r
kr = 2
kq2
q2
cos30
2
3
k.r.3r2 = 4 .q2
0
2
1/ 3
q2 3
r =
12
k
0
Page # 158
KVPY : Stream SB
94.
Consider the infinite ladder circuit shown below :
Let the equivalent impedence of circuit be Z

So,
Z = wL + Z
1
Z
C
ZX C
Z = L + Z X = L +
1
Z
C
C
On solving we get,
Z=
LC 2L2C 2 4LC
2C
For Z to be purely inductive 2L2 C 2 4LC 0 = 0

=
2
LC
Ans.
95.
1
1
V1 = R
v1
R
v1
R
1
Vf (2R V1 ) = R
1 1
Vf
R
R
2R
1

1
( 1)
=
1
R 2
R
(2R 2R R)
( 1) ( 2)
1 2
=
R ( 2 )
R 2
vf =
R( 2)
2( 1)
Page # 159
KVPY : Stream SB
96.
V(x) =
G=
x
1 2
kx V0cos
a
2
dV
dx
x 1
= kx + V0 sin .
a a
Since, x <<<< a
EQ = kx +
97.
sin
x
~
a
x
a
V0
V0 x
. = K 2 x
a a
a
K 20 =
a
T=
So,
Ka 2 V0
K = m2
a2
ma 2
2
= 2
.
ka 2 v 0
Q = U + W
nR(T2 T1 )
1
Heat capacity in this process
nCPdt = nCvdt +
CP = Cv +
98.
nR
.
1
W = Area of ABC
1
W = + (P2 P1) (V2 V1)
2
{It is clockwise}
Heat released at CA :
It is at constant volume
So, Q = nCVdT
Q=n
P2
P1
C
A
V2
V1
3
R (TA TC)
2
3
(P1 V2 P2V2)
2
Heat released at A B (Constant pressure)
Q1 =
Q2 = nCPdT =
5
nR (TB TA)
2
5
(P V P1V2)
2 1 1
Heat absorbed at BC
Q = du + W
QBC + Q1 + Q2 = W
QBC = W + Q1 + Q2
Q2 =
du = 0
1
5
3
(P2 P1)(V2V1) (P1V1 P1V2) (P1V2 P2V2)
2
2
2
1
[(P2P1)(V2V1) 5P1V1 + 5P1V2 3P1V2+ 3P2V2 ]
2
Page # 160
KVPY : Stream SB
1
[P V P2V1 P1V2 + P1V1 5P1V1 + 5 P1V2 3P1V2 + 3P2V2]
2 2 2
1
[ 4P1V1 + 4P2V2 + P1V2 P2V1]
2
Q = 2 [(P2V2 P1V1) +
99.
1
(P V P2V1]
2 1 2
Kqq
2 mv 2 0 = 0 + 0
1
q2
d = 4 .
2
0 mv
100.
q2
4 0mv 2
N0 Initial nucleon
N
at t = 0 N0
Add. at a constant rate (N C) =

N
dt =
dN
dt
dN
N C
N0
t=
1
n(N C)N
N0
1 N C
t = n N C
0
N C
et = N C
0
N C = et (N0 C)
N=
=
C
C (t)
C e t
(N0 C) =
+ N0et
.e
C
[1 e(t)] + N0 edt .
CHEMISTRY
101.
H2C2O4.2H2O (GMM = 126)

Molarity (M) =
2.52 1000
= 0.2M
126 100
M1V1 = M2V2
0.2 10 = M2 500
M2 = 4 103.
valence factor of H2C2O4.2H2O = 2.
Normality = [M] V.F. = 2 [4 103] = 8 103 N
Page # 161
KVPY : Stream SB
4 10 3 126 103 mg
= 0.504.
mL
103
Amount of oxalic acid (mg/mL) =
Note : Options are not match with solution.
102.
Br
HBr
+ CH3OH
103.
104.
A B
H = 7.5 kJ/mole
S = 25 J/mole.
G = H TS
at equilibrium G = 0
0 = 7.5 10 T(25)
3
T=
105.
7.5 10 3
= 300 K
25
[Mg2+] = 102 M
K SP(Mg( OH )
2)
= [Mg2+] [OH]2 = 1.0 1012
= [OH]2 =
1.0 10 12
10 2
[OH] = 1 105
pOH = 5
;
= 1010
pH = 9
Page # 162
KVPY : Stream SB
106.
For FCC unit cell

4r =
2a
4 141 .4
= 400 pm
a =
2
Volume of unit cell a3 = (400)3 = 6.4 107 pm3.
107.
Formula of cyclic silicate : [SinO3n]2n
108.
Target eq.,
Given that
Target eq. :
109.
K3[Fe(CN)6]
3+x6=0
Fe = 3d6 4s2
26
26
; Cyclic silicates : (SiO32)n or (SiO3)n2n
2B (s) + 3H2(g) B2H6(g)

H2O () H2O (g)
H10 = 44 kJ
2B + 3/2 O2 (g) B2O3(s)
H20 = 1273 kJ
B2H6(g) + 3 O2 (g) B2O3 (s) + 3 H2O (g)
H30 = 2035 kJ
H2(g) + 1/2 O2 (g) H2O ()
H40 = 286 kJ
Eq.(ii) Eq.(iii) + 3[Eq.(iv)] + 3 [Eq.(i)]
= 1273 [ 2035] + 3[286] + 3[44] = 36 KJ/mole.
.....(i)
.....(ii)
.....(iii)
.....(iv)
x=+3
Fe3+ d5 with S.L.
t2g2,2,1, eg0,0
CFSE = 2.0 0 + 2P ~ 2.0 0
Number of unpaired electron = 1.

So,
110.
n(n 2) =
3 B.M
Tf = Kf molality
8 1000
= 0.925 = 1.85
M 92
M = 173.9 ~ 174
Closest answer = 160.
Page # 163
KVPY : Stream SB

ANSWER KEY
Que s.
10
11
12
13
14
15
Ans.
Que s.
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Ans.
Que s.
Ans.
31
D
32
A
33
A
34
B
35
D
36
A
37
D
38
A
39
B
40
A
41
C
42
A
43
A
44
C
45
B
Que s.
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
Ans.
Que s.
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
Ans.
Que s.
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
Ans.
92
C
93
D
94
D
95
C
96
B
97
A
98
B
99
D
100
A
101
B
102
C
103
B
104
A
105
C
107
B
108
D
109
B
110
A
111
D
112
C
113
D
114
C
115
B
116
A
117
C
118
D
119
A
120
A
Que s. 91
B
Ans.
Que s. 106
C
Ans.
PART-I
One Mark Questions
MATHEMATICS
1.
(C) Let loga b = x

C=x+
1
,
x
then,
logba =
For a, b > 1
1
x
logab > 1
By A.M. G.M
C= x
1
2
x
2.
(C)
Hint n is multiple of = 4
3.
(D) Given P2 = P
For n = 2
(I + P)2 = I + P2 + 2PI
= I + P + 2P
= I + 3P
= I + (22 1) P
4.
(A)
f ' (x) = 3x2 + 2ax + b
D = 4a2 4(3b)
= 4(a2 3b)
If a2 2b < 0
then
a2 3b < 0
So, D is negative, so f(x) has one real and two imaginary roots.
Page # 164
KVPY : Stream SB
5.
1 1
1 x2
= x
2
x
2x
sin xy 1 or 1
sin xy = 1 or 1
For x = 1 or 1
sin y = 1 or sin y = 1
(A) sin (xy) =
y = 2n , n I
2
(x, y) on pair of straight line.
6.
(C)
x y 1
1
4 0 1 18
2
0 12 1
7.
|12x y(4) + 48| = 36

(3x + y 12)2 = 92 = 81
(A)
m1 m2 = 1
4t 6 6 6 2

= 1
2t 1 3 3 1
4t
(2) = 1 4t = t + 2
2t 4
t=
2
5
1 38
then C is ,
5 5
2
16
8

5
5
BC =
Area = xy =
8.
(B) h > 2a
h>3
320
25
8 5 8
5
5
8
5
2 5 = 16
here
4a = 6, 2a = 3
Page # 165
KVPY : Stream SB
9.
(C) f(x) = cos5x + A cos 4x + Bcos3x + Ccos2x + Dcosx + E

f( x) = cos5x + Acos4x B cos3x + C cos2x D cos x + E
f (x) f( x) = 2 [A cos4x + C cos2x + E)
for x = 0
f(0) f() = 2(1 + B + D) ...... (i)
at x =
at x =
= 2 | 1 + B cos
, f f
+ D cos | ...... (ii)
5
5
5
5
5

2
6
1 B cos
D cos
5
5
2
3
2
f
=2
, f
5
5
5
f( + x) = cos5x + A cos4x B cos5x + C cos2x D cosx + E

f ( x) = f ( + x)
..... (iii)
...... (iv)
9 2 8 3 7
T = f(0) f() f 5 f 5 + f 5 f 5 f 5 f 5 +

4 6
f
f

5 5
2
8
=f
from equation iind f

5
f = f
3
3
3
7
4
6
= f
and f
= f
f
5
5
5
5
4 2 3
So T = f(0) f() 2 f 5 f 5 f 5 f 5

from equation 1, 2 & 3
T = 2(1 + B + D) 2 [1 + B cos
6
2
+ Dcos | + 2 [ 1 + B cos
+ D cos
]
5
5
5
5
Will depend on B and D only

10.
(B) 3sinA + 4cosB = 6 ...... (i)

3 cosA + 4sinB = 1 .......(ii)
Squaring and adding , we get
9 + 16 + 24 sin(A+B) = 37
1
2
1
sin( C) =
2
sin(A+B) =
sin C =
11.
(C) [x] > 1

[x] 2
x2
But x cannot integers
Possible domain = (2,3)
12.
(C) f(0) + f(0) +
(2011) +
1
2
f " (0 )
f (n 1)(0)
+
......+
2!
(n 1)!
n(2011)n 1 n(n 1)(2011)n 2

n(n 1)...2! (2011)'
,
......
1!
2!
n 1!
= nC02011 + nC12011n1 + .... + nCn1(2011) + nCn (2011)0 1

= (2011 + 1)n 1
= 2012n 1
Page # 166
KVPY : Stream SB
13.
(B)
Point where slope of tangent is 1 of the curve y = ex is

y = ex = 1
x=0
(0,1)
and for y = lnx point is (1,0)
required minimum distance is
8
14.
(B)
f ( x ) dx =
f ( x ) dx
3 f ( x) dx
+ ...... +
7 f ( x ) dx
= 2 + 3 + 2 + 5 + 3 + 7 = 22
e cos x
dx
cos x
e cos x
0e
1
15.
(B) I = 2012
again I = 2012
e cos x
cos x
e cos x
0 e
dx
dx
2I = 2012
16.
I = 1006
(D) lim
2
n
4
n
1
4n 2 4
.......... ..
2
2
4n n
1
n
1
= nlim
r 1 4n 2 r 2
= nlim
r 1
1
=
2
1
r
2n 1
2n
dx
x2
4
dx
4 x2
1
1 x
= sin
2 0
Page # 167
KVPY : Stream SB
17.
(C)
E1 : A wins when A takes out 3 & 6 and B takes out 8 & 9
1 1
1
=
3 3
9
E2 : A wins when A takes out 5 & 6 and B takes out any two no.
1
1
P (E2) = 1 =
3
3
P (E1) =
Required probability =
18.

(A) a b b c c a

ab bc 0

ab c b 0
a c b 0
a c b
a c

(bc ) = ca

a c c = c a

a c c a

a c a c 0

(1 + ) ( a c ) = 0

From (ii) a c b

abc 0
........(i)
........(ii)
= 1

abc
0
centroid of ABC =
3
19.
1
1
4
+
=
9
3
9
2
(B) r r 1 r !
r 1
Tr = [(r + 1) (r 1) (r 2)] r!
Tr = (r 1) (r + 1)! (r 2) (r!)
but
r = 1, 2, .............., n
Tr = 1 + (n + 1)! (n 1)
20.
1, x A
(C) If f (x , A B) =
0, x A
Case (i) x A, x B
then,
f(x, A) + f(x, B) f(x, A) f(x, B) = 1 + 0 0 = 1
Case (ii) x A, x B
f(x, A) + f(x, B) f(x, A) f(x, B) = 0 + 1 0 = 1
Case (iii) x A, x B
f(x, A) + f(x, B) f(x, A) f(x, B) = 0 + 0 0 = 0
Case (iv) x A and x B
f(x, A) + f(x, B) f(x, A) f(x, B) = 1 + 1 1 = 1
f(x, A B) = f(x, A) + f(x, B) f(x, A) f(x, B)
Page # 168
KVPY : Stream SB
Aliter
1, x A B
If f (x , A) =
0, x A B
Option A is rejected because x (AB) ,then f(x,A) + f(x,B) = 1+ 1 = 2 which cant be attained by f.
Option B is rejected baecuse if x A B , then f(x,A) + f(x,B) 1 = 0 + 0 1 = 1 which cant be

attained by f .
Also option D is rejected because if x A , then f(x,A) + |f(x,A) f(x,B)| = 1 + |1 0| = 2
Which is also unattainble
PHYSICS
21.
(A)
acceleration of cabin is g relative acceleration of A and B w.r.t. cabin is zero so both A and B continue to
be exactly at rest relative to the cabin.
22.
(B) k k k = mg
23.
(A) v = A 2 r 2
from (i) and (ii)
v2
2 2
mg
a2
4 A 2
W = 2mg
...(i)
a = 2r
...(ii)
It is the equation of ellipse

24.
(A) Work done in this process is zero so that

(Ui = Uf)
25.
(B) Using mole conservation

2n = n1 + n2
...(i)
PV = n1RT
...(ii)
PV = n2R(2T)
...(iii)
n1 = 2n2
2n = 2n2 + n2
2n
n2 = 3

26.
(D)
M2f 2n / 3 2
M2i
n
3
dQ
dT
KA
dt
dx
K1A(T 100 ) K 2 A
(0 T )
K1(T 100) = K2(T)

K1T K1 100 = K2T
T(K1 + K2 ) = K1 100
385 100
= 88C
435
T=
Page # 169
27.
KVPY : Stream SB
(B) P1- T= constant

T1
P
1
T
P
2
2
7/5
233K
T=
(7 / 5)1
0.28
233
(0.28 )2 / 5
466 J
So that we will required in addition an air conditionaer to cool the air injected into the cabin
28.
(C) f1 = v u f0
v u
f2 = v f0
...(i)
...(ii)
f1 v 2
f2 v 2 u2
v2
f1 = f2 2 2
v
f2 > f1
29.
(C) = 0 (cos2)4
3
4
= 0
= 30% of 0
30.
nv
(C) f = 2
f =
n v'
2
f
v v
f ' v ' 1.04 v
f = (1.04)(450) = 468 Hz
31.
(D)
1 1
2 2
f11 = f22
f1 2
f1
f2 1
2f1 1
1 2
2 1
1 1
2 2
2 = 21 = 2.0 mm
Page # 170
KVPY : Stream SB
32.
(A) V = V0 cost
Vrms =
V0
2
V0 = 220 2 Volt
= 50 2 rad/sec = 100 rad/sec.
v = 220 2 Cos(100t)
33.
(A) Current through R1 is maximum so power dissipates at R1 is maximum.
34.
(B) Momentum is conserved during collision so P P' . But some part of kinetic energy is stored in
excited state
So
K < K
35.
(D) Potential difference across inductor during current growth is

v = v0et/
36.
(A) Neutron is chargeless so graph is (1) Proton is positive charge so graph is (2) and for e graph is (3)
37.
(D) R 9

1
1
1 3R
R 1
2
4
4
1
1 1 5R 5R
R
3
4 9 9 4 36
1
1
1
1 2 3
38.
P
AT 4
4
(A) P' 4 A T
2
P
4
P'
P =
P
4
V
i
V. i

2
i
e
P
39.
(B) RH =
40.
(A) From given graph highest precision that means sharpness is maximum in graph (I)
Page # 171
KVPY : Stream SB
CHEMISTRY
41.
(C)
2,2,2
2,2
Ni(CO)4 Ni : [Ar] 3d8 4s2 = t 2g e g
CO is a strong filed ligand
Cr (H2O)6+2 Cr+2 : [Ar] 3d4 45
octahedral complex : d2sp3

42.
(A)
Ag+ + 2CN [Ag(CN)2]
2[Ag(CN)2] + Zn+2 [Zn(CN)4]2 + 2Ag+
43.
(A)
Ideal mixture
H = 0
V = 0
44.
(C) = CRT
45.
(B) Energy distribution at two different temperatures
46.
(D)
1
0.01
2 = 0.001 = 10
The radical formed as intermediate
or
is unstable , where as in all other
cases resonance stabilised radicals are formed.

47.
(A)
The given compound is chiral and the possible stereoisomers are enatiomer to each other.
48.
(D)
According to second law of thermodynamics, for spontaniety
SUNIV > 0
Page # 172
KVPY : Stream SB
49.
(B)
r1 = 30 nm
r2 = 10 nm
2
surface area
3
= 4r =
3
volume
r
4r
3
(3 / r2 )
30
(3 / r1 ) = 10 = 3
50.
(C) The reaction is example of Pinacole Pinacolone reaction with classical ring expanssion rearrangement.
51.
(B)
H3PO2 a mild reducing agent is used to remove the diazonium group with H.
52.
(A)
0NaOAc + 0HCl 0NaCl = 0AOAC

53.
(D)
BRAGGS Law
2dsin = n
d = , n = 1
= 30
2
angle of incidence = 60
sin =
54.
(C)
Zn Zn+2 + 2e
2mol
2mol 4mol
G = nFEcell = 4 96500 1.1 = 424.6 kJ/mol
55.
(B)
2NaBH4 + 2 2Na + B2H6 + H2
56.
(C)
[Mn(CN)6]4 & [(Mn/Br)4]2
Mn+2 in both
Mn+2 : [Ar]3d5 4s
With CN :
With Br :
Magnetic moments :
1(1 2) BM &
5 (5 2) BM
Page # 173
KVPY : Stream SB
57.
(A)
Half life of zero order reactions initial concentration of the reactant.
58.
(D)
59.
(C)
60.
(C)
Due to intramolecular H-bonding boiling point of (ii) is less than (iii) but greater than (i).
PART-II
Two Marks Questions
MATHEMATICS
81.
82.
(B)
AK = I
B = 0
|AB| = 0
|A|K = 1
|B| = 0
(C) Let 12 + 22 + .......+ (2n1)2 = x and c =
(4r 2 4r 1) =
n
(4n2 1)
3
12 22 ...... (2n)2 x
< 1.01
x
2n(2n 1) ( 4n 1)
< 2.01
6x
n (2n 1) ( 4n 1)
n
3 ( 4n 2 1) < 2.01
3
( 4n 1)
< 2.01
(2n 1)
4n + 1 < (2.01) (2n 1)
4n + 1 < 4.02 n 2.01
3.01 < 0.02 n
301
<n
2
150.5 < n
83.
(C)
A - d , A, A + d
3A = a
A =
a
3
a3 a3 ab
+a=0
27
9
3
2a3
ab
a
=0
27
3
a = 0 or
b
2a2
+1=
3
27
Page # 174
KVPY : Stream SB
2h2
= 1
3
27
parabola whose vertex on y axis.
2x2 = 9 (y - 3)
84.
(B) Let line

y = mx + 5
x2 y2
1
16
9
ellipse
c2 = a2m2 + b2
25 = 16m2 + 9
m2 = 1
m = 1
tangent condition
For positive slope m = 1

85.
(A) A ={R|cos2(sin) = cos2 (cos)}

A = {R| sin = n cos}
A = {R| sin cos = n}
A = {R| sin cos = 0}
sin cos[ 2 , 2 ]
B {R| cos (sin) sin(cos) = 0} by A
B {R| cos ( cos) sin(cos) = 0}
B {R|
1
sin(2cos) = 0}
2
2cos = p, p
cos =
p
2
p = 0 only
cos = 0
O = 2k
so AB
86.
(B) f'(x) = 3x2 + 2ax + b

f'(1) = 0 3 + 2a + b = 0
.........(i)
1
3 2a
f ' = 0
b = 0
9 3
3
1 2a + 3b = 0
by (i) + (ii) we get
4 + 4b = 0
f(2) = 8 + 4a + 2b + c = 0
8 4 2 + c = 0
c = 2
f(x) = x3 x2 x 2
1
.........(ii)
b = 1
f ( x ) dx 2 ( x 2) dx
87.
x3
2
2x = 14
=
3
0
3
(D) f(x) = x12 x9 + x4 x + 1

for x = 1 , f(1) = 1
x = 0 , f(0) = 1
Page # 175
for x > 1 f(x) = x9(x31) + x(x31) + 1 = positive

for 0 < x < 1 f(x) = x12 x4 (x5 1) + (1 x) = positive
for x < 0 f(x) = x12 + x4 x (1 + x8) + 1 = positve
f(x) is always positive
88.
(A) In
1
2
KVPY : Stream SB
1 (1 x )n
xn
dx
+
dx
n!
1
n!
x n1
=
n 1!
1
2
0
(1 x )n1

n 1 !
n1
1
2
1

2
In = 2 .
n 1!
1 2 1 3
2
2
In = 2. .......... .......
2!
3!
n1
1
= 2 e 2 1 = 2 e 3
89.
(B) |x + y| + |x y| = 4
x2 + y2 4x 6y
= (x 2)2 + (y 3)2 13
A point on square ABCD which is maximum distance from (2, 3) is C(2, 2)
So, required maximum value is 28.
Now,
90.
(C) Let AM and GM be ab and ba respectively

AM = 10a + b
GM = 10b + a
xy
= 10a + b,
xy = (10b + a)2
2
(x y)2 = (x + y)2 4xy
= 4[10b + a]2 4[10b + a]2
2
(x y) = 22 18 (a + b) (a b)
(x y)2 = 11 9 4 (a + b) (a b)
this should be a perfect square of an integer, only possible case when
a + b = 11
ab=1
a = 6, b = 5
x + y = 2 (10 6 + 5) = 130
Page # 176
KVPY : Stream SB
PHYSICS
91.
92.
(B)
Electric field due to uniformly charged isolated sphere (In volume)
Case (a) r < R
E=
Case (b) r = R
E=
Case (c) r > R
E=
KQ
R3
KQ
R2
KQ
r2
(C) Let gravitational acceleration due to mass of planet is g and due to uniformly charge on surface of
planet electric field is E and which is constant because path of projectile is parabolic. All projetile have
same condition
I.
Range for uncharged particle
Range = L =
II.
u2 sin 2
g
...(1)
Range for a particle of mass m and charge q

L
u2 sin 2
Range = 2
qE
g
...(2)
From eq. (1) and (2)

L
u2 sin 2
qE
g1
mg
L
L
2 1 qE
mg
qE
=2
mg
qE
mg 1
III.
Range for a particle of mass m and charge 2q

u2 sin 2
u2 sin 2
L
L
Range =
2qE
2
3
2qE
g
g1
m
mg
Page # 177
KVPY : Stream SB
93.
(D)
Tangential acceleration at angle is

at = g cos
From energy conservation between horizontal and position.
PEi + KEi = PEf + KEf
0 + 0 = mg sin +
1
mv2
2
v2 = 2gsin
Centripetal acceleration at angle is
ac =
v2
= 2gsin
Total acceleration at angle is

a2t ac2 g2 cos 2 ( 2g sin )2
a=
94.
= g 3 sin2 1
(D)
n = 1 mole
initial temperature = T
Initial volume = V
Final volume = 2V
Internal energy V = aV3
3
2
nCVT = aV3
n RT = aV3
PV = nRT
From ideal gas equation
3
PV = aV3
2
P=
2aV 2
3
Work done by gas during this process is

2v
W=
2v
Pdv
2a
= 3
2av 2
dv
3
2v
v dv
2
2v
2a v 3
14av 3 7 2av 2
7
= 3 3 9 3 . 3 . v 3 PV

v
W=
7
RT
3
Page # 178
KVPY : Stream SB
95.
(C)
VA = VC = 2m3, PA = PB = 200K Pa, PC = 500 KPa
BC is isothermal process
PCVC = PBVB
VB =
PC VC 500 2
3
PB
200 = 5m
Total workdone by gas during one complete cycle.

W = W AB + W BC + W CA
= 200 103 (5 2) + 200 103 5n
= 600 103 1000 n
96.
200
+0
500
5
= 300 kJ
2
(B)
For total internal reflection
1.5 sinC = 1.2 sin90
1 .2 4
1 .5 5
sinC =
C = 53.1
maximum incident angle is 53.1 Ans.
97.
(A)
Let linear charge density on wire is and mass of the particle is m & charge on particle is q. From energy
conservation between and 2 distance.
Loss in potential energy = gain in kinetic energy
2kq n
1
2 1
2
= m( 2u) mu
2
2
2
2kqn2 =
1
1
m2u2 mu2
2
2
1
mu 2
2
2kqn2 =
...(i)
conservation between and 4 distance.

Loss in potential energy = gain in kinetic energy
2kq n
1
2 1
2
= mv mu
4e
2
2
4kqn2 =
1
1
mv 2 mu2
2
2
From eq (i)
mu2 =
v=
98.
1
1
mv 2 mu2
2
2
3u
(B)
As loop in pulled to right, there free downward magenetic field is decrease. So, induce emf induced as to
oppose the decrement of magnetic field.
Therefore directions of the induced current in the loop is clock wise and force on left side of loop is toward
left and force on right side of loop is towards right
Page # 179
KVPY : Stream SB
99.
(D)
V1r1 V2r2
I = r r (r r )R
12
2
2
Case I
V1 = 2V
Case II
V2 = 4V
from case (I and Case II)
Case III
V2 = 0V
I = 3mA
V1 = 0
I = 4mA
3 r1

2 r2
V2 = 10V
V1 = 10V
................. (i)
I=?
10(r1 r2 )
I = r r (r r )R
12
1
2
................. (ii)
from (i) and (ii)

I = 25 mA
100.
(A)
x2
a2
y2
b2
=1
Different w.r.t.
2x dx 2y dy
=0
................. (i)
a 2 dt b 2 dt
ux = u,
at (o, b),
uy = 0
Different w.r.t.
2x d2 x
2
2 dx

a 2 dt
a dt
accelerat at (o, b) is
2 y d2 y
2
b dt
(from eq (i))
2 dy
=0
b 2 dt
2xo d2 x 2 2 2bay
2
(0) = 0
2 2
2
2
a dt a
b
b2
ay =
b
a2
u2
CHEMISTRY
101.
(B)
XeF6 + 3H2O XeO3 + 6HF
distorted
pyramidal
octahedral
102.
(C)
5e + MnO4
8H+ 4H2O
C2O42 2CO2 + 2e
HCl
1
Cl2 + H+ + e
2
Page # 180
KVPY : Stream SB
103.
(B)
2e + Fe+2 Fe
Fe+3
3e
Fe
Fe+3 + 3e Fe
then
104.
x=
0.44 V
0.77 V
xV
2 ( 0.44 ) 0.77
= 0.037 V
3
(A)
E13
E12
1
1
2 2
3
1
8/9
32
= 1
=
1 =
3/4
27
2 2
2
1
105.
(C)
106.
(C)
Due to intramolecular hydrogen bonding reaction is favored at ortho position.
107.
(B) The statement optically active (S) methoxy acetaldehyde is incorrect.
108.
(D)
Ptotal = PA + (P0B P0A) XB
300 = 100 + (500 100) (1 XA)
1 XA =
YA =
109.
1
2
XA =
1
2
1
1
2 =
6
300
100
(B)
Low spin d6
CFSE = 4
2
3
0 + 0 2
5
5
= 0.4 0
High Spin d6
CFSE = 6
110.
2
= 2.4 0 (ignoring pairing)
5 0
(A)
Total area of droplets = 2.4 1018 12.5 1016 = 3000 m2
Energy liberated = 3000 0.03 = 90 J
Page # 181
KVPY : Stream SB

ANSWER KEY
Ques.
10
11
12
13
14
Ans.
15
C
Ques.
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Ans.
Ques.
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
Ans.
Ques.
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
Ans.
Ques.
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
Ans.
Ques.
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
Ans.
Ques.
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
Ans.
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
Ques. 106
Ans.
PART-I
One Mark Questions
MATHEMATICS
1.
2.
Number ways are =
720
6!
=
= 90 ways
8
2!2!2!
x 3 4 x 1 = x + 8 6 x 1 + 1 2 x 8 6 x 1
2 x 1 6 = 2
x 8 6 x 1
x 1 3 = x 8 6 x 1
(D) Infinite many solutions.
4.
Equation of chord of contact T = 0 w.r.t. origin is

3(x + 0) p (y + 0) + 17 = 0
3x + py 17 = 0
By Homoginization
2
3 x py
3 x py
+ 17
=0
x2 + y2 (6x + 2py)
17
17
For perpendicular coeff of x2 + coeff of y2 = 0
Page # 182
KVPY : Stream SB
6.3
.9
2p2
p2
+
+1
+
=0
17
14
17
17
34 18 + 9 p2 = 0
p2 = 25
|p| = 5
1
2x3 + ax+ b 2x3 + cx + d

(a c)x d b
If a c = 0 & d b 0
Max. (a c)2 + (b d)
= 0 + 5 Ans.
5.
e(x2 2 ex + e2) + (y2 2y + 2) = e
6.
x e2 y 2
Ellipse a =
= 1 (a > b)
,b=
Req. PS1 + PS2 = 2

2 sin x. cos a
= cot a
2 sin x sin a
(D) = constant function
7.
f(x) =
8.
tan81 tan63 tan27 + tan9

cot9 cot27 tan27 tan9
(cot9 + tan9) (cot27 + tan 27)
2 cosec18 2 cosec54
2
5 1
2
8
4
5 1
4
=4
2x 5 0, 2x + 5 0
0 2x + 5 6
5 2x 11
9.
5
11
x
2
2
mid point is
5 11
.6
3
2 2 =
=
2.2
2
2
10.
(D) at least three for every value of a
11.
f(x) = 3x2 2(a1 + a2 + a3) x + a1a2 + a2a3 + a3a1 0

D0
4(a1 + a2 + a3)2 4.3.(a1a2 + a2a3 + a3a1) 0
a12 + a 22 + a 32 a1a2 a2a3 a3a1 0
1
[(a a2)2 + (a2 a3)2 + (a3 a1)2] 0
2 1
a1 = a2 = a3
Page # 183
KVPY : Stream SB
/2
12.
(sin
I1 =
x)
(sinx)1 dx
I1 = (cos x )(sin x )
/2
2 (sin x )
0
/2
/2
(cos
x ) (sin x )
2 1
dx
/2
I1 =
sin x
2 1
dx
2 1
dx
/2
I1 =
2 (I2 I1)
(sin x )
Here I1 =
2 1
dx
2 1
1
2
( 2 1)
2
( 2 1)
= 2 2
Ans.
2012
(sin x
13.
2012
3
x ) dx +
2012
1. dx
2012
= 0 + 2012 ( 2012)
= 4024 Ans.
14.
[x]{x} dx
0
= 0.{x}dx +
.1. { x } dx +
2 { x } dx +
=0+1
x . dx + 2 x . dx 3
3 { x } dx +
4. {x} dx
4
xdx 4 .
xdx
0
= (1 + 2 + 3 + 4)
x . dx
0
x2
= 10 . 2
0
1
= 10 . 0
2
=5
n
15.
Sn
K =
k 1
nn 1
is even (n : 1, 2, ............. 49)
2
n = multi fo a
9, 8, .......... 96
Or (+) n is (multi of 4) 1
Page # 184
KVPY : Stream SB
3, 7 ............... 99
Total favourable cases 24 + 25 = 49
P[E] =
16.
49
Ans.
99
req. prob =
1 4 6
2 7 10
1 40 42 41
Ans.
2
70
70
17.
HA + HB + HC = 2HO
18.
6m + 9n
Unit digit of 6m is = 6
Unit digit of 9n will be = 9 or 1
For multiple of 5 unit digit of 9n must be = 9
It occur when n = odd
Total number of ordered pair = 50 25 = 1250
19.
a2 =
a1 a 3
2
a3 =
a2 a4
2
a1 =
a 2 a 2012
2
a 2011 a1
2
Now a2 + a4 + ......... + a2012 = 3018 .................... (1)
2a2 + 2a4 + .................... + 2a2012 = 6036
a1 + a3 + a3 + a5 + .............. + a2011 + a1 = 6036
2(a1 + a3 + ................. + a2011) = 6036
a1 + a3 + ................ + a2011 = 3018 ..................... (2)
By adding (1) and (2) we get
a1 + a2 + a3 + ............ + a2012 = 6036
a2012 =
20.
Number of element in B = n
So number of subsets of B = 2n
Page # 185
KVPY : Stream SB
PHYSICS
21.
Since area of PV graph under isothermal curve is greater than area under adiabatic curve
So,
wi > wa > 0
22.
Q = Q0et/RC
Q0
= Q0et/RC
2
1
= et/RC
t
RC
t
n 2
RC
t = RC
n2
2
23.
/ R
ML3L3
T
=
2
MT
1
R 3
1/ 2
= T1 T
=1
/ R 3
R 3
K2
K2 =
R 3 2
T
R 2
RT 2
K=
R 2
g
Page # 186
KVPY : Stream SB
24.
mr 2
mr 2
mr 2 mr 2
2
2
m
(
2
r
)
m
(
r
2
3
)
m( 4r )2
P = 2
2
2
2
111 2
mr .
2
25.
Angular momentum conservation about S

vp (a ae) = vA(a + ae)
vp
vA
vp
vA
26.
a ae
a ae
1 e
1 e
max = ( 0 0 )2
= 40
min = ( 0 0 ) 2 0
avg = 0 + 0 = 20
27.
0
i
B0 =
R cos
n
B0 =
28.

sin n sin n
0 i
tan
2 R
n
Due to the negative work on rod K.E. will decrease and finally become zero.
Page # 187
KVPY : Stream SB
29.
R=
R=
L
r 2
2R = K2rL
2 L
r
dT
dt
= K2rL
dT
dt
2 L
dT
=
dt
K 2 2 r 3
30.
RT
m
=
8RT
m
7
= 0.73
58
So, closest ans is 1.

31.
U = mc2
KQ 2
mc 2
2R
9 109 (1.6 10 19 )2
= 9.1 1031 (3 108)2
2R
R=
9 109 (1.6 10 19 )2
2 9.1 10 31 (3 108 )2
= 1.4 1015
32.
Probability of being found is maximum where speed is minimum.

So,
x = a
33.
Since heat capacity at high temperature is high. So for same amount of heat transfer T is more at lower
temperature then at higher temperature.
So, final temperature is more than 50C .
34.
As F = x3 x4
At x = 0, F = 0
Hence particle is in equilibrium.
35.
It is clear that
dimension x = ML2T2
= ML2T2
and
x=L
So,
= MLT2
will be dimensionless.
Page # 188
KVPY : Stream SB
36.
2gh
From conservation of momentum

m 2gh 0 = mv1 + 2mv2
2gh = v1 + 2v2
...........(i)
From equation of e
v 2 v1
2gh 0
2gh = v2 v1
..........(ii)
From (i) & (ii)

v1 =
2gh
3
Hence after collision maximum height
hmax =
( 2gh / 3 )2
2g
h
hmax = g
37.
Let ball is moving with speed

v at anytime t hence
dv
= mg Kv2
dt
On the basis of equation we can rays that speed first increase and become constant when mg = kv2
Hence, Ans.
(A)
Hence, m
38.
Resistance of steel =
0 .1
1
=
50 A
500 A
Resistance of copper =
0 .2
1
=
400 A
200 A
Both are connected in series hence heat current in both will be same. So
100 T
1
500 A
39.
T 0
= 1
2000 A
T = 20C
From
N11 = N22
4 1020 =
n(2)
n( 2)
= N2
40000
20
N2 = 2 107
Page # 189
KVPY : Stream SB
40.
3
0
cos 2 30 0
2
2 4

Final intensity will be =
3 0
8
CHEMISTRY
41.
According to MOT bond order of O2, F2, O2+ and F2 is respectively 2, 1, 2.5 and 0.5.
42.
BCl3, BeCl2 and CCl4 has zero dipole moment due to symmetric structure where as shape of NCl3 is
pyramidal due to presence of lone pair.
43.
The value of n > and m should have values from to + .
44.
Option D Closest, if () is change to
46.
KE = | T.E. |
(KE) = (T.E.)
3
8.3 (T) = 1.6 1019 6 1023
2
(T) =
2
9.6 10 4
3
8 .3
(T) = 7.6 103 K i.e. close to 104 K.
47.
48.
t1/2 (a)1 n
10
( t1/ 2 )I
a1
( t1/ 2 )II = a2
0 .2
A0
( t1/ 2 )II = 2 A 0
(t1/2)II = 0.4 s
49.
2+
25Mn
and 26Fe3+ both has 23 electrons.
Page # 190
KVPY : Stream SB
50.
51.
52.
In metal carbonyls oxidation state of metal is equal to zero.
53.
At pH = pKa the concenteration of acid and its conjugate base are equal.
54.
It is high spin complex as Cl is weak field effect ligand. In [CoCl4]2 oxidation state of Co is +2 in which
3 unpaired electrons are present which gives the spin-only magnetic moment equal to 3.83 BM.
55.
K = Ae Ea / RT
ln K =
Ea
+ ln A
RT
56.
57.
Greater is the bond order shorter will be bond length. In CO32 bond order in between 1 and 2, bond order
of CO2 is 2 where as bond order for CO is in between 2 and 3.
58.
2P(g) + 3Cl2(g)
2PCl3(g)
PCl3(g) + Cl2(g)
........(i)
PCl5(g)
........(ii)
2P(g) + 5Cl2(g)
2PCl5(g)
........(iii)
On multipling equation (ii) by 2 and adding in (i) we obtain equation (iii)
Therefore, K3 = K1K22
59.
The reagent given the question has an addition C within bracket.

(CH3)2CHCH2Cl + AlCl3
(CH3)2CHCH2Cl - - - - AlCl3 (CH3)2CHCH2+ + AlCl4
1,2H shiffting (CH ) C+
(CH3)2CHCH2+
3 3

60.
As boron is trivalent impurity it will proudce p-type semiconductor.
Page # 191
KVPY : Stream SB
PART-II
Two Marks Questions
MATHEMATICS
81.
D1 = 4a2 4b2 > 0 4 (a2 b2) > 0

a2 b2 > 0 .......... (1)
2
2
D2 = 4b 4c > 0 b2 c2 > 0 ............. (2)
now D = 4c2 4a2 = 4(c2 b2 + b2 a2)
= 4 (b2 c2 + a2 b2)
= 4 (D1 + D2)
= Negative
Equation have no real root.
82.
(1+x) (1+x2)1 (1-x)1
(1+x)
r 0
2r
( 1)r x r =
r 0
2r
( 1)r
r 0
x + x
r
r 0
2r
r 0
( 1)r
(x
r 1
r 0
for Coffi. of x2012 = (-1)0 + (-1)1 + (-1)2 + ....... (-1)1006) + ((-1)0 + (-1)1+ ..... +(-1)1005)
=1+0
=1
No answer
83.
4x2 + 9y2 8x 36y + 15 = 0

4(x2 2x + 1) + 9(y2 4y + 4) 25 = 0
4(x 1)2 + 9 (y 2)2 = 25
( x 1)2
5

2
( y 2) 2
5

3
=1
min ( x 1)2 ( y 2)2 + max.

2
x 1
( y 2) 2
100 225
325
5 5
= + =
=
36
36
3 2
84.
sinx +
sinx +
cos x = sin2 x
2
4
1
1 cos 2 x / 2
cosx =
2
2
1
1 1
cosx = sin2x
2
2 2
2sinx + cosx = 1 + sin2x
2sinx + cosx = 1 + 2 sinx cosx
2sinx (1 cosx) 1 (1 cosx) = 0
(1 cosx) (2sinx 1) = 0
sinx +
cos x = 1 or sinx =
1
2
5
,
6 6
5
sum of roots = 0 +
+
=
6
6
x=0
x=
Page # 192
KVPY : Stream SB
85.
ax2
P(x) =
+ bx + c
P(x) = 2ax + b
P(x) = 2a
P(0) = c = 1
P(0) = b = 1
P(x) = ax2 x + 1
P(1) = a 1 + 1 = a 0
87.
cos 2 x
1 a
I=
a 0
dx , (a > 0)
...(1)
cos 2 ( x )
I=
1 ax
a x cos 2 x
I=
1 ax
dx
dx
...(2)
(1) + (2)
2I =
cos 2 x(1 a x )
(1 a x )
dx
2
2I = 2 cos x dx
0
1 cos 2 x
I=
2
88.
1
x cos 2 0 cos 0 0
2
I=
=
1
1 1
2
.
2
Consider
L=
2012 +
2013 + ... +
3011
R=
2013 +
2014 + ... +
3012
3012
and I =
3 x dx .
2012
89.
P(K) = P (at least K points)

x1 + x2 + x3 + ....... x10 = K
Coeff xK in (x1 + x2)10
= x10(1 + x)10
k
coeff x in (1 + x)10
= 10CK10
K 10
Now
P(K) >
1
2
Page # 193
KVPY : Stream SB
10
C0 10 C1 10 C 2 ...... 10 CK 10
10
1
2
2
10C + ............. + 10C
9
+
0
1
K10 > 2
1 + 10 + 45 + 120 + 210 + 252 + ...... > 512
10C + 10C + 10C + 10C + 10C + 10C > 512
0
1
2
3
4
5
K 10 = 5
K = 15
10C
90.
P = f(2) . f(f(3)) f(f(f(4)) f(f(f(5)

3
=
1
4 5
f f f
2 3
5 1
f 3
5 1
3
= (3) (3) (f(4)) f(f(5))
3
= (3)
1
5
=9
3
6
f f f f
4

f f
3
2
3
2
6
f
4
1
2
= (15) 3
1
2
= (15) (5) = 75
375 is multiple of 75.
PHYSICS
91.
H1 = AT4 5 = Ms1
A
(2T)4 5 = msq2
2
2 = 81
2 = 8C
The temperature of water would increase from 10C to a final temperature of 18C
H2 =
92.
Mechanical energy of asteroid
GMm
1
mv2 r
2
0
Rocket will remain band to the solar system its B moving energies negative.
=
GMm 1
mv 2 0
r0
2
GMm 1
mv 2
r0
2
GMm 1
m 2 v 02
r0
2
mv02 =
=
1
m2v02
2
2.
Page # 194
KVPY : Stream SB
93.
B = 1 + 2
n2 2n2 n2 7n2
B
A
3 A
3 A
B 3
= 7.
A
94.
3eV
= 2.3 eV
Kmax = 3 2.3 = 0.7 eV
5 mm 1V
1V 5mm
0.7 V 5 0.7 mm
= 3.5 mm.
95.
V=
Kq KQ
b
c
k( q Q )
0
c
q+Q=0
q = Q
K
KQ
( Q)
V
b
c
1 1
KQ V
c b
Q=
bcV
4 0 .
(b c )
96.
4
(sinC) = 1
3
tanC =
3
17
R
Hh
sinC =
R=
3
7
3
4
(H h) .
Page # 195
KVPY : Stream SB
97.
W.S. Bridge
RAB = R/2.
98.
From equation
2
4
=
L
= 0.6 m.
2
99.
T + k1x mg = ma
k2x + mg T = ma
T + k1x mg = k2x + mg T
2T = (k2 k1)x + 2mg
T=
(k 2 k 1 )x
mg
2
(k 1 k 2 )x
2m
If T is 0 then
a=
If T is not zero
a1 =
k1x mg
k 1x
g
=
m
m
a2 =
k 2 x mg
k2x
g
=
m
m
Page # 196
KVPY : Stream SB
100.
at = g sin
ac = v2/
1
mv2 mg cos
2
aC = v2/ = 2g cos
at = g sin
tan = at/ac
= g sin/2g cos
0+0=
........... (i)
........... (ii)
........... (iii)
tan
2
1 tan
= tan
2
CHEMISTRY
101.
102.
T A
350000
0.7
G C
G
G=
350000
= 5,00,000 Ans.
0.7
103.
104.
Phenol on treatment with dil HNO3 gives onitrophenol and p-nitrophenol.

onitrophenol has intra molecular Hbonding hence steam volatile ie P, where as Q is p-nitrophenol, Q
has inter molecular H-bonding.
105.
Kinetic energy = h work function

KE =
1240
1
660
KE = 0.878 eV
Page # 197
KVPY : Stream SB
150
150
0.878
= 13.07 = 1.3 109 m
106.
450
=
h2 K 2 2
(2)2 (2)2 (1)2
450
= 150 pm
3
107.
H = 20 kJ/mol
U = H ng RT
U = 20 103 1 8.314 (273 + 60)
U = 20 2.768
U = 17.2 kJ/mol
108.
As in Ni(CO)4 hybridisation of Ni is sp3 and CO is strong field effect ligand therefore, it is diamangetic.
109.
W = nRT ln V
1
V2
W = 3R 300 ln 10
=
900 8.314
2.3 = 17.2 kJ/mol.
1000
q = W = 17.2 kJ/mol. (For isothermal process E = 0).

110.
Rate = K . [X]p [Y]q

From expt. 1 and 2, p = 2 and from expt. 1 and 3, q = 3. Therefore, over all order = 5.
Page # 198
KVPY : Stream SB

ANSWER KEY
Ques.
Ans.
Ques.
Ans.
Ques.
Ans.
Ques.
Ans.
Ques.
Ans.
Ques.
Ans.
Ques.
Ans.
1
C
2
A
3
B
4
B
5
B
6
A
7
D
8
D
9
C
10
B
11
B
12
A
13
D
14
A
15
D
16
A
17
A
18
A
19
D
20
C
21
D
22
D
23
A
24
A
25
C
26
B
27
A
28
B
29
D
30
A
31
B
46
A
32
B
47
B
33
D
48
A
34
B
49
B
35
D
50
C
36
C
51
C
37
C
52
A
38
A
53
A
39
B
54
A
40
D
55
C
41
C
56
C
42
D
57
B
43
C
58
C
44
C
59
C
45
D
60
B
61
A
62
D
63
D
64
A
65
D
66
B
67
D
68
B
69
A
70
B
71
C
72
C
73
C
74
D
75
C
76
C
91
C
77
C
92
A
78
D
93
C
79
C
94
B
80
D
95
A
81
C
96
D
82
A
97
A
83
C
98
D
84
C
99
A
85
A
100
D
86
A
101
A
87
D
102
D
88
C
103
A
89
A
104
D
90
D
105
B
Ques. 106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
AC
Ans.
PART-I
One Mark Questions
MATHEMATICS
1.
f(x) = x3 + 3x2 + 3x + 3 = 0
f '(x) = 3x2 + 6x + 3 = 3(x + 1)2 0
f (x) is increasing function
Now
f ( 3) = 6 < 0
f ( 2) = 1 > 0
real roots lies between 3 and 2

+ + = 3;
3 < < 2
+3<++<+2
+3<3<+2
1 < + < 0.
Ans. (C)
2.
log2log2log2log2log2n < 0 < log2log2log2log2n

16 < n < 216
number of digits in the binary expansion of 16 is 5
number of digits in the binary expansion of 216 is 17
so number of digits in the binary expansion of n lies in 5 to 16
Ans.(A)
3.
4.
| a + bw + cw2|
|a c + (b c)w|, for maximum value taking a = 1, c = 1, b = 1
|a + bw + cw2| = |2 + 2w| = 2|w2| = 2
Ans. (B)
a 9
ab = 36
4 b
Using AM GM.
ab
ab
2
a + b 12
Ans. (B)
Page # 199
KVPY : Stream SB
5.
2 g2 c = a
2 f2 c = b
Polar coordinates of centre of circle be (r cos , r sin )
g = r cos
and
f = r sin
g2 f2 =
a2 b2
4
r2 cos 2 =
a2 b2
4
Ans.(B)
6.
area of PQC =
1
area of ABC
2
1
a
(9 a)1 = 1 1 (8 1)
2
9
2 2
2
(9 a) = 36
a=3
Ans. (A)
7.
Using M-N Rule

(1 + 1) cot( B) = 1 cot B cot C
3 cot B = cot C
tan B
=3
tan C
Ans. (D)
8.
2 sin + 3cos = 3 2
.....(1)
3 sin + 2 cos = 1
.....(2)
sum of squares of eqaution (1) and (2)
4 + 9 + 12 sin( + ) = 19
+ = 150 or 30
2
If + = 30
= 30
put in equation (1) and (2)
sin( + ) =
we get 7 sin + 3 3 cos = 6 2

7 cos 3 3 sin = 2
79 6
3
= 0.8 <
37
2
cos < cos 30
> 30
+ 30
Ans.(D)
cos =
9.
Lim x sin( e x ) f ( x ) Lim
sin( e x ) x
ex
ex
f ( x)
=10M=0
Ans.(C)
Page # 200
KVPY : Stream SB
1
10.
A(t) =
(sin t)x
(2 cos t )x sin t dx
A(t) =
sin t
4
cos t + sin t =
sin t cos t
3
3
4 cos t
+ sin t
3
Statement I and IV are False.
Ans.(B)
A ' (t) =
11.
Domain of f g( x ) is R
2 cos x cos2x 0
(cos x + 2)(cos x 1) 0
xR
2 cos x 1
Domain of gf ( x ) is [2, 1]
cos 2 x x 2
2
2xx 0
Domain of f g( x )2 is R
2 cos2x cos4x 0
(cos2x + 2) (cos2 x 1) 0
1 cos x 1
xR
Domain of g f 3 ( x ) is Domain of g f ( x )
i.e.
[ 2, 1]
Ans. (B)
12.
Let r be an integer in (10, 10)

x
Now,
LHL = Lim
x r
[t]
dt
10
8
r h
9
= Lim 2[ t ] dt 2[ t ] dt 2[ t ] dt
h 0
9
r 1
10
= Lim 2 10 29 2r 1(1 h)
h 0
2-10 +
29 + + 2r1
(1)
= Lim
x r
[t]
dt
10
8
r h
9
[t]
[t]
[t]
Lim
2
dt
2
dt
2
dt
=
h 0
9
r
102
10
9
r1
= 2 + 2 + + 2
(2)
f (r) =
[t]
dt
10
= 210 + 29 + + 2r1
From (1), (2) and (3)
f (x) is continuous at all integers
(3)
Ans. (A)
Page # 201
KVPY : Stream SB
n 1 r 1
13.
[r ] {r } dx =
r( x r ) dx
r 1
n 1
x2
r rx
2
r 1
r 1
n 1
(r 1)2 r 2
r
r 1
2
r 1
n 1
1 n(n 1)
2
r 2 2
r 1
n(n 1)
2013
4
n (n 1) 4 2013
2
1
2013 16 1
n
2
4
32209 1
2
2
least n = 91
Ans.(D)
n
14.
/4
1 1

2 cos x dx
required area = 2
2 2
4 0
4 2
2
Ans. (A)
15.
Let x = 1
fovourable out comes (1, 1), (1, 2) (1, n) no. of favourable out comes when x = 1
n

1
no. of favourable out comes when x = 1 or y = 1
n
2 1
1
Page # 202
no. of favourable out comes when x = 2 or y = 2 but x 1, y 1
KVPY : Stream SB
n
2 1
2
Similarly
no. of favourable out comes when x = k or y = k but x, y {1, 2, k 1}
n
2 1
k
n
So probability =
k 1(1 1n times)
k 1
2
= 2
n
k n
k 1
Ans. (D)
16.
0 x 2 x 3 xn1 ( x1 x n )
1
n
2
i
1 2
0 x 22 x 32 ( xn 1 )2 ( x1 xn )2
n
2 x1x n
0
n
2 2
so
Ans. (A)
17.
In this case B, C, D are not possible

Ans. (A)
18.
Total integers = 999 99 = 900

Total integers in which all distinct digits
9 9 8 648
so
900 648 = 252
Ans. (A)
19.
n + 1, n + 2, ...... n + 18
(A) False, if n = 19
(C) False if n = 15
16 to 33
20, 25, 30 only three multiples of 5
(D) no. of odd integers in Sn = 9
every third odd integer is multiple of 3
so maximum prime no. = 6.
Ans. (D)
20.
Ans. (C)
Page # 203
KVPY : Stream SB
PHYSICS
21.
Charge on outer most surface is zero

Hence force on q is also '0'
Ans. (D)
22.
5
VAB =
R
3
5R
R
3
V=
5
V
8
5
CV
8
Ans. (D)
Q=
23.
Ans. (A)
24.
Ans. (A)
25.
I t graph is for L-R series circuit.

Ans. (C)
26.
V=
e
Hence from the graph = 2eV
6
h
= slope =
e
1.6 1015
h=
6 1.6 10 19
1.6 1015
Ans. (B)
27.
= 6.0 1034
v
f1 = f0
v vs
v v s 2v s
v vs
fR = f1
f0 v v ~ 1 v f
v
= 0.990 f
Ans. (A)
28.
B due to Arc =
0 i
4 r
0i 1 1
out of the page

8 r R
Ans. (B)
Page # 204
KVPY : Stream SB
29.
In stready state i through capacitor is zero.

Hence, V across 2k = V across capacitor
V across 2k =
2
6 = 4V
2 1
Ans. (D)
30.
31.
R
Net = F + FR + 2FR = 3.5 FR
2
Ans. (A)
t dN
avg life =
where
tdN2
2N0
dN1 = N0 et dt
dN2
N0 e 3 dt
3
avg. life =
t(N0 e t dt
N0 e 3 dt
3
2N0
Integrating with got

avg life =
2 2.10
Ans. (B)
32.
For adiabatic process

PV = C
PV1 +
dp
v =0
dv
dp
dv
Hence, n = 1
Ans. (B)
P = V
33.
Ans. (D)
34.
work done = 0
Hence, kinetic energy = constant
Ans. (B)
35.
Page # 205
KVPY : Stream SB
i = 2r
sin i
3
sin r
2 cos r 3
r = 30 and i = 60
Note : But for r = 30 TIR cannot take place at B.
Ans. (D)
36.
Check dimensionally
Ans. (C)
hr
m2
45
37.
Fr = m2r cos 45
where r = R cos 45
m2R
2
Ans. (C)
Fr =
38.
PV
10 5 1
40
RT 25 300
3
N = 40 6.023 1023 = 24 1024
n
1/ 3
1
Average sep. =
N
= 1 nM
Ans. (A)
39.
40.
1
mv2 + 0 = 0 + 1
2
v2 = 4 or v = 2 m/s
Ans. (B)
Ans. (D)
Page # 206
KVPY : Stream SB
CHEMISTRY
41.
Na+, Mg2+,, F and O2 are isoelectronic (10 electron speceis)

Ans. (C)
42.
Ct = C0 kt; slope = k
Ans. (D)
43.
Ans. (C)
44.
Ans. (C)
45.
P = KH . X(g)
X(g) = P
slope =
1
KH
1
KH
Ans. (D)
46.
A
t=0
0.06
t=1
0.03
c = 0.03
n c = 0.06
n=2
nB
0
0.06
(0.06)2
= 0.012
0.03
Ans. (A)
KC =
47.
Ans. (B)
48.
Aceto acetic ester has active methylene group.
Ans. (A)
Page # 207
49.
BCl3 + 3H2O H3BO3 + 3HCl

4H3BO3 + Na2CO3 Na2B4O7 + CO2 + 6H2O
Ans. (B)
50.
XeF2 ; no. of lp on Xe = 3
XeF4 ; no. of lp on Xe = 2
Ans. (C)
51.
S =
KVPY : Stream SB
nRT v 2
ln
T
v1
= nR ln
v2
v1
= 2.303 nR log
v2
v1
= 2.303 2 8.314 1
= 38.3 J/k
Ans. (C)
52.
Ans. (A)
53.
Ans. (A)
Page # 208
KVPY : Stream SB
54.
Ans. (A)
55.
U = 0, H = 0
Ans. (C)
56.
Ans. (C)
57.
Coordination number = 6
[Co (NH3)4 Cl2] Cl [Co (NH3)4Cl2]+ + Cl
Ans. (B)
58.
Fe3+ = 3d5
11111
3d
_
4s
___
4p
F is WFL so = 5.92 While NH3 is SFL and pairing of electrons takes place so = 1.73
Ans. (C)
59.
Carbocation stability order
So reactivity order is
Ans. (C)
60.
Z (effective no. of atoms/ unit cell)

Y
4
M
2
then formula of ionic compound is MY2
Ans. (B)
Page # 209
KVPY : Stream SB
BIOLOGY
61.
HbF have more affinity for oxygen and this property help in extracting O2 from mother.
Ans. (A)
62.
In nucleolus RNA-PI is present.

Ans. (D)
63.
In GC Pairing 3 H bonds are present.

Ans. (D)
64.
Entry of T Cause formation of stop codon.

Ans.(A)
65.
Ans.(D)
66.
Ans.(B)
67.
Schizosaccharomyces pombe is called fission yeast.

Ans.(D)
68.
Grana bear photosystem and stroma have enzymes of dark reaction.

Ans. (B)
69.
2 alleles of a gene separate in neiosis and Non linked different genes segregate independently.
Ans. (A)
70.
Ans. (B)
71.
UV rays damage DNA causing thymine dimerisation.

Ans. (C)
72.
In gastrulation cell migration occur forming 3 germ layers.

Ans. (C)
73.
Ans. (C)
74.
Thinners prevent cardiovascular accidents which can cause stroke.

Ans. (D)
75.
Ans. (C)
76.
Ans. (C)
77.
Ans. (C)
78.
Ans. (D)
79.
Heterozygous population = 2pq = .48

Ans. (C)
80.
Ans. (D)
Page # 210
KVPY : Stream SB
PART-II
Two Marks Questions
MATHEMATICS
81.
Coefficient of highest degree term must be negative becuase if it is positive, then x , y and it is
not possible, since f(x) 100.
Now, graph will be like
at least two real roots will be there, & if x
1
, then f(x) < 100, it is not always true, as the graph can be
2
like this also
Now, let the highest coefficients, it can have is 49

49 49
1
f 49
2
2
2
2
then,
But the sum cannot be equal to 100.

Ans. (C)
n
82.
(ak
bk 2 ck d) n 4
k 1
k3 b
k 1
k2 c
k 1
d n
k
k 1
k 1
n4(12 3a) n3 (4b + 6a) n2 (6c + 6b + 3a) n (6c + 2b + 12d) = 0

12 3a = 0,
4b + 6a = 0,
6c + 6b + 3a = 0,
6c + 2b + 12d = 0
a = 4, b = 6, c = 4, d = 1
|a| + |b| + |c| + |d| = 15
Ans. (A)
83.
(2x 4)2 = 4x
(x 2)2 = x
x2 5x + 4 = 0
x = 1, 4
C(1, 2)
B(4, 4)
AB = AC
( 4)2 16 ( 1)2 4
On solving, we get =
9
2
Ans. (C)
Page # 211
KVPY : Stream SB
84.
AB b , AC c
Let
AM b
AN m c
Let G divides MN in the ratio K : 1
So,
k c b b c
k 1
3
k
1
k 1 3
k=
k 1 3
1 1
3

AM GM
1 1
2

3
(1)
1
b c
area of AMN
2
1
area of ABC
bc
2
Now,
1 1
2
= 3 Ratio =
[0, 1] maximum value of ratio =
attain when = 1 using
3 1

3 1
derivative but is not 1 because M is an interior point.
using
4
1
ratio <
9
2
so
Ans. (C)
85.
OD = R sin
AB = 2R cos
rOAB =
ar( OAB)
semi perimeter
1
1
R sin 2R cos
OD AB
2
2
=
=
2R 2R cos
2R AB
2
2
rOAB =
R sin cos
(1 cos )
(1 cos ) cos 2 sin cos ( sin )

drOAB
=
=0
(1 cos )2
d
at cos =
5 1
2
Ans. (A)
Page # 212
KVPY : Stream SB
86.
f(x) = 1 + x +
x 2 x3 x 4
2
6 24
f '(x) = 1 + x +
x 2 x3
2
6
x2
>0
2
f '(x) is an increasing function
f '(x) = 0 at x = x0
f "(x) = 1 + x +
f '(x0) = 0 1 + x0 +
x 20 x 30
= 0 (1)
2
6
f '(2) f '(1) < 0

x0 (2, 1)
f (x0) = 1 + x0 +
x 02 x 30 x 04 x 04
>0
2
6 24 24
no solution
Ans. (A)
87.
AP = R sin
area of ring = (2 R sin ) Rd
Total area required,
R2
2R
sin d
1
= 1 cos
2
cos =
1
2
Now,
cos =
R
RH
1
R
= R = H = 6400
2 RH
Ans. (D)
Page # 213
KVPY : Stream SB
n 1
88.
r 1
{ x}[ x ]
dx
[ x]
n r 1
r 1 r
n 1
{ x}[ x ]
{ x}[ x ]
dx
dx
[ x]
[ x]
{ x}[ x ]
dx
[ x]
n r 1
r 1 r
( x r )r
dx
r
{ x}[ x ]
dx
[ x]
( x r )r 1
r(r 1)
r 1
n
r 1
r(r 1) n 1
r 1
Ans. (C)
100
C5
100
89.
[1 2(3)]
Suppose 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 are
C5 5 !
selected coupons
1
1
20
Place of 1 is fixed
Total arrangement of 5 is 2
=
and
arrangement of 2, 3, 4 are
2 3 1 4 5
4 2 1 3 5 3 ways
4 3 1 2 5
Ans. (A)
90.
Let teams be T1, T2, T3, T4 & T5

Now, we can have 5 teams with the scores of 2 points each matches are
(I) T1 T2
(II)T1T3
(III) T1 T4
(IV) T1 T5
(V) T2 T3
(VI) T2 T4
(VII) T2T5
(VIII) T3 T4
(IX) T3T5
(X) T4T5
This score board contradicts, option D

D is not always necessarily true.
Ans. (D)
Page # 214
KVPY : Stream SB
PHYSICS
91.
Apply conservation of linear momentum

mv = (m + M)v0
2
2
2
mv sin R = MR mR 0
5
(2M 5M)
hR
mv
0R 2
R
R
5
(m + M) (h R) 0 R =
(2M 5M)
0R 2
5
h (10m 7M)
R
5(m M)
92.
6 x
3 = (6 + x) tan 1
12
3=
(6 x ) ( 6 x ) tan
12
1.4 = x tan 1
12
1.4 =
x(12 x )
tan
12
30
36 x 2
14 12 x x 2
360x 30x2 = 36 14 14x2
16x2 360x + 36 14 = 0
x=
360 (360)2 4 36 14 16
32
360 312
48
=
= 1.5
32
32
Ans. (A)
x=
93.
from graph
Ans. (C)
Page # 215
KVPY : Stream SB
94.
1
1
2.6 = 13.6 z2 2 2
n
4
2 .6
1
1
22 2 2
13.6 4
4
n
2.6
1
1
13.6 4 n2 16
n = 3 now Energy
E=
13.6Z 2
n2
eV
13.6 4
eV = 6eV
9
Ans. B
95.
V0 = Vi when no current flow through 1k

for negative values of Vi
i from D1 = 0 (always)
i from D2 = 0 upto 3V
So from 0 to 3V
Vi = V0
from 3 to 4 V
V0 = 3V
For positive values of Vi
i from D1 = 0 upto 1V
i from D2 = 0 (always)
Hence 0 to 1V
Vi = V0
1 to 4 V
V0 = 1 volt
Correct graph is (A)
Ans. (A)
96.
mg sin Fr = ma
Fr =
2 2 a
mr 2
5
r
a=
=
5 g sin
7 R r
5g
7(R r )
T = 2
7(R r )
5r
Ans. (D)
Page # 216
KVPY : Stream SB
97.
mgh =
1
12
2
m 2
mR 2 2
2
25
R
mgh =
7
m2
10
10 gh
7
Ans. (A)
=
98.
Q12 = w12
wtotal = w12 + w31
10 = w12 20
Q12 = w12 = 30J
2
V
Ans. (D)
99.
mgH 2 mg(d + x) mgh = 0

h = H 2 (d + x)
Ans. (A)
T = 100C
0C
100.
T = 100C
T = 100C
kA
kA
[100 T]
[ T 0]
3w 3T = T
T = 75 C
Ans. (D)
3
CHEMISTRY
101.
Ans. (A)
102.
Ans. (D)
Page # 217
KVPY : Stream SB
103.
No acidic hydrogen (insoluble in alkali)
Ans. (A)
104.
n PO PS
A
PO
18 18
760 750
m 108
760
18
10
6m 760
6m = 18 76
m = 228
Ans. (D)
105.
E0Cell E0Cu2 | Cu E0Zn | Zn2
E0Cell = 0.34 + 0.76 = +1.1V

G = 2 96500 1.1 = 213 V
Ans. (B)
106.
G = nF E0Cell
[SO 3 ]
K1 = [O ]1/ 2 [SO ]
2
2
K2 =
[SO2 ]2 [O2 ]
[SO3 ]2
Hence, K2 =
1
K12
K12
1
K2
Ans. (B)
107.
Tollen's reagent + R CHO R COOH

Ans. (C)
108.
E i t
96500
100 3 t
96500
m
m = dV
V
w = 10.5 80 5 104 = 42 102
d
42 102 =
100 3 t
96500
t = 135 sec.
Ans. (B)
Page # 218
KVPY : Stream SB
109.
N1V1 = N2V2
mili eq. of hypo = 0.25 100
mili eq. of hypo= 25
eq. of hypo = 0.025
mole of hypo = 0.025 1
weight of hypo = 0.025 248 = 6.2 g
Ans. (A)
Vf = 1
110.
Ans.(B)
BIOLOGY
111.
Ans. (C)
112.
Ans. (A)
113.
1
For EcoR I 10000 = 2.44 sites present
4
1
For RsaI 10000 = 39.06
4
Using probability rules
Ans. (D)
114.
Early embryonic cells have yet not committed and differentiated.

Ans. (B)
115.
(Secondary Endosymbiont) Apicoplast i.e: non photosynthetic plastid is present in plasmodium (protista)
Ans. (B)
116.
Competition is harmful for both species (A is affected more)

Ans. (A)
Page # 219
KVPY : Stream SB
117.
Restriction map as per data is shown above. Thus 1 kb, 3 kb, 4 kb are fragments of gene
Ans. (A,C)
118.
Brown fat is abundant in bibernating mammals and new born babies (mammals only)
Ans. (D)
119.
Ans. (C)
120.
Ans. (B)
Page # 220
KVPY : Stream SB

ANSWER KEY
Ques.
10
11
12
13
14
15
Ans.
Ques.
Ans.
16
B
17
C
18
A
19
D
20
C
21
C
22
C
23
A
24
D
25
B
26
B
27
D
28
B
29
C
30
A
Ques.
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
Ans.
Ques.
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
Ans.
Ques.
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
Ans.
Ques.
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
Ans.
Ques.
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
Ans.
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
Ques. 106
Ans.
PART-I
One Mark Questions
MATHEMATICS
1.
Let a, a1, a2 __________ be the length of siden of square inscribed in circle C0, C1, C2 _______ and r1,
r2, r3 ___________ be radius of circle C1, C2 _______. then a 02 = 2 = r12
r1 =
2a12
4
a 2 r 2
1
2
r2 =
Area (Ci) .i
i0
2.
4 8
= 2 2
2 2
(A)
[x + y] [x] + [y]
for x =
3
5
,y=
2
3
3 5 3 5
2 3 2 3

9 10

1 1
6
3 2 false
Page # 221
(B)
KVPY : Stream SB
[xy] [x] [y]
3
5
,y=
2
3
for x =s
15
6 11

(C)
2 1 false
[2x] 2[7/2]
for x = 7/2
[27/2] 2[7/2]
(128 )1/ 2 23
11 8 false
x [x]
(D) y [ y ] true x R

3.
An = (nCr) max
case I n = 2k (even) An = 2kCk
n 1 = 2k 1 (odd) An1 = 2k1Ck1 or 2k1Ck
An
1.9 A
2
n1
1.9 2 2 which is true for
every n = even
n =2, 4, 6,..........20 10 numbers
case-II n = (2k1) (odd)
An = 2k1Ck or 2k1Ck1
An1 = 2k2Ck1
1.9
An
2
A n1
2k 1
Ck
1.9 2k 2
C
k 1
2.0
2k 1
2
k
1.9 k 2k1 2k
10 k
n 19
n =19 only
total = 11
1.9
(0,1)
1 1
,
2 2
5.
=/4
(1 2 ,0 )
Page # 222
KVPY : Stream SB
6.
AS = SS = SB
e = 1/3
a=3
7.
AB = BC
A
a/2
a/2
B
x
a/4 C
3a/4
cos =
1
2
and sin 2
3
6
1
cos = sin 2
6
2 =
y
1
cos = 2a
6
8.
3
2
cos4 x +
(cos2x
1
2
cos x
= sin4 x +
sin2x)
1=
1
2
sin x
cos4 x sin4 x =
1
2
sin x
1
cos 2 x
cos 2 x sin2 x
sin2 x cos 2 x
1
0
cos 2x 1
2
2
sin xcos x
cos 2x = 0
2x = t, t [0,4]
sin2 x cos2 x = 1
sin2 x (1 sin2 x ) = 1
t(1 t) = 1
t t2 = 1
t2 t + 1 = 0
D<0
Page # 223
KVPY : Stream SB
x 5
f (x) = x 2
1
9.
if x 2
if x 2
f(x) is discontinuous at x = 2
f(x) = 2
x5
2
x2
x + 5 = 2x 4
x=9
10.
f(x) = [x] sin x
f(x) =
0
1
11.
sinx = tan2x
sin2x = sinx (1 sin2x)
sin x (sin2x + sinx 1) = 0
sin x =
x = 0, sin1
5 1
, sin1
2
12.
5 1
2
sin x = 0
l=
f (x
5 1
2
)dx
Let x2 = t
dx =
1
2 t
dt
Page # 224
KVPY : Stream SB
dt
l = 1 f (t ) 2 t
1
1
2 2 t
f (t)
13.
dt
dt
f(t)
2
2 t
51
f(x) = 1 + f(x)
f(0) = 0
f ( x)
1
1 f ( x)
ln (1+f(x)) = x
then f ( x+y) = f(x) + f(y) f(x) f(y)
n
14.
cos(2[ x]{xy})
0
0 cos(2[x]1dx) n0| dx n
15.
P (B) = 1.
16.
5
1 1 5
6
1. . . .......... ...
6
6 6 6
7
xi
n3
xi2 xi
n
y y 2 y 3 ....... y n
1
n
x1 x 2 x 1 x 2
x 3 x 4 ......... x n
2
2
=
n
=
x1 x 2 ......... x n
=
n
2
......(1)
2
x1 x 2
x x2
2
2
1
x 3 ......... x n
2
2
1
(2x12 2x 22 4 x1x 2 ) x 32 ......... x n2
4
y1
n
y1
n
Page # 225
KVPY : Stream SB
1 2
( x x 22 ) x1x 2 x 32 ......... x n2
2 1
x i
x12 x 22 ......... x 22
n
n
.....(2)
by (1) and (2) (B) is correct
17.
x i
Let side length = 2a
3
2
GA = GB = a
cos =
1
3
A
3
2
2a
3
2
B
E
20.
5C
5
22 + C3
4 2
4
5C
+
4 1 3
1
1 2 +
5 2
1 4
5 2
2 3
20 + 10 6 + 5 [8 + 6] + 10 + 20 = 180
PHYSICS
2L,m
21.
J = mv
J.L =
v
cm J / M
J.L. =
=
Ke =
M(2L )2
12
ML2
3J
ML
J 2 3 J2
= 2 J2/m
2m 2m
Page # 226
KVPY : Stream SB
22.
1
1
mv 2 I2
2
2
mgh =
mgh =
gh =
vR
23.
1
1
3
mv 2 mv 2 v 2
2
4
4
4gh
3
V2 =
vp
1
1 MR 2 2
mv 2 .
2
2
2
V=
4gh
3
V=
2gh
2 =
k
r
4
2/3
32
V (r) = kr
U (r) = mkr
F=
du
= mkr
dr
T=
25.
A1V1 = A2V2
P + dv2 = constant
d = density
P1V1 = P2V2
28.
PV2 = C
PV.V=K
nRT.V = K
VT = K
V1T1 = V2T2
V2 > V1 T2 < T1
P1V12 P2V22
k
r
2 r
k
V22 P1
V12 P2
P.
K2
C
T2
P
k
T2
Page # 227
KVPY : Stream SB
P1 T12
T12 T22
P1 T12
T2 T22
29.
vo
n' n
v vs
v
n" n
v vs
n ' v vs
n" v v s
n ' v v s 330 30 360
1 .2
n" v v s 330 30 300
30 cm
31.
1 1 1

v u f
1 1 2
f fm fl
1 1 2
1

f 10
5
f=5
1
1
1
v 30
5
1 1 1

v 5 30
6 1 5
30
30
v = 6 cm
Page # 228
KVPY : Stream SB
32.
Vx
33.
vy = ay.t
eE l
.
m u
vy =
vx = u
eEl
tan
mu 2
tan
1
4
tan
2
tan 2
34.
tan 1
0.1
4
+q
+q

-a/2 a/2
KQ
W1 = q
35.
W2 =
KQ kq
q
q
R
kq 2
a
C
E
2
Ceq
C.KC
C2K
CK
C KC C(1 k ) 1 K
CK
E
1 K
CK C
Q
E
1 K 2
CK C
Q
E
1 K 2
2ck ck 1 ck c
21 k
21 k
Page # 229
KVPY : Stream SB
36.
V ed
E=
100
20um
V1
37.
100
1 5v
20
dN
n
dt
dN
dt
dt
6.93
10 4
6 .9
= 104
38.
N
4R 2
160 6200 1010

6.62 1034 3 108
5 1019 10
4 3.14 3.24
16 62 107
20 1034 108
5 1019 10
4 3.14 3.24
496
1019
10
= 1.25 1019
39.
1 1
1 1
1 2 2 32
125
4 9
1 1
1 1
2
64
2
2
9
25
3 5
2
40.
125
1
64
10 8 = 80
11 7.5 82.5
Energy required = 82.5 80
= 2.5
Page # 230
KVPY : Stream SB
CHEMISTRY
41.
KSP AgBr = (Ag+) (Br) = (5 1010) (103) = 5 1013

Concentration of Br in 102 M aq AgNO3 =
5 10 13
10
2
K Sp AgBr
Ag
5 10 11 m
42.
Over bromination take place in activated Aniline
43.
+6 is maximum oxidation state of Cr
45.
Al2O3 is amphoteric oxide
46.
ln k = ln A
47.
Ni(CO)4 is tetrahedral with d10 configuration
48.
Ozonolysis and intramolecular aldol
51.
When QC > KC
Reaction move in backward direction
52.
SN-1 Reaction, more stable carbocation is formed
54.
Wolf kishner Reduction
55.
Compound is AsCl3
56.
Valency factor of KMnO4 = 5

5e + MnO4 + 8 H+ Mn+2 + 4H2O
58.
59.
Ullmann reaction
60.
Energy of t2g orbitals < eg orbitals in octahedral complexes
Ea 1
R T
H 6000J
22J / K.mol
T
213k
Page # 231
KVPY : Stream SB
PART-II
Two Marks Questions
MATHEMATICS
n
k w k
82.
83.
n
2
e 1 w e w
e R 0
when n is multiplying of 3, then

S = e, 1/e
when n is not multiple of three,then
S = e1/2 e1/2
y = ax2 + bx + c
a > 0, b < 0, c < 0
Also y(1) = a + b + c < 0
y2 = ax2 + bx + c
(2, 2)
84.
P1
r1
sin
P2
r2
1
r
r
1 2
3 AP1 AP2
AP2 = AP1 + r1 + r2
r2 3 r1 3 r1 r2
r2
3 1 r1 3 1
r2
2 3
r1
Page # 232
KVPY : Stream SB
(5/3, 250/9)
85.
5/3
5/3
(5/3, 250/9)
Let f(x) = 3x3 25x
f.(x) = 9x2 25
5
3
f(5/3) = 250/9 ~ 27.7
f(5/3) = 250/9 ~ 27.7
n can take 55 values
f(x) = 0
87.
ln
/ 2
x n cos xdx
l n n n 1n 2
Also
88.
n 2
1 x
n
..............(1)
ln
l n 2 !l n 2 / 2 n
l
n 2 n

n!
n 2 n!
n! n 2 ! n 2
2
e 1
x dx 2dx ........
= { 50
{ 66
for n = 8
for n = 9
89.
Check for n = 1, 2, 3, .............
90.
No. correct option

(1,17), (2,17),(3,17),(4,17),(4,17),(6,17),(7,17)_ _ _ _ _ _ _ (16,17),(18,17) = 17 points
Also (17,1), (17,2), _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ (17,16), (17,18) = 17 points
So there are more then 34 points.
PHYSICS
Initial
w
Final
V = W'R
91.
A
From cons. of anguler momentum about A.
2Rw
7
Page # 233
KVPY : Stream SB
W'
93.
Tmax mg =
2w
7
mv 2
R
.............(i)
From energy cons.

ki + ui = kf + uf
O + mg (R R cos ) =
1
mv2 + 0
2
V2 = 2gR (1 cos )
Put in eq. (i)
Tmax = 3mg - 2mg cos
Tmin
Tmax
V mg
mg
mg cos
Tmax
4
Tmin
= 60
94.
Heat cap. is define as C = Cv +
C
97.
R
1
3
R
R
R
2
1 3
At steady state capacitor will behave as open circuit
2V
4V
6V
So charge store in 1F = 1 4 = 4C
in 2F = 2 4 = 8C
98.
F=
2P
C
mg =
2 1.5 103
3 108
m = 106 kg
99.
E = = eV
E = + e(.9)
1.1E = + e(.9)
.1E = .3e
E = .3e
E = 3eV put
2.4 eV
Page # 234
100.
(ML0T2
4) = (ML2T1) (ML2T2
1) (LT1)
KVPY : Stream SB
Solving we get
CHEMISTRY
102.
d=
PM
RT
dRT
P
M= 123
acetic acid exist as dimer
103.
E H PV V n g RT
105.
N2(g) + 2H2(g) N2H4 (g)
BDE Re ac tan t BDE Pr oducts
106.
VK VCl 133 181

KCl form FCC lattice
2VK VCl = a = edge length of unit cell
V=
a3
107.
K2Cr2O7 +6 FeSO4 + 7H2SO4 Cr2(SO4)3 + 3Fe2 (SO4)3+ K2SO4 + 7H2O
108.
E 0Cell = SRP cathode - SRP anode

= 0.44 - (-0.74) = 0.3 V
G = - nF E 0Cell (n = 6 ele)
110.
XeF6 + 3H2O XeO3 + 6HF

XeO3 is SP3 hybrid and pyramidal
Page # 235
KVPY : Stream SB

ANSWER KEY
Ques.
Ans.
Ques.
Ans.
Ques.
Ans.
Ques.
Ans.
Ques.
Ans.
Ques.
Ans.
Ques.
Ans.
1
D
16
2
A
17
3
C
18
4
A
19
5
B
20
6
B
21
7
B
22
8
B
23
9
A
24
10
A
25
11
D
26
12
D
27
13
D
28
14
A
29
15
B
30
D
31
B
32
B
33
C
34
C
35
A
36
B
37
C
38
B
39
C
40
B
41
A
42
B
43
A
44
A
45
C
46
B
61
A
C
47
B
62
B
D
48
A
63
B
B
49
B
64
C
C
50
D
65
C
B
51
B
66
A
D
52
A
67
B
A
53
B
68
C
D
54
A
69
A
A
55
C
70
B
C
56
D
71
A
B
57
C
72
A
B
58
A
73
B
D
59
C
74
A
C
60
A
75
B
76
D
77
C
78
D
79
B
80
A
81
A
82
C
83
C
84
D
85
D
86
D
87
B
88
A
89
C
90
D
91
C
92
A
93
C
94
C
95
A
96
A
97
A
98
A
99
A
100
A
101
A
102
A
103
C
104
A
105
C
107
C
108
A
109
A
110
B
111
C
112
C
113
C
114
D
115
D
116
C
117
B
118
A
119
C
120
D
Ques. 106
B
Ans.
PART-I
One Mark Questions
MATHEMATICS
1.
x + y2 = x2 + y = 12
x + y2 = x2 + y
x y = x2 y2 x = y, x + y = 1
when x = y
x2 + x = 12
x2 + x 12 = 0
x2 + 4x 3x 12 = 0
(x + 4) (x 3) = 0
x = 4,3
(3,3) ( 4, 4)
When y = 1 x
x + ( 1 x)2 = 12
x2 x 11 = 0
1 1 44
2
} for two value of x there are two value of y.
So four pair.
2.
z3
1
z3
1
1
3
3
But we know that z 3 | z |
z
| z |3
So when |z| = 1 by AM GM
Page # 236
KVPY : Stream SB
|z|3 +
1
| z |3
Now z
=2
1
1
|z| + | z | = 2
z
Maximum value =2
3.
S = 20143 20133 + 20123 20113 + ..... + 23 13

2014
1007
r 1
r 1
S=
S=
r2
(2r 1)(2r )
2014
1007
r 1
r 1
r2
(4r 2 2r )
( 2014 )(2015 )( 4029 )

4 1007 1008 2015
2 1007 1008
+
= (1007)2 4031
6
6
2
4.
mOA mOB = 1
t1t2 = 1
t1 + t2 = h
K = (t1 + t2)2 2t1t2
K = h2 + 2
y = x2 + 2
5.
C1 (r, 0)
C2 (R, 0)
Eq. of AB
Eq. of circle
y=r
C2 (x R)2 + y2 = R2
A R R 2 r 2 , r using R2 = 2r2
B R R 2 r 2 , r A (R r, r), B(R + r, r)
Slope of OA =
r
= m1
Rr
Page # 237
KVPY : Stream SB
r
= m2
Rr
Slope of OB =
m1 m 2
tan = 1 m m = 1
1 2
= 45
6.
Required = | OC AC | =
7.
4 9 36 1 = 6
sin( ) cos( )
1
sin
cos
sin cos cos sin = ( 1) sin cos
sin ( ) =
( 1)
sin 2
2
so = =1; 3
8.
+ = 120
So, A 120
ABCDEF are concyclic
cos A = cos 120 =
12 22 FB 2
2(1)(2)
5 FB 2
1
=
FB2 = 7
2(2)
2
FB = 7
Again by cosine rule
cos ( + ) =
r2 r2 7
2r
1 2r 2 7
2
2r 2
3r2 = 7
r=
7
3
Page # 238
KVPY : Stream SB
Let P(x) = a0xn + a1xn1 + a2xn2.......an =
9.
ar x nr
r 0
n1
P'(x) =
ar (n r )x nr 1
r 0
P(x) P1(x) = a0xn +
a r a r (n r 1)x n r x n
r 1
So, a0 = 1 and ar = ar1 (n r + 1)
ar
=nr+1
ar 1
Now, P(0) = an =
an an1
a a
.
...... 2 1 .a0
an1 an2
a1 a 0
= (1 2....n) = n!
10.
Lim x
x 0 sin x
6 / x2
Lim 6 x sin x
x 0 2
sin x
x3
x x

3!
6
Lim
x 0 2
x
=e
x
11.
Perimeter = 2r + r = k (const.)
Area =
A=
2
1
r = (k 2r) . r
2
2
1
(kr 2r2)
2
dA
1
= (k 4r) = 0
dr
2
r=
k
4
d2 A
<0
dr 2
So, 2r + 2 = k
k
k
+
=k
2
4
=2
Page # 239
KVPY : Stream SB
12.
2n
2n
f ( x )dx | x 2n | dx
| x | dx
n
n
2n
x2
x 2
(2n x )dx xdx = 2nx
3n2
2
2
0
n
0
n
n
2n
13.
p(x) = ax3 + bx2 + cx + d

p(0) = 2
d=2
p(1) = 3
a+b+c+2=3
a+b+c=1
p(1) = 4
a + b c + 2 = 4
a + b c = 2
from (1) and (2)
2b = 3 b =
P(x) = ax3 +
1
14.
3 2
x + cx + 2
2
1
p( x )dx =
3
2
ax
e t | ( x t ) | dt =
3 2
x cx 2 dx = 5
2
e t ( x t ) dt e t ( x t ) dt
II
II
(x t)et (1)et 0x (x t)et et x

= x + 2ex 1
15.
Let number of red, white, blue, green balls be r,w,b,g respectively and r + w + b + g = n
r
C4
Given n
=
C4
C1 . r C3
n
C4
C1 . bC1 . r C2
n
C4
C1 . w C1 . bC1 . gC1
0
C4
wr (r 1)(r 2)
r(r 1)(r 2)(r 3 )
wbr (r 1)
=
=
= r.w.b.g
6
24
2
r 3 = 4w, r 2 = 3b, r 1 = 2g
r = 4w + 3, r = 3b + 2, r = 2g + 1
Now LCM of (4, 3,2) = 12
rmin = 11 wmin = 2 bmin = 3 gmin = 5
(r + w + b + g)min = 21
Page # 240
KVPY : Stream SB
16.
Let P(B1) be the probability that B1 contains atmost one ball P(B1) = P(B1 contains 0 balls) + P(B1
contains 1 balls)
= P(D2 never show 1) + P(D2 shows 1 once when D1 show 1)
n
n1
1 1
5
5
n
C
.
. D
1
= 6
6 6

6
17.
a 6 i 3 j 6k

d i j k

......(1)
a bc

b d and c . d 0
b i j k
from (1) 6i 3j 6k = i j k c
c (6 ) i (3 ) j (6 ) k

c.d0
= 1
c 7i 2j 5k
18.
log(3x1) (x 2) = log(9 x 2 6 x 1) (2x2 10x 2)

log(3x 1) (x 2) = log(3x 1) 2x 2 10x 2
x2=
2x 2 10x 2
x>2
Square
x2 4 4x = 2x2 10x 2
x2 6x 6 = 0
6 36 4( 6)
2
6 2 15
x=
2
x=
x=3+
19.
15 possible
23 41 = 2a 1 2 2ba 23c a
a=3
23ca + 22ba = 23 5
3c a = 3
2b 3c = 2
a = 3, c = 2, b = 4
a 2b 3c
17
=
abc
24
Page # 241
KVPY : Stream SB
20.
114 + (a + r)2 = (12 + a r)2

6a
a6
A=6 r=3
a = 12 r = 4
r=
PHYSICS
21.
22.
s=
1 2
at
2
1>
1
.g.22
2
<
1
20
Amount decay = 0.75 106 gm

Number of atoms = 0.4 1017
Energy (in nuclear reaction) = 0.96 number of atoms
MeV
4 1016 MeV
By E = mc2
As 1 electron from reaction annihilate by another electrons from atmosphere so
Energy from annihilation = 2 mc2 4 1016 MeV
Total energy = 8 1016 MeV
23.
m1
h
b
= m2
3
2
1
.h
2
From (1) and (2)
.b =
from centre of mass
(1)
as area equal
(2)
m1
3
m2 = 4
Page # 242
KVPY : Stream SB
24.
Distance of centre of mass from m 2
m1
d = (m m ) 2R
1
2
=
dis tan ce(d)

L
m1
2R
= (m m ) L
1
2
25.
Take anticlockwise positive

I11 + I22 = I
4.25 15 1.80 25 = 6.05
= 3 revolutions/second and clockwise
26.
Time taken by sound =
85
= 0.25 sec
340
Time taken by the ball = 5.25 0.25 = 5sec
Now
85 = 4 5
1
10 25
2
U = 8 m/sec
27.
Initially major current flows through R and then from diode

Answer is A
28.
eV =
1
p2
mV2 so, eV =
2
2m
and
=
h
1
nD
, V 2 and =
p
d
So as potential U becomes 4 U then becomes half
Page # 243
KVPY : Stream SB
29.
0 .q
= 30 106
2R 2
So = 1011 rad/s
30.
As boiling point depends upon atmospheric pressure which is zero at moon, so answer is (A)
31.

02
T = 2 g 1 16
32.
VL = 36
...(1)
VL2 VR2 = (39)2
...(2)
VR2 VC2 = (25)2
...(3)
by (1) and (2)

VR = 15
By (3) and (4)
VC = 20
By (1), (4) and (5)
VAD =
=
33.
VR2 ( VL VC )2
481 V
KQ2
nh
MV 2
=
and MVr =
2
2
r
r
Using data given in question r = 100
34.
For constant temperature P
1
V
V3 > V2 > V1
so P3 < P2 < P1
35.
dF B dB.A

dL R dt
Where B = B0sint
36.
37.
A = G M c
L2 = (M1L3T2) (M1) (L1T1)
By comparing + = 0
3 + = 2
2 = 0
By Solving (1), (2), (3)
= 2, = 2, and = 4
....(1)
....(2)
....(3)
I
P
hC ( 4R 2 )hc
Page # 244
KVPY : Stream SB
38.
B=
0i
2 sin
4
Where 2 =
39.
2
n
I
Sound intensity = 10 log10 I ,
0
I = 100 I0
so
10 log
100i0
i0 = 20
So level rises by 20 dB
40.
1
1
mv2 = kx 2
2
2
CHEMISTRY
41.
Order of back bonding

BF 3
>
BCl3
>
BBr3
Back bonding 2p 2p
2p 3p
2p 4p
Stronger is the back bonding weaker the tendency to act as a lewis acid
BF3 < BCl3 < BBr3
42.
O2 ; Total electron = 10
Mg2+ ; Total electron = 10
43.
Bond angle
109.5,
107.1
104.5
Order of repulsions ; lp bp > bp bp, hence greater the no. of lone pairs smaller the bond angle (If
hybridization of central atom is same)
44.
2MnO4(aq) + 3H2O2(aq) 2MnO2(s) + 2H2O(l) + 3O2(g) + 2OH (aq)

Oxidation state of Mn in MnO 2 is + 4.
45.
__ ; k = Ae E A [R ] Ae o
k = AeEa/RT ; At T
K=A
46.
Which have low value of reduction potential is a good reducing agent.

Cr > Pb > Cu > Ag
Page # 245
KVPY : Stream SB
47.
; 2-Bromobutane has asymmetric C-atom
48.
49.
51.
Largest difference between 1st and 2nd IE

Abnormal jump in I.E. is normally observed when we break into an inner shell
Hence for
m 1s 2 2s 2 2p6 3s 1 IE
m + 1s 2
2s2 2p 6
IE2 (Electron to be removed from 2p)
fully filled inert

configurat ion
Hence IE2 > > IE1

52.
sp
sp 2
sp 3
%s character 50%
33.33%
25%
More the % s character more the electronegativity [other factors being equal]
53.
Most abundant element (transition) in human body is Iron.
54.
CH3COO
Na+
Cl
H+
=
=
=
=
40.9 104
50.10 104
76.35 104
349 104
Sm 2
Sm 2
Sm 2
Sm 2
mol1
mol1
mol1
mol1
HCl = H + Cl / CH3COOH = CH3COO + H

NaCl = Na + Cl / CH3COONa = CH3COO + Na
Hence HCl > CH3COOH > NaCl > CH3COONa
HCl = 425.35 sm 2/mol
CH3COOH = 389.9 sm 2/mol

NaCl = 126.45 sm 2/mol
CH3COONa = 91 sm 2/mol
Page # 246
KVPY : Stream SB
55.
[ZCl4]2; oxidation state of Z is + 2

No. of unpaired electrons are 3
Hence Z2+ = d7
56.
57.
HCl > HCOOH > CH3COOH; Order of Acidic strength
58.
59.
60.
In SCHOTTKY by defect equal number of cations and anions leave the crystal LATTICE to form
equal number of cationic and anionic vacancies.
BIOLOGY
61.
T-cells are responsible for rejection of transplanted organ.
62.
Excess of glucose prevent formation of allolactose thus repressure remaining active lac-operon turn
off.
Page # 247
KVPY : Stream SB
63.
27 10 6
5.4 10 10
= 500 helix
Each helix = 3.6 amino acid

So, 500 3.6 = 1800 amino acids
64.
Such bonding is present in ATP, dNTPs etc.
65.
During exercise parasympathetic system slows heart beat
66.
There are 64 codons for 20 amino acid, lowest frequency is 1 in 20.
67.
Alleles of blood groups are located on 9th autosome.
68.
Selectable markers helpful in selecting transformant cells.
69.
Primary Spermatocyte is 2n while secondary spermatocyte and spermatids are haploid
70.
Phospholipids contains one glycerol, 2-fatty acid chains, phosphate, choline.
71.
Histones are basic proteins rich in lysine and arginine.
72.
15300
= 170 amino acids
90
One aminoacid = 1 codon = 3 nucleotides, so, 170 3 = 510

73.
DNA rich in cytosine and guanine is more stable, having highest melting point.
74.
IgD activates B-Cells for antigen recognization
75.
Ninhydrin is used to detect protein and aminoacids.
76.
Multiple effects of a gene called as pleiotropy.
77.
Antibodies, interferons are useful in treatment of cancer.
78.
Mitosis is useful in increasing amount of DNA.
79.
Vitamin B12 is used as coenzyme cobamide.
80.
Cell wall of bacteria contains sugars (NAG), D and L-aminoacids.
Page # 248
KVPY : Stream SB
PART-II
Two Marks Questions
MATHEMATICS
81.
50 71/ 3 t
x=t
1
t
1
1
x3 = t3 3 3 t
t
t
x 3 + 3x = 50 + 7
50 7
x 3 + 3x = 14
x 3 + 3x 14 = 0
(x 2) (x 2 + 2x + 7) x = 2
82.
(1 + x + x 2)2014 = a0 + a1x + a2x 2 + a3x 3 +a4x 4 +a5x 5 +a6x 6+.....

Substituting 1, , 2 where w = ei2/3
1 = a0 a1 + a3 a3 + a4 a5 + a6
.........(i)
(1 + 2)2014 = a0 a1 + a22 a3 + a4 a52 + a6
......(ii)
(1 2 + 2)2014 = a0 a1 + a2 a3 + a4 a5 + a6
......(ii)
(i) + (ii) + (iii) a0 a3 + a6....... =
1 2 2014 ( 2 )
3
1 2 2014
3
(i) +
2(ii)
1 2 2015
+ (iii) a1 a4 + a7...... =
3
(i) + (ii) + 2(iii) a2 a5 + a8...... =
1 2 2014
3
|A| = |C| < |B|
83.
1
Slope of tangent at 2,
2
m=
1
4
Page # 249
KVPY : Stream SB
1
tan = y
= 90
tan = 4
Slope of incident ray = m
1
m
4
1 = tan = 4
1 m
4
4m 1
4
4m
4m + 1 = 16 4m
m=
84.
15
8
C(0) = e
C() =
1
e
Option A, B correct
C'() =
sin n
(n 1)!
n 0
C'() = 0
85.
x
3 x
(a 2 a )
Lim a a
x 2
a 3 x a x / 2
x
x/2
a)(a x / 2 a)
Lim (a a)(a
x 2
(a a x / 2 )(a 2 a x a x / 2 .a)
x
x/2
a)
Lim (a a)(a
2
= (1 a)
x 2
2
x
x/2
3
a a a
.a
86.
f(x) =
x 3 2 x 1
0 x(0, )
x
x 3 2x + 1 0
Now Let (x) = x 3 2x + 1
1(x) = 3x 2 2 = 0
x=
2
3
so Graph of (x)
3 0
Page # 250
KVPY : Stream SB
2 2
2 1 0
3 3
2 4
1 0
3 3
2
3
2
9
32
=
3 4
3 16
27
87.
f'(x) + xf(x) + 2x = 0
dy
xy = 2x
dx
2
I.F. = e x / 2
2
x2 / 2
e x / 2 ( 2x ) dx C
y.e
2
2
e x / 2 .y 2e x / 2 C
2
y = 2 + Ce ix / 2
f(0) = 0 C = 2
x2 / 2
1
f(x) = 2 e
88.
( 2x 4 x
)dx 2(b a)C
( x 2 x 4 )ba 2(b a)C
(b + a) [1 (a2 + b2)] = 2C
(a + b) [1 (a + b)2 + 2ab] = 2C
Again
2x 4x 2 = C
4x 3 2x + C = 0
Roots, a, b,
4x 3 + 0.x 2 2x + C = 0
a+b+=0
ab + (a + b) =
73 = 4
1
2
a=
.....(i)
.....(ii)
2
7
Page # 251
KVPY : Stream SB
89.
When n = 10, Let Ar be no. of ways of selecting r numbers

No. of selection of A is
= n(A0) + n(A1) + n(A2) + n(A3) + n(A4)
= 1 + 10 + (7 + 6 + 5 + .....+ 1) + {(4 + 3 + 2 +1) + (3 + 2 +1) + (2 + 1)+1} + 1
7 .8
+ 10 + 6 + 3 + 1 + 1 = 60
2
N(p) = n(no. of ways 1 is selected) = 1 + 7 + 4 + 3 + 2 + 1 + 1 = 19
N(q) = n(no. of ways 2 is selected) = 1 + 6 + 3 + 2 + 1 = 13
= 11 +
So, p =
19
13
and q =
60
60
pq=
1
10
(2015 1)2014
(2015 )2015
(2015 1)2016
(2017 )2017
(2020 )2020
(2018 )2018
(2021)2021
(2019 )2019
(2022 )2022
90.
Raminder =
22017
22018
22022
= (44040 + 1) + (22017)
1 + (5 1)4040 + 2(4)1008 = 1 + 1 + 2(1) = 4
PHYSICS
91.
sin i = 1 sin 45
4
1
sin i
3
2
4
3
y 10
2
( y 10) y
1
2
y = 27 (approximate calculation)
92.
I1 = Icm + M(R y)2

I3 = Icm + M(R + y)2
So I3 I1 = M[(R+y)2 (Ry)2]
same as
I4 I2 = M[(R+y)2 (Ry)2]
By
Distance of CM from center of disc =
.....(1)
.....(2)
1
x 2 y 2 = 4MR
( 3 3 ) 2 ( 2 4 ) 2
Page # 252
KVPY : Stream SB
93.
F
YT = 2 10111 1.1 105 15
A
3.3 107 Pa
94.
It is possible for negative only and materials are known as meta materials.
95.
96.
Particle will move towards A due to B.
97.
sin / 2
dmr / 2
dm
2 sin / 2 r 2 .dr
dm = rdr =
r dr
4 sin( / 2)
R
3
Page # 253
KVPY : Stream SB
98.
GMm
GMm 1
0
mv 2
5R
R
2
V=
2GM
5R
99.
As current does not change through inductor immediately. It remains I through right & middle
resistance & 2i upwards in left resistance?
100.
T will be maximum when product of P.V. will be maximum

T=
PV
( 4 2 sin 45)( 4 2 cos 45)
=
nR
nR
T=
30
100 so either A or Bonus
nR
CHEMISTRY
101.
Remark : 226 kJ and 467 kJ are heat of reaction not heat of formation.
N N + 3XX
2N
X
X
X
Hr = N N + 3 xx 2[3Nx]
F
F
F
Hr = NN + 3 FF 2 3 NF
= 941 + 3 155 6 272
Hr = 226 kJ
N N + 3FF
N N + 3ClCl
2N
2N
Cl
Cl
Cl
Hr = NN + 3ClCl 6NCl
=941 + 3 242 6 200 = 467 kJ
102.
X
2Y
Z
P+Q
a a 2a
a a
a
4a 2 2
k1 =
a (1 )
a 2 2
k2 =
a (1 )
k1
4
k2
Page # 254
KVPY : Stream SB
103.
Mn(Br 4)2
Mn2+
5
d
Br in a W.F.L ; C.N. = 4 ; sp3 hybridization
hence number of unpaired electrons are 5.
104.
Zn |Zn2+||Cu2+|Cu ; Ecell = 1.1V
[ Zn 2 ]
0.0591
0 = Ecell
log
;
2
[Cu 2 ]
log
[ Zn 2 ]
[Cu
1.1 =
[ Zn 2 ]
0.0591
log10
2
[Cu 2 ]
2 .2
= 37.3
0.0591
105.
106.
C2H5OH
%C =
2O 7 / H 2SO 4
K2Cr
CH3COOH
24
4
32
100 = 40%, %H =
100 = 6.7%, %O =
100 = 53.3%
60
60
60
107.
Total 4 isomers are possible for C3H2Cl2.
108.
Using ideal gas equatiion, PV = nRT
109.
P=
nRT
1 0.082 200
, Px =
= 0.328 atm
V
50
Py =
1 0.082 500
1 0.082 200
= 0.820 atm, Pz =
= 0.820 atm
50
50
2MnO2 + 4KOH + O2 2K2MnO4 + 2H2O

3K2MnO4 + 4HCl 2KMnO4 + MnO2 + 4KCl + 2H2O
(Purple)
110.
Zn + NaOH Na2ZnO2
Al + NaOH NaClO2
Zn + HCl ZnCl2 + H2
Al + HCl AlCl3 + H2
ZnCl2 gives no ppt with NH4Cl + NH4OH solution.
But AlCl3 gives gelatinious white ppt of Al(OH) 3 with NH4Cl + NH4OH.
Page # 255
KVPY : Stream SB
BIOLOGY
111.
IgG have four polypeptide chains. Two short and two long thus form 2 bands.
112.
Penicillin prevents formation of cell wall in bacteria.
113.
Male is always haemophilic and Female can be carrier and haemophilic lethal.
115.
Due to semi conservative replication very least amount (negliable) will present in cells.
116.
C = 15%, G = 15%, T = 35%, A = 35%

(According to chargaffs rule)
117.
Cristae provides more surface area for oxidative phosphorylation (ETS)
118.
Tyrosine involves in phosphorylation.
119.
One band = 1 kb, second band = 5 kb, third band = 3kb
120.
Less X-enzyme will hydrolyze less GTP. So Max GTP available to bound with Xtransmits and leads
cell proliferation.
Page # 256

KVPY - SB Previous Year Question Paper 2009-2015

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

KVPY - SB Previous Year Question Paper 2009-2015

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

CONTENT

KVPY-2014 ............................................................................ 87 101

KVPY-2015 ............................................................................ 102 118

KVPY-2009 ............................................................................ 119 140

KVPY-2010 ............................................................................ 141 163

KVPY-2011............................................................................. 164 181

KVPY-2012 ............................................................................ 182 198

KVPY-2013 ............................................................................ 199 220

KVPY-2014 ............................................................................ 221 235

KVPY-2015 ............................................................................ 236 256

KISHORE VAIGYANIK PROTSAHAN YOJANA - 2009

Max. Marks : 160

The positve integer k for which (101)k/2/k! is a maximum is :

The number of solutions to sin x =

Define a function f : R R given by :

Suppose f(x) differentiable on R. Then,

The shortest distance from (0, 3) to the parabola y2 = 4x is :

What is the value of

The value of the limit lim

x10 sin(nx )dx equals :

The area bounded by the parabolas y = x2 and y = 1 x2 equals :

A vector which bisects the angle between a 3 i 4k and b = 5 j 12k is :

If m, n are positive integers such that m < n and

d = d (here d | k moeans d is a positive of k), then :

(D) no relationship can be determined

Then the capacitance of the system is

Uniform magnetic field

between E and B can be ruled out on dimensional grounds alone ?

where is the angle

, the electric field is zero everywhere on the =

(B) the electric field everywhere on the =

plane is normal to the plane.

(C) the electric field everywhere on the =

plane is along the plane

(D) the electric field vanishes on the = 0

(A) no particle can get through the hole

The IUPAC name for the compound

(A) 1-chloro - 3-methyl- 4-pentanone

(B) 1-chloro - 2-methyl- 4-pentanone

The shape of the molecule CIF3 is

The ion that is isoelectronic with CO is

The solvent of choice for carrying out a Grignard reaction is

The reaction of butanal with n-propylmagnesium bromide gives a

The hybridization of Ni centre in Ni[(PPh3)2Cl2] and [NiCl4]2 respectively are

The equilibrium constant for the reaction N2 + 3H2

The conjugate bases for HCO3 and NH3, respectively, are

(D) CO32 and NH4+

Among the following

Among the compounds

(B) II > IV > I > III

(C) III > I > IV > II

(D) II > I > III > IV

The Newman projection of Me

(B) staggered conformer (C) skewed conformer

(D) gauche conformer

During photosynthesis the chemical conversion of water is termed :

In the organisms muscle, oxygen is carried by :

Enzymes do the following :

(B) biosynthesis of glycine

Plants are attracted to light through the hormonal action of :

The chromosomal attachment site of the spindle microtubule is :

Which fo the following diseases is NOT sexually transmitted ?

Nucleotides are monomers of DNA. What does each nucleotide consist of ?